react-godot-renderer/packages/example/typings/godot7.gen.d.ts

// AUTO-GENERATED
declare module "godot" {
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapSprite2D extends __NameMapNode2D {
    }
    /** General-purpose sprite node.  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_sprite2d.html  
     */
    class Sprite2D<Map extends NodePathMap = any> extends Node2D<Map> {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** Returns `true`, if the pixel at the given position is opaque and `false` in other case. The position is in local coordinates.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** It also returns `false`, if the sprite's texture is `null` or if the given position is invalid.  
         */
        is_pixel_opaque(pos: Vector2): boolean
        
        /** Returns a [Rect2] representing the Sprite2D's boundary in local coordinates.  
         *  **Example:** Detect if the Sprite2D was clicked:  
         *    
         */
        get_rect(): Rect2
        
        /** [Texture2D] object to draw. */
        get texture(): null | Texture2D
        set texture(value: null | Texture2D)
        
        /** If `true`, texture is centered.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** For games with a pixel art aesthetic, textures may appear deformed when centered. This is caused by their position being between pixels. To prevent this, set this property to `false`, or consider enabling [member ProjectSettings.rendering/2d/snap/snap_2d_vertices_to_pixel] and [member ProjectSettings.rendering/2d/snap/snap_2d_transforms_to_pixel].  
         */
        get centered(): boolean
        set centered(value: boolean)
        
        /** The texture's drawing offset.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** When you increase [member offset].y in Sprite2D, the sprite moves downward on screen (i.e., +Y is down).  
         */
        get offset(): Vector2
        set offset(value: Vector2)
        
        /** If `true`, texture is flipped horizontally. */
        get flip_h(): boolean
        set flip_h(value: boolean)
        
        /** If `true`, texture is flipped vertically. */
        get flip_v(): boolean
        set flip_v(value: boolean)
        
        /** The number of columns in the sprite sheet. When this property is changed, [member frame] is adjusted so that the same visual frame is maintained (same row and column). If that's impossible, [member frame] is reset to `0`. */
        get hframes(): int64
        set hframes(value: int64)
        
        /** The number of rows in the sprite sheet. When this property is changed, [member frame] is adjusted so that the same visual frame is maintained (same row and column). If that's impossible, [member frame] is reset to `0`. */
        get vframes(): int64
        set vframes(value: int64)
        
        /** Current frame to display from sprite sheet. [member hframes] or [member vframes] must be greater than 1. This property is automatically adjusted when [member hframes] or [member vframes] are changed to keep pointing to the same visual frame (same column and row). If that's impossible, this value is reset to `0`. */
        get frame(): int64
        set frame(value: int64)
        
        /** Coordinates of the frame to display from sprite sheet. This is as an alias for the [member frame] property. [member hframes] or [member vframes] must be greater than 1. */
        get frame_coords(): Vector2i
        set frame_coords(value: Vector2i)
        
        /** If `true`, texture is cut from a larger atlas texture. See [member region_rect].  
         *      
         *  **Note:** When using a custom [Shader] on a [Sprite2D], the `UV` shader built-in will refer to the entire texture space. Use the `REGION_RECT` built-in to get the currently visible region defined in [member region_rect] instead. See [url=https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/tutorials/shaders/shader_reference/canvas_item_shader.html]CanvasItem shaders[/url] for details.  
         */
        get region_enabled(): boolean
        set region_enabled(value: boolean)
        
        /** The region of the atlas texture to display. [member region_enabled] must be `true`. */
        get region_rect(): Rect2
        set region_rect(value: Rect2)
        
        /** If `true`, the area outside of the [member region_rect] is clipped to avoid bleeding of the surrounding texture pixels. [member region_enabled] must be `true`. */
        get region_filter_clip_enabled(): boolean
        set region_filter_clip_enabled(value: boolean)
        
        /** Emitted when the [member frame] changes. */
        readonly frame_changed: Signal<() => void>
        
        /** Emitted when the [member texture] changes. */
        readonly texture_changed: Signal<() => void>
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapSprite2D;
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapSprite3D extends __NameMapSpriteBase3D {
    }
    /** 2D sprite node in a 3D world.  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_sprite3d.html  
     */
    class Sprite3D<Map extends NodePathMap = any> extends SpriteBase3D<Map> {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** [Texture2D] object to draw. If [member GeometryInstance3D.material_override] is used, this will be overridden. The size information is still used. */
        get texture(): null | Texture2D
        set texture(value: null | Texture2D)
        
        /** The number of columns in the sprite sheet. When this property is changed, [member frame] is adjusted so that the same visual frame is maintained (same row and column). If that's impossible, [member frame] is reset to `0`. */
        get hframes(): int64
        set hframes(value: int64)
        
        /** The number of rows in the sprite sheet. When this property is changed, [member frame] is adjusted so that the same visual frame is maintained (same row and column). If that's impossible, [member frame] is reset to `0`. */
        get vframes(): int64
        set vframes(value: int64)
        
        /** Current frame to display from sprite sheet. [member hframes] or [member vframes] must be greater than 1. This property is automatically adjusted when [member hframes] or [member vframes] are changed to keep pointing to the same visual frame (same column and row). If that's impossible, this value is reset to `0`. */
        get frame(): int64
        set frame(value: int64)
        
        /** Coordinates of the frame to display from sprite sheet. This is as an alias for the [member frame] property. [member hframes] or [member vframes] must be greater than 1. */
        get frame_coords(): Vector2i
        set frame_coords(value: Vector2i)
        
        /** If `true`, the sprite will use [member region_rect] and display only the specified part of its texture. */
        get region_enabled(): boolean
        set region_enabled(value: boolean)
        
        /** The region of the atlas texture to display. [member region_enabled] must be `true`. */
        get region_rect(): Rect2
        set region_rect(value: Rect2)
        
        /** Emitted when the [member frame] changes. */
        readonly frame_changed: Signal<() => void>
        
        /** Emitted when the [member texture] changes. */
        readonly texture_changed: Signal<() => void>
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapSprite3D;
    }
    namespace SpriteBase3D {
        enum DrawFlags {
            /** If set, the texture's transparency and the opacity are used to make those parts of the sprite invisible. */
            FLAG_TRANSPARENT = 0,
            
            /** If set, lights in the environment affect the sprite. */
            FLAG_SHADED = 1,
            
            /** If set, texture can be seen from the back as well. If not, the texture is invisible when looking at it from behind. */
            FLAG_DOUBLE_SIDED = 2,
            
            /** Disables the depth test, so this object is drawn on top of all others. However, objects drawn after it in the draw order may cover it. */
            FLAG_DISABLE_DEPTH_TEST = 3,
            
            /** Label is scaled by depth so that it always appears the same size on screen. */
            FLAG_FIXED_SIZE = 4,
            
            /** Represents the size of the [enum DrawFlags] enum. */
            FLAG_MAX = 5,
        }
        enum AlphaCutMode {
            /** This mode performs standard alpha blending. It can display translucent areas, but transparency sorting issues may be visible when multiple transparent materials are overlapping. */
            ALPHA_CUT_DISABLED = 0,
            
            /** This mode only allows fully transparent or fully opaque pixels. Harsh edges will be visible unless some form of screen-space antialiasing is enabled (see [member ProjectSettings.rendering/anti_aliasing/quality/screen_space_aa]). On the bright side, this mode doesn't suffer from transparency sorting issues when multiple transparent materials are overlapping. This mode is also known as  *alpha testing*  or  *1-bit transparency* . */
            ALPHA_CUT_DISCARD = 1,
            
            /** This mode draws fully opaque pixels in the depth prepass. This is slower than [constant ALPHA_CUT_DISABLED] or [constant ALPHA_CUT_DISCARD], but it allows displaying translucent areas and smooth edges while using proper sorting. */
            ALPHA_CUT_OPAQUE_PREPASS = 2,
            
            /** This mode draws cuts off all values below a spatially-deterministic threshold, the rest will remain opaque. */
            ALPHA_CUT_HASH = 3,
        }
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapSpriteBase3D extends __NameMapGeometryInstance3D {
    }
    /** 2D sprite node in 3D environment.  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_spritebase3d.html  
     */
    class SpriteBase3D<Map extends NodePathMap = any> extends GeometryInstance3D<Map> {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** If `true`, the specified flag will be enabled. */
        set_draw_flag(flag: SpriteBase3D.DrawFlags, enabled: boolean): void
        
        /** Returns the value of the specified flag. */
        get_draw_flag(flag: SpriteBase3D.DrawFlags): boolean
        
        /** Returns the rectangle representing this sprite. */
        get_item_rect(): Rect2
        
        /** Returns a [TriangleMesh] with the sprite's vertices following its current configuration (such as its [member axis] and [member pixel_size]). */
        generate_triangle_mesh(): null | TriangleMesh
        
        /** If `true`, texture will be centered. */
        get centered(): boolean
        set centered(value: boolean)
        
        /** The texture's drawing offset.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** When you increase [member offset].y in Sprite3D, the sprite moves upward in world space (i.e., +Y is up).  
         */
        get offset(): Vector2
        set offset(value: Vector2)
        
        /** If `true`, texture is flipped horizontally. */
        get flip_h(): boolean
        set flip_h(value: boolean)
        
        /** If `true`, texture is flipped vertically. */
        get flip_v(): boolean
        set flip_v(value: boolean)
        
        /** A color value used to  *multiply*  the texture's colors. Can be used for mood-coloring or to simulate the color of ambient light.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** Unlike [member CanvasItem.modulate] for 2D, colors with values above `1.0` (overbright) are not supported.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** If a [member GeometryInstance3D.material_override] is defined on the [SpriteBase3D], the material override must be configured to take vertex colors into account for albedo. Otherwise, the color defined in [member modulate] will be ignored. For a [BaseMaterial3D], [member BaseMaterial3D.vertex_color_use_as_albedo] must be `true`. For a [ShaderMaterial], `ALBEDO *= COLOR.rgb;` must be inserted in the shader's `fragment()` function.  
         */
        get modulate(): Color
        set modulate(value: Color)
        
        /** The size of one pixel's width on the sprite to scale it in 3D. */
        get pixel_size(): float64
        set pixel_size(value: float64)
        
        /** The direction in which the front of the texture faces. */
        get axis(): int64
        set axis(value: int64)
        
        /** The billboard mode to use for the sprite.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** When billboarding is enabled and the material also casts shadows, billboards will face **the** camera in the scene when rendering shadows. In scenes with multiple cameras, the intended shadow cannot be determined and this will result in undefined behavior. See [url=https://github.com/godotengine/godot/pull/72638]GitHub Pull Request #72638[/url] for details.  
         */
        get billboard(): int64
        set billboard(value: int64)
        
        /** If `true`, the texture's transparency and the opacity are used to make those parts of the sprite invisible. */
        get transparent(): boolean
        set transparent(value: boolean)
        
        /** If `true`, the [Light3D] in the [Environment] has effects on the sprite. */
        get shaded(): boolean
        set shaded(value: boolean)
        
        /** If `true`, texture can be seen from the back as well, if `false`, it is invisible when looking at it from behind. */
        get double_sided(): boolean
        set double_sided(value: boolean)
        
        /** If `true`, depth testing is disabled and the object will be drawn in render order. */
        get no_depth_test(): boolean
        set no_depth_test(value: boolean)
        
        /** If `true`, the texture is rendered at the same size regardless of distance. The texture's size on screen is the same as if the camera was `1.0` units away from the texture's origin, regardless of the actual distance from the camera. The [Camera3D]'s field of view (or [member Camera3D.size] when in orthogonal/frustum mode) still affects the size the sprite is drawn at. */
        get fixed_size(): boolean
        set fixed_size(value: boolean)
        
        /** The alpha cutting mode to use for the sprite. */
        get alpha_cut(): int64
        set alpha_cut(value: int64)
        
        /** Threshold at which the alpha scissor will discard values. */
        get alpha_scissor_threshold(): float64
        set alpha_scissor_threshold(value: float64)
        
        /** The hashing scale for Alpha Hash. Recommended values between `0` and `2`. */
        get alpha_hash_scale(): float64
        set alpha_hash_scale(value: float64)
        
        /** The type of alpha antialiasing to apply. */
        get alpha_antialiasing_mode(): int64
        set alpha_antialiasing_mode(value: int64)
        
        /** Threshold at which antialiasing will be applied on the alpha channel. */
        get alpha_antialiasing_edge(): float64
        set alpha_antialiasing_edge(value: float64)
        
        /** Filter flags for the texture.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** Linear filtering may cause artifacts around the edges, which are especially noticeable on opaque textures. To prevent this, use textures with transparent or identical colors around the edges.  
         */
        get texture_filter(): int64
        set texture_filter(value: int64)
        
        /** Sets the render priority for the sprite. Higher priority objects will be sorted in front of lower priority objects.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** This only applies if [member alpha_cut] is set to [constant ALPHA_CUT_DISABLED] (default value).  
         *      
         *  **Note:** This only applies to sorting of transparent objects. This will not impact how transparent objects are sorted relative to opaque objects. This is because opaque objects are not sorted, while transparent objects are sorted from back to front (subject to priority).  
         */
        get render_priority(): int64
        set render_priority(value: int64)
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapSpriteBase3D;
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapSpriteFrames extends __NameMapResource {
    }
    /** Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite2D and AnimatedSprite3D.  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_spriteframes.html  
     */
    class SpriteFrames extends Resource {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** Adds a new [param anim] animation to the library. */
        add_animation(anim: StringName): void
        
        /** Returns `true` if the [param anim] animation exists. */
        has_animation(anim: StringName): boolean
        
        /** Duplicates the animation [param anim_from] to a new animation named [param anim_to]. Fails if [param anim_to] already exists, or if [param anim_from] does not exist. */
        duplicate_animation(anim_from: StringName, anim_to: StringName): void
        
        /** Removes the [param anim] animation. */
        remove_animation(anim: StringName): void
        
        /** Changes the [param anim] animation's name to [param newname]. */
        rename_animation(anim: StringName, newname: StringName): void
        
        /** Returns an array containing the names associated to each animation. Values are placed in alphabetical order. */
        get_animation_names(): PackedStringArray
        
        /** Sets the speed for the [param anim] animation in frames per second. */
        set_animation_speed(anim: StringName, fps: float64): void
        
        /** Returns the speed in frames per second for the [param anim] animation. */
        get_animation_speed(anim: StringName): float64
        
        /** If [param loop] is `true`, the [param anim] animation will loop when it reaches the end, or the start if it is played in reverse. */
        set_animation_loop(anim: StringName, loop: boolean): void
        
        /** Returns `true` if the given animation is configured to loop when it finishes playing. Otherwise, returns `false`. */
        get_animation_loop(anim: StringName): boolean
        
        /** Adds a frame to the [param anim] animation. If [param at_position] is `-1`, the frame will be added to the end of the animation. [param duration] specifies the relative duration, see [method get_frame_duration] for details. */
        add_frame(anim: StringName, texture: Texture2D, duration?: float64 /* = 1 */, at_position?: int64 /* = -1 */): void
        
        /** Sets the [param texture] and the [param duration] of the frame [param idx] in the [param anim] animation. [param duration] specifies the relative duration, see [method get_frame_duration] for details. */
        set_frame(anim: StringName, idx: int64, texture: Texture2D, duration?: float64 /* = 1 */): void
        
        /** Removes the [param anim] animation's frame [param idx]. */
        remove_frame(anim: StringName, idx: int64): void
        
        /** Returns the number of frames for the [param anim] animation. */
        get_frame_count(anim: StringName): int64
        
        /** Returns the texture of the frame [param idx] in the [param anim] animation. */
        get_frame_texture(anim: StringName, idx: int64): null | Texture2D
        
        /** Returns a relative duration of the frame [param idx] in the [param anim] animation (defaults to `1.0`). For example, a frame with a duration of `2.0` is displayed twice as long as a frame with a duration of `1.0`. You can calculate the absolute duration (in seconds) of a frame using the following formula:  
         *    
         *  In this example, `playing_speed` refers to either [method AnimatedSprite2D.get_playing_speed] or [method AnimatedSprite3D.get_playing_speed].  
         */
        get_frame_duration(anim: StringName, idx: int64): float64
        
        /** Removes all frames from the [param anim] animation. */
        clear(anim: StringName): void
        
        /** Removes all animations. An empty `default` animation will be created. */
        clear_all(): void
        get animations(): GArray
        set animations(value: GArray)
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapSpriteFrames;
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapStandardMaterial3D extends __NameMapBaseMaterial3D {
    }
    /** A PBR (Physically Based Rendering) material to be used on 3D objects.  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_standardmaterial3d.html  
     */
    class StandardMaterial3D extends BaseMaterial3D {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapStandardMaterial3D;
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapStaticBody2D extends __NameMapPhysicsBody2D {
    }
    /** A 2D physics body that can't be moved by external forces. When moved manually, it doesn't affect other bodies in its path.  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_staticbody2d.html  
     */
    class StaticBody2D<Map extends NodePathMap = any> extends PhysicsBody2D<Map> {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** The physics material override for the body.  
         *  If a material is assigned to this property, it will be used instead of any other physics material, such as an inherited one.  
         */
        get physics_material_override(): null | PhysicsMaterial
        set physics_material_override(value: null | PhysicsMaterial)
        
        /** The body's constant linear velocity. This does not move the body, but affects touching bodies, as if it were moving. */
        get constant_linear_velocity(): Vector2
        set constant_linear_velocity(value: Vector2)
        
        /** The body's constant angular velocity. This does not rotate the body, but affects touching bodies, as if it were rotating. */
        get constant_angular_velocity(): float64
        set constant_angular_velocity(value: float64)
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapStaticBody2D;
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapStaticBody3D extends __NameMapPhysicsBody3D {
    }
    /** A 3D physics body that can't be moved by external forces. When moved manually, it doesn't affect other bodies in its path.  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_staticbody3d.html  
     */
    class StaticBody3D<Map extends NodePathMap = any> extends PhysicsBody3D<Map> {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** The physics material override for the body.  
         *  If a material is assigned to this property, it will be used instead of any other physics material, such as an inherited one.  
         */
        get physics_material_override(): null | PhysicsMaterial
        set physics_material_override(value: null | PhysicsMaterial)
        
        /** The body's constant linear velocity. This does not move the body, but affects touching bodies, as if it were moving. */
        get constant_linear_velocity(): Vector3
        set constant_linear_velocity(value: Vector3)
        
        /** The body's constant angular velocity. This does not rotate the body, but affects touching bodies, as if it were rotating. */
        get constant_angular_velocity(): Vector3
        set constant_angular_velocity(value: Vector3)
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapStaticBody3D;
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapStatusIndicator extends __NameMapNode {
    }
    /** Application status indicator (aka notification area icon).  
     *      
     *  **Note:** Status indicator is implemented on macOS and Windows.  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_statusindicator.html  
     */
    class StatusIndicator<Map extends NodePathMap = any> extends Node<Map> {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** Returns the status indicator rectangle in screen coordinates. If this status indicator is not visible, returns an empty [Rect2]. */
        get_rect(): Rect2
        
        /** Status indicator tooltip. */
        get tooltip(): string
        set tooltip(value: string)
        
        /** Status indicator icon. */
        get icon(): null | Texture2D
        set icon(value: null | Texture2D)
        
        /** Status indicator native popup menu. If this is set, the [signal pressed] signal is not emitted.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** Native popup is only supported if [NativeMenu] supports [constant NativeMenu.FEATURE_POPUP_MENU] feature.  
         */
        get menu(): NodePath
        set menu(value: NodePath | string)
        
        /** If `true`, the status indicator is visible. */
        get visible(): boolean
        set visible(value: boolean)
        
        /** Emitted when the status indicator is pressed. */
        readonly pressed: Signal<(mouse_button: int64, mouse_position: Vector2i) => void>
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapStatusIndicator;
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapStreamPeer extends __NameMapRefCounted {
    }
    /** Abstract base class for interacting with streams.  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_streampeer.html  
     */
    class StreamPeer extends RefCounted {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** Sends a chunk of data through the connection, blocking if necessary until the data is done sending. This function returns an [enum Error] code. */
        put_data(data: PackedByteArray | byte[] | ArrayBuffer): Error
        
        /** Sends a chunk of data through the connection. If all the data could not be sent at once, only part of it will. This function returns two values, an [enum Error] code and an integer, describing how much data was actually sent. */
        put_partial_data(data: PackedByteArray | byte[] | ArrayBuffer): GArray
        
        /** Returns a chunk data with the received bytes. The number of bytes to be received can be requested in the [param bytes] argument. If not enough bytes are available, the function will block until the desired amount is received. This function returns two values, an [enum Error] code and a data array. */
        get_data(bytes: int64): GArray
        
        /** Returns a chunk data with the received bytes. The number of bytes to be received can be requested in the [param bytes] argument. If not enough bytes are available, the function will return how many were actually received. This function returns two values: an [enum Error] code and a data array. */
        get_partial_data(bytes: int64): GArray
        
        /** Returns the number of bytes this [StreamPeer] has available. */
        get_available_bytes(): int64
        
        /** Puts a signed byte into the stream. */
        put_8(value: int64): void
        
        /** Puts an unsigned byte into the stream. */
        put_u8(value: int64): void
        
        /** Puts a signed 16-bit value into the stream. */
        put_16(value: int64): void
        
        /** Puts an unsigned 16-bit value into the stream. */
        put_u16(value: int64): void
        
        /** Puts a signed 32-bit value into the stream. */
        put_32(value: int64): void
        
        /** Puts an unsigned 32-bit value into the stream. */
        put_u32(value: int64): void
        
        /** Puts a signed 64-bit value into the stream. */
        put_64(value: int64): void
        
        /** Puts an unsigned 64-bit value into the stream. */
        put_u64(value: int64): void
        
        /** Puts a half-precision float into the stream. */
        put_half(value: float64): void
        
        /** Puts a single-precision float into the stream. */
        put_float(value: float64): void
        
        /** Puts a double-precision float into the stream. */
        put_double(value: float64): void
        
        /** Puts a zero-terminated ASCII string into the stream prepended by a 32-bit unsigned integer representing its size.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** To put an ASCII string without prepending its size, you can use [method put_data]:  
         *    
         */
        put_string(value: string): void
        
        /** Puts a zero-terminated UTF-8 string into the stream prepended by a 32 bits unsigned integer representing its size.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** To put a UTF-8 string without prepending its size, you can use [method put_data]:  
         *    
         */
        put_utf8_string(value: string): void
        
        /** Puts a Variant into the stream. If [param full_objects] is `true` encoding objects is allowed (and can potentially include code).  
         *  Internally, this uses the same encoding mechanism as the [method @GlobalScope.var_to_bytes] method.  
         */
        put_var(value: any, full_objects?: boolean /* = false */): void
        
        /** Gets a signed byte from the stream. */
        get_8(): int64
        
        /** Gets an unsigned byte from the stream. */
        get_u8(): int64
        
        /** Gets a signed 16-bit value from the stream. */
        get_16(): int64
        
        /** Gets an unsigned 16-bit value from the stream. */
        get_u16(): int64
        
        /** Gets a signed 32-bit value from the stream. */
        get_32(): int64
        
        /** Gets an unsigned 32-bit value from the stream. */
        get_u32(): int64
        
        /** Gets a signed 64-bit value from the stream. */
        get_64(): int64
        
        /** Gets an unsigned 64-bit value from the stream. */
        get_u64(): int64
        
        /** Gets a half-precision float from the stream. */
        get_half(): float64
        
        /** Gets a single-precision float from the stream. */
        get_float(): float64
        
        /** Gets a double-precision float from the stream. */
        get_double(): float64
        
        /** Gets an ASCII string with byte-length [param bytes] from the stream. If [param bytes] is negative (default) the length will be read from the stream using the reverse process of [method put_string]. */
        get_string(bytes?: int64 /* = -1 */): string
        
        /** Gets a UTF-8 string with byte-length [param bytes] from the stream (this decodes the string sent as UTF-8). If [param bytes] is negative (default) the length will be read from the stream using the reverse process of [method put_utf8_string]. */
        get_utf8_string(bytes?: int64 /* = -1 */): string
        
        /** Gets a Variant from the stream. If [param allow_objects] is `true`, decoding objects is allowed.  
         *  Internally, this uses the same decoding mechanism as the [method @GlobalScope.bytes_to_var] method.  
         *  **Warning:** Deserialized objects can contain code which gets executed. Do not use this option if the serialized object comes from untrusted sources to avoid potential security threats such as remote code execution.  
         */
        get_var(allow_objects?: boolean /* = false */): any
        
        /** If `true`, this [StreamPeer] will using big-endian format for encoding and decoding. */
        get big_endian(): boolean
        set big_endian(value: boolean)
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapStreamPeer;
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapStreamPeerBuffer extends __NameMapStreamPeer {
    }
    /** A stream peer used to handle binary data streams.  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_streampeerbuffer.html  
     */
    class StreamPeerBuffer extends StreamPeer {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** Moves the cursor to the specified position. [param position] must be a valid index of [member data_array]. */
        seek(position: int64): void
        
        /** Returns the size of [member data_array]. */
        get_size(): int64
        
        /** Returns the current cursor position. */
        get_position(): int64
        
        /** Resizes the [member data_array]. This  *doesn't*  update the cursor. */
        resize(size: int64): void
        
        /** Clears the [member data_array] and resets the cursor. */
        clear(): void
        
        /** Returns a new [StreamPeerBuffer] with the same [member data_array] content. */
        duplicate(): null | StreamPeerBuffer
        
        /** The underlying data buffer. Setting this value resets the cursor. */
        get data_array(): PackedByteArray
        set data_array(value: PackedByteArray | byte[] | ArrayBuffer)
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapStreamPeerBuffer;
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapStreamPeerExtension extends __NameMapStreamPeer {
    }
    /** @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_streampeerextension.html */
    class StreamPeerExtension extends StreamPeer {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /* gdvirtual */ _get_data(r_buffer: int64, r_bytes: int64, r_received: int64): Error
        /* gdvirtual */ _get_partial_data(r_buffer: int64, r_bytes: int64, r_received: int64): Error
        /* gdvirtual */ _put_data(p_data: int64, p_bytes: int64, r_sent: int64): Error
        /* gdvirtual */ _put_partial_data(p_data: int64, p_bytes: int64, r_sent: int64): Error
        /* gdvirtual */ _get_available_bytes(): int64
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapStreamPeerExtension;
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapStreamPeerGZIP extends __NameMapStreamPeer {
    }
    /** A stream peer that handles GZIP and deflate compression/decompression.  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_streampeergzip.html  
     */
    class StreamPeerGZIP extends StreamPeer {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** Start the stream in compression mode with the given [param buffer_size], if [param use_deflate] is `true` uses deflate instead of GZIP. */
        start_compression(use_deflate?: boolean /* = false */, buffer_size?: int64 /* = 65535 */): Error
        
        /** Start the stream in decompression mode with the given [param buffer_size], if [param use_deflate] is `true` uses deflate instead of GZIP. */
        start_decompression(use_deflate?: boolean /* = false */, buffer_size?: int64 /* = 65535 */): Error
        
        /** Finalizes the stream, compressing any buffered chunk left.  
         *  You must call it only when you are compressing.  
         */
        finish(): Error
        
        /** Clears this stream, resetting the internal state. */
        clear(): void
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapStreamPeerGZIP;
    }
    namespace StreamPeerTCP {
        enum Status {
            /** The initial status of the [StreamPeerTCP]. This is also the status after disconnecting. */
            STATUS_NONE = 0,
            
            /** A status representing a [StreamPeerTCP] that is connecting to a host. */
            STATUS_CONNECTING = 1,
            
            /** A status representing a [StreamPeerTCP] that is connected to a host. */
            STATUS_CONNECTED = 2,
            
            /** A status representing a [StreamPeerTCP] in error state. */
            STATUS_ERROR = 3,
        }
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapStreamPeerTCP extends __NameMapStreamPeer {
    }
    /** A stream peer that handles TCP connections.  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_streampeertcp.html  
     */
    class StreamPeerTCP extends StreamPeer {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** Opens the TCP socket, and binds it to the specified local address.  
         *  This method is generally not needed, and only used to force the subsequent call to [method connect_to_host] to use the specified [param host] and [param port] as source address. This can be desired in some NAT punchthrough techniques, or when forcing the source network interface.  
         */
        bind(port: int64, host?: string /* = '*' */): Error
        
        /** Connects to the specified `host:port` pair. A hostname will be resolved if valid. Returns [constant OK] on success. */
        connect_to_host(host: string, port: int64): Error
        
        /** Poll the socket, updating its state. See [method get_status]. */
        poll(): Error
        
        /** Returns the status of the connection. */
        get_status(): StreamPeerTCP.Status
        
        /** Returns the IP of this peer. */
        get_connected_host(): string
        
        /** Returns the port of this peer. */
        get_connected_port(): int64
        
        /** Returns the local port to which this peer is bound. */
        get_local_port(): int64
        
        /** Disconnects from host. */
        disconnect_from_host(): void
        
        /** If [param enabled] is `true`, packets will be sent immediately. If [param enabled] is `false` (the default), packet transfers will be delayed and combined using [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nagle%27s_algorithm]Nagle's algorithm[/url].  
         *      
         *  **Note:** It's recommended to leave this disabled for applications that send large packets or need to transfer a lot of data, as enabling this can decrease the total available bandwidth.  
         */
        set_no_delay(enabled: boolean): void
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapStreamPeerTCP;
    }
    namespace StreamPeerTLS {
        enum Status {
            /** A status representing a [StreamPeerTLS] that is disconnected. */
            STATUS_DISCONNECTED = 0,
            
            /** A status representing a [StreamPeerTLS] during handshaking. */
            STATUS_HANDSHAKING = 1,
            
            /** A status representing a [StreamPeerTLS] that is connected to a host. */
            STATUS_CONNECTED = 2,
            
            /** A status representing a [StreamPeerTLS] in error state. */
            STATUS_ERROR = 3,
            
            /** An error status that shows a mismatch in the TLS certificate domain presented by the host and the domain requested for validation. */
            STATUS_ERROR_HOSTNAME_MISMATCH = 4,
        }
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapStreamPeerTLS extends __NameMapStreamPeer {
    }
    /** A stream peer that handles TLS connections.  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_streampeertls.html  
     */
    class StreamPeerTLS extends StreamPeer {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** Poll the connection to check for incoming bytes. Call this right before [method StreamPeer.get_available_bytes] for it to work properly. */
        poll(): void
        
        /** Accepts a peer connection as a server using the given [param server_options]. See [method TLSOptions.server]. */
        accept_stream(stream: StreamPeer, server_options: TLSOptions): Error
        
        /** Connects to a peer using an underlying [StreamPeer] [param stream] and verifying the remote certificate is correctly signed for the given [param common_name]. You can pass the optional [param client_options] parameter to customize the trusted certification authorities, or disable the common name verification. See [method TLSOptions.client] and [method TLSOptions.client_unsafe]. */
        connect_to_stream(stream: StreamPeer, common_name: string, client_options?: TLSOptions /* = undefined */): Error
        
        /** Returns the status of the connection. */
        get_status(): StreamPeerTLS.Status
        
        /** Returns the underlying [StreamPeer] connection, used in [method accept_stream] or [method connect_to_stream]. */
        get_stream(): null | StreamPeer
        
        /** Disconnects from host. */
        disconnect_from_stream(): void
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapStreamPeerTLS;
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapStyleBox extends __NameMapResource {
    }
    /** Abstract base class for defining stylized boxes for UI elements.  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_stylebox.html  
     */
    class StyleBox extends Resource {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /* gdvirtual */ _draw(to_canvas_item: RID, rect: Rect2): void
        /* gdvirtual */ _get_draw_rect(rect: Rect2): Rect2
        
        /** Virtual method to be implemented by the user. Returns a custom minimum size that the stylebox must respect when drawing. By default [method get_minimum_size] only takes content margins into account. This method can be overridden to add another size restriction. A combination of the default behavior and the output of this method will be used, to account for both sizes. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _get_minimum_size(): Vector2
        /* gdvirtual */ _test_mask(point: Vector2, rect: Rect2): boolean
        
        /** Returns the minimum size that this stylebox can be shrunk to. */
        get_minimum_size(): Vector2
        
        /** Sets the default value of the specified [enum Side] to [param offset] pixels. */
        set_content_margin(margin: Side, offset: float64): void
        
        /** Sets the default margin to [param offset] pixels for all sides. */
        set_content_margin_all(offset: float64): void
        
        /** Returns the default margin of the specified [enum Side]. */
        get_content_margin(margin: Side): float64
        
        /** Returns the content margin offset for the specified [enum Side].  
         *  Positive values reduce size inwards, unlike [Control]'s margin values.  
         */
        get_margin(margin: Side): float64
        
        /** Returns the "offset" of a stylebox. This helper function returns a value equivalent to `Vector2(style.get_margin(MARGIN_LEFT), style.get_margin(MARGIN_TOP))`. */
        get_offset(): Vector2
        
        /** Draws this stylebox using a canvas item identified by the given [RID].  
         *  The [RID] value can either be the result of [method CanvasItem.get_canvas_item] called on an existing [CanvasItem]-derived node, or directly from creating a canvas item in the [RenderingServer] with [method RenderingServer.canvas_item_create].  
         */
        draw(canvas_item: RID, rect: Rect2): void
        
        /** Returns the [CanvasItem] that handles its [constant CanvasItem.NOTIFICATION_DRAW] or [method CanvasItem._draw] callback at this moment. */
        get_current_item_drawn(): null | CanvasItem
        
        /** Test a position in a rectangle, return whether it passes the mask test. */
        test_mask(point: Vector2, rect: Rect2): boolean
        
        /** The left margin for the contents of this style box. Increasing this value reduces the space available to the contents from the left.  
         *  Refer to [member content_margin_bottom] for extra considerations.  
         */
        get content_margin_left(): float64
        set content_margin_left(value: float64)
        
        /** The top margin for the contents of this style box. Increasing this value reduces the space available to the contents from the top.  
         *  Refer to [member content_margin_bottom] for extra considerations.  
         */
        get content_margin_top(): float64
        set content_margin_top(value: float64)
        
        /** The right margin for the contents of this style box. Increasing this value reduces the space available to the contents from the right.  
         *  Refer to [member content_margin_bottom] for extra considerations.  
         */
        get content_margin_right(): float64
        set content_margin_right(value: float64)
        
        /** The bottom margin for the contents of this style box. Increasing this value reduces the space available to the contents from the bottom.  
         *  If this value is negative, it is ignored and a child-specific margin is used instead. For example, for [StyleBoxFlat], the border thickness (if any) is used instead.  
         *  It is up to the code using this style box to decide what these contents are: for example, a [Button] respects this content margin for the textual contents of the button.  
         *  [method get_margin] should be used to fetch this value as consumer instead of reading these properties directly. This is because it correctly respects negative values and the fallback mentioned above.  
         */
        get content_margin_bottom(): float64
        set content_margin_bottom(value: float64)
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapStyleBox;
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapStyleBoxEmpty extends __NameMapStyleBox {
    }
    /** An empty [StyleBox] (does not display anything).  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_styleboxempty.html  
     */
    class StyleBoxEmpty extends StyleBox {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapStyleBoxEmpty;
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapStyleBoxFlat extends __NameMapStyleBox {
    }
    /** A customizable [StyleBox] that doesn't use a texture.  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_styleboxflat.html  
     */
    class StyleBoxFlat extends StyleBox {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** Sets the border width to [param width] pixels for all sides. */
        set_border_width_all(width: int64): void
        
        /** Returns the smallest border width out of all four borders. */
        get_border_width_min(): int64
        
        /** Sets the specified [enum Side]'s border width to [param width] pixels. */
        set_border_width(margin: Side, width: int64): void
        
        /** Returns the specified [enum Side]'s border width. */
        get_border_width(margin: Side): int64
        
        /** Sets the corner radius to [param radius] pixels for all corners. */
        set_corner_radius_all(radius: int64): void
        
        /** Sets the corner radius to [param radius] pixels for the given [param corner]. */
        set_corner_radius(corner: Corner, radius: int64): void
        
        /** Returns the given [param corner]'s radius. */
        get_corner_radius(corner: Corner): int64
        
        /** Sets the expand margin to [param size] pixels for the specified [enum Side]. */
        set_expand_margin(margin: Side, size: float64): void
        
        /** Sets the expand margin to [param size] pixels for all sides. */
        set_expand_margin_all(size: float64): void
        
        /** Returns the size of the specified [enum Side]'s expand margin. */
        get_expand_margin(margin: Side): float64
        
        /** The background color of the stylebox. */
        get bg_color(): Color
        set bg_color(value: Color)
        
        /** Toggles drawing of the inner part of the stylebox. */
        get draw_center(): boolean
        set draw_center(value: boolean)
        
        /** If set to a non-zero value on either axis, [member skew] distorts the StyleBox horizontally and/or vertically. This can be used for "futuristic"-style UIs. Positive values skew the StyleBox towards the right (X axis) and upwards (Y axis), while negative values skew the StyleBox towards the left (X axis) and downwards (Y axis).  
         *      
         *  **Note:** To ensure text does not touch the StyleBox's edges, consider increasing the [StyleBox]'s content margin (see [member StyleBox.content_margin_bottom]). It is preferable to increase the content margin instead of the expand margin (see [member expand_margin_bottom]), as increasing the expand margin does not increase the size of the clickable area for [Control]s.  
         */
        get skew(): Vector2
        set skew(value: Vector2)
        
        /** Border width for the left border. */
        get border_width_left(): int64
        set border_width_left(value: int64)
        
        /** Border width for the top border. */
        get border_width_top(): int64
        set border_width_top(value: int64)
        
        /** Border width for the right border. */
        get border_width_right(): int64
        set border_width_right(value: int64)
        
        /** Border width for the bottom border. */
        get border_width_bottom(): int64
        set border_width_bottom(value: int64)
        
        /** Sets the color of the border. */
        get border_color(): Color
        set border_color(value: Color)
        
        /** If `true`, the border will fade into the background color. */
        get border_blend(): boolean
        set border_blend(value: boolean)
        
        /** The top-left corner's radius. If `0`, the corner is not rounded. */
        get corner_radius_top_left(): int64
        set corner_radius_top_left(value: int64)
        
        /** The top-right corner's radius. If `0`, the corner is not rounded. */
        get corner_radius_top_right(): int64
        set corner_radius_top_right(value: int64)
        
        /** The bottom-right corner's radius. If `0`, the corner is not rounded. */
        get corner_radius_bottom_right(): int64
        set corner_radius_bottom_right(value: int64)
        
        /** The bottom-left corner's radius. If `0`, the corner is not rounded. */
        get corner_radius_bottom_left(): int64
        set corner_radius_bottom_left(value: int64)
        
        /** This sets the number of vertices used for each corner. Higher values result in rounder corners but take more processing power to compute. When choosing a value, you should take the corner radius ([method set_corner_radius_all]) into account.  
         *  For corner radii less than 10, `4` or `5` should be enough. For corner radii less than 30, values between `8` and `12` should be enough.  
         *  A corner detail of `1` will result in chamfered corners instead of rounded corners, which is useful for some artistic effects.  
         */
        get corner_detail(): int64
        set corner_detail(value: int64)
        
        /** Expands the stylebox outside of the control rect on the left edge. Useful in combination with [member border_width_left] to draw a border outside the control rect.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** Unlike [member StyleBox.content_margin_left], [member expand_margin_left] does  *not*  affect the size of the clickable area for [Control]s. This can negatively impact usability if used wrong, as the user may try to click an area of the StyleBox that cannot actually receive clicks.  
         */
        get expand_margin_left(): float64
        set expand_margin_left(value: float64)
        
        /** Expands the stylebox outside of the control rect on the top edge. Useful in combination with [member border_width_top] to draw a border outside the control rect.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** Unlike [member StyleBox.content_margin_top], [member expand_margin_top] does  *not*  affect the size of the clickable area for [Control]s. This can negatively impact usability if used wrong, as the user may try to click an area of the StyleBox that cannot actually receive clicks.  
         */
        get expand_margin_top(): float64
        set expand_margin_top(value: float64)
        
        /** Expands the stylebox outside of the control rect on the right edge. Useful in combination with [member border_width_right] to draw a border outside the control rect.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** Unlike [member StyleBox.content_margin_right], [member expand_margin_right] does  *not*  affect the size of the clickable area for [Control]s. This can negatively impact usability if used wrong, as the user may try to click an area of the StyleBox that cannot actually receive clicks.  
         */
        get expand_margin_right(): float64
        set expand_margin_right(value: float64)
        
        /** Expands the stylebox outside of the control rect on the bottom edge. Useful in combination with [member border_width_bottom] to draw a border outside the control rect.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** Unlike [member StyleBox.content_margin_bottom], [member expand_margin_bottom] does  *not*  affect the size of the clickable area for [Control]s. This can negatively impact usability if used wrong, as the user may try to click an area of the StyleBox that cannot actually receive clicks.  
         */
        get expand_margin_bottom(): float64
        set expand_margin_bottom(value: float64)
        
        /** The color of the shadow. This has no effect if [member shadow_size] is lower than 1. */
        get shadow_color(): Color
        set shadow_color(value: Color)
        
        /** The shadow size in pixels. */
        get shadow_size(): int64
        set shadow_size(value: int64)
        
        /** The shadow offset in pixels. Adjusts the position of the shadow relatively to the stylebox. */
        get shadow_offset(): Vector2
        set shadow_offset(value: Vector2)
        
        /** Antialiasing draws a small ring around the edges, which fades to transparency. As a result, edges look much smoother. This is only noticeable when using rounded corners or [member skew].  
         *      
         *  **Note:** When using beveled corners with 45-degree angles ([member corner_detail] = 1), it is recommended to set [member anti_aliasing] to `false` to ensure crisp visuals and avoid possible visual glitches.  
         */
        get anti_aliasing(): boolean
        set anti_aliasing(value: boolean)
        
        /** This changes the size of the antialiasing effect. `1.0` is recommended for an optimal result at 100% scale, identical to how rounded rectangles are rendered in web browsers and most vector drawing software.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** Higher values may produce a blur effect but can also create undesired artifacts on small boxes with large-radius corners.  
         */
        get anti_aliasing_size(): float64
        set anti_aliasing_size(value: float64)
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapStyleBoxFlat;
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapStyleBoxLine extends __NameMapStyleBox {
    }
    /** A [StyleBox] that displays a single line of a given color and thickness.  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_styleboxline.html  
     */
    class StyleBoxLine extends StyleBox {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** The line's color. */
        get color(): Color
        set color(value: Color)
        
        /** The number of pixels the line will extend before the [StyleBoxLine]'s bounds. If set to a negative value, the line will begin inside the [StyleBoxLine]'s bounds. */
        get grow_begin(): float64
        set grow_begin(value: float64)
        
        /** The number of pixels the line will extend past the [StyleBoxLine]'s bounds. If set to a negative value, the line will end inside the [StyleBoxLine]'s bounds. */
        get grow_end(): float64
        set grow_end(value: float64)
        
        /** The line's thickness in pixels. */
        get thickness(): int64
        set thickness(value: int64)
        
        /** If `true`, the line will be vertical. If `false`, the line will be horizontal. */
        get vertical(): boolean
        set vertical(value: boolean)
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapStyleBoxLine;
    }
    namespace StyleBoxTexture {
        enum AxisStretchMode {
            /** Stretch the stylebox's texture. This results in visible distortion unless the texture size matches the stylebox's size perfectly. */
            AXIS_STRETCH_MODE_STRETCH = 0,
            
            /** Repeats the stylebox's texture to match the stylebox's size according to the nine-patch system. */
            AXIS_STRETCH_MODE_TILE = 1,
            
            /** Repeats the stylebox's texture to match the stylebox's size according to the nine-patch system. Unlike [constant AXIS_STRETCH_MODE_TILE], the texture may be slightly stretched to make the nine-patch texture tile seamlessly. */
            AXIS_STRETCH_MODE_TILE_FIT = 2,
        }
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapStyleBoxTexture extends __NameMapStyleBox {
    }
    /** A texture-based nine-patch [StyleBox].  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_styleboxtexture.html  
     */
    class StyleBoxTexture extends StyleBox {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** Sets the margin to [param size] pixels for the specified [enum Side]. */
        set_texture_margin(margin: Side, size: float64): void
        
        /** Sets the margin to [param size] pixels for all sides. */
        set_texture_margin_all(size: float64): void
        
        /** Returns the margin size of the specified [enum Side]. */
        get_texture_margin(margin: Side): float64
        
        /** Sets the expand margin to [param size] pixels for the specified [enum Side]. */
        set_expand_margin(margin: Side, size: float64): void
        
        /** Sets the expand margin to [param size] pixels for all sides. */
        set_expand_margin_all(size: float64): void
        
        /** Returns the expand margin size of the specified [enum Side]. */
        get_expand_margin(margin: Side): float64
        
        /** The texture to use when drawing this style box. */
        get texture(): null | Texture2D
        set texture(value: null | Texture2D)
        
        /** Increases the left margin of the 3×3 texture box.  
         *  A higher value means more of the source texture is considered to be part of the left border of the 3×3 box.  
         *  This is also the value used as fallback for [member StyleBox.content_margin_left] if it is negative.  
         */
        get texture_margin_left(): float64
        set texture_margin_left(value: float64)
        
        /** Increases the top margin of the 3×3 texture box.  
         *  A higher value means more of the source texture is considered to be part of the top border of the 3×3 box.  
         *  This is also the value used as fallback for [member StyleBox.content_margin_top] if it is negative.  
         */
        get texture_margin_top(): float64
        set texture_margin_top(value: float64)
        
        /** Increases the right margin of the 3×3 texture box.  
         *  A higher value means more of the source texture is considered to be part of the right border of the 3×3 box.  
         *  This is also the value used as fallback for [member StyleBox.content_margin_right] if it is negative.  
         */
        get texture_margin_right(): float64
        set texture_margin_right(value: float64)
        
        /** Increases the bottom margin of the 3×3 texture box.  
         *  A higher value means more of the source texture is considered to be part of the bottom border of the 3×3 box.  
         *  This is also the value used as fallback for [member StyleBox.content_margin_bottom] if it is negative.  
         */
        get texture_margin_bottom(): float64
        set texture_margin_bottom(value: float64)
        
        /** Expands the left margin of this style box when drawing, causing it to be drawn larger than requested. */
        get expand_margin_left(): float64
        set expand_margin_left(value: float64)
        
        /** Expands the top margin of this style box when drawing, causing it to be drawn larger than requested. */
        get expand_margin_top(): float64
        set expand_margin_top(value: float64)
        
        /** Expands the right margin of this style box when drawing, causing it to be drawn larger than requested. */
        get expand_margin_right(): float64
        set expand_margin_right(value: float64)
        
        /** Expands the bottom margin of this style box when drawing, causing it to be drawn larger than requested. */
        get expand_margin_bottom(): float64
        set expand_margin_bottom(value: float64)
        
        /** Controls how the stylebox's texture will be stretched or tiled horizontally. */
        get axis_stretch_horizontal(): int64
        set axis_stretch_horizontal(value: int64)
        
        /** Controls how the stylebox's texture will be stretched or tiled vertically. */
        get axis_stretch_vertical(): int64
        set axis_stretch_vertical(value: int64)
        
        /** The region to use from the [member texture].  
         *  This is equivalent to first wrapping the [member texture] in an [AtlasTexture] with the same region.  
         *  If empty (`Rect2(0, 0, 0, 0)`), the whole [member texture] is used.  
         */
        get region_rect(): Rect2
        set region_rect(value: Rect2)
        
        /** Modulates the color of the texture when this style box is drawn. */
        get modulate_color(): Color
        set modulate_color(value: Color)
        
        /** If `true`, the nine-patch texture's center tile will be drawn. */
        get draw_center(): boolean
        set draw_center(value: boolean)
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapStyleBoxTexture;
    }
    namespace SubViewport {
        enum ClearMode {
            /** Always clear the render target before drawing. */
            CLEAR_MODE_ALWAYS = 0,
            
            /** Never clear the render target. */
            CLEAR_MODE_NEVER = 1,
            
            /** Clear the render target on the next frame, then switch to [constant CLEAR_MODE_NEVER]. */
            CLEAR_MODE_ONCE = 2,
        }
        enum UpdateMode {
            /** Do not update the render target. */
            UPDATE_DISABLED = 0,
            
            /** Update the render target once, then switch to [constant UPDATE_DISABLED]. */
            UPDATE_ONCE = 1,
            
            /** Update the render target only when it is visible. This is the default value. */
            UPDATE_WHEN_VISIBLE = 2,
            
            /** Update the render target only when its parent is visible. */
            UPDATE_WHEN_PARENT_VISIBLE = 3,
            
            /** Always update the render target. */
            UPDATE_ALWAYS = 4,
        }
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapSubViewport extends __NameMapViewport {
    }
    /** An interface to a game world that doesn't create a window or draw to the screen directly.  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_subviewport.html  
     */
    class SubViewport<Map extends NodePathMap = any> extends Viewport<Map> {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** The width and height of the sub-viewport. Must be set to a value greater than or equal to 2 pixels on both dimensions. Otherwise, nothing will be displayed.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** If the parent node is a [SubViewportContainer] and its [member SubViewportContainer.stretch] is `true`, the viewport size cannot be changed manually.  
         */
        get size(): Vector2i
        set size(value: Vector2i)
        
        /** The 2D size override of the sub-viewport. If either the width or height is `0`, the override is disabled. */
        get size_2d_override(): Vector2i
        set size_2d_override(value: Vector2i)
        
        /** If `true`, the 2D size override affects stretch as well. */
        get size_2d_override_stretch(): boolean
        set size_2d_override_stretch(value: boolean)
        
        /** The clear mode when the sub-viewport is used as a render target.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** This property is intended for 2D usage.  
         */
        get render_target_clear_mode(): int64
        set render_target_clear_mode(value: int64)
        
        /** The update mode when the sub-viewport is used as a render target. */
        get render_target_update_mode(): int64
        set render_target_update_mode(value: int64)
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapSubViewport;
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapSubViewportContainer extends __NameMapContainer {
    }
    /** A container used for displaying the contents of a [SubViewport].  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_subviewportcontainer.html  
     */
    class SubViewportContainer<Map extends NodePathMap = any> extends Container<Map> {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** Virtual method to be implemented by the user. If it returns `true`, the [param event] is propagated to [SubViewport] children. Propagation doesn't happen if it returns `false`. If the function is not implemented, all events are propagated to SubViewports. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _propagate_input_event(event: InputEvent): boolean
        
        /** If `true`, the sub-viewport will be automatically resized to the control's size.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** If `true`, this will prohibit changing [member SubViewport.size] of its children manually.  
         */
        get stretch(): boolean
        set stretch(value: boolean)
        
        /** Divides the sub-viewport's effective resolution by this value while preserving its scale. This can be used to speed up rendering.  
         *  For example, a 1280×720 sub-viewport with [member stretch_shrink] set to `2` will be rendered at 640×360 while occupying the same size in the container.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** [member stretch] must be `true` for this property to work.  
         */
        get stretch_shrink(): int64
        set stretch_shrink(value: int64)
        
        /** Configure, if either the [SubViewportContainer] or alternatively the [Control] nodes of its [SubViewport] children should be available as targets of mouse-related functionalities, like identifying the drop target in drag-and-drop operations or cursor shape of hovered [Control] node.  
         *  If `false`, the [Control] nodes inside its [SubViewport] children are considered as targets.  
         *  If `true`, the [SubViewportContainer] itself will be considered as a target.  
         */
        get mouse_target(): boolean
        set mouse_target(value: boolean)
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapSubViewportContainer;
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapSubtweenTweener extends __NameMapTweener {
    }
    /** Runs a [Tween] nested within another [Tween].  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_subtweentweener.html  
     */
    class SubtweenTweener extends Tweener {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** Sets the time in seconds after which the [SubtweenTweener] will start running the subtween. By default there's no delay. */
        set_delay(delay: float64): null | SubtweenTweener
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapSubtweenTweener;
    }
    namespace SurfaceTool {
        enum CustomFormat {
            /** Limits range of data passed to [method set_custom] to unsigned normalized 0 to 1 stored in 8 bits per channel. See [constant Mesh.ARRAY_CUSTOM_RGBA8_UNORM]. */
            CUSTOM_RGBA8_UNORM = 0,
            
            /** Limits range of data passed to [method set_custom] to signed normalized -1 to 1 stored in 8 bits per channel. See [constant Mesh.ARRAY_CUSTOM_RGBA8_SNORM]. */
            CUSTOM_RGBA8_SNORM = 1,
            
            /** Stores data passed to [method set_custom] as half precision floats, and uses only red and green color channels. See [constant Mesh.ARRAY_CUSTOM_RG_HALF]. */
            CUSTOM_RG_HALF = 2,
            
            /** Stores data passed to [method set_custom] as half precision floats and uses all color channels. See [constant Mesh.ARRAY_CUSTOM_RGBA_HALF]. */
            CUSTOM_RGBA_HALF = 3,
            
            /** Stores data passed to [method set_custom] as full precision floats, and uses only red color channel. See [constant Mesh.ARRAY_CUSTOM_R_FLOAT]. */
            CUSTOM_R_FLOAT = 4,
            
            /** Stores data passed to [method set_custom] as full precision floats, and uses only red and green color channels. See [constant Mesh.ARRAY_CUSTOM_RG_FLOAT]. */
            CUSTOM_RG_FLOAT = 5,
            
            /** Stores data passed to [method set_custom] as full precision floats, and uses only red, green and blue color channels. See [constant Mesh.ARRAY_CUSTOM_RGB_FLOAT]. */
            CUSTOM_RGB_FLOAT = 6,
            
            /** Stores data passed to [method set_custom] as full precision floats, and uses all color channels. See [constant Mesh.ARRAY_CUSTOM_RGBA_FLOAT]. */
            CUSTOM_RGBA_FLOAT = 7,
            
            /** Used to indicate a disabled custom channel. */
            CUSTOM_MAX = 8,
        }
        enum SkinWeightCount {
            /** Each individual vertex can be influenced by only 4 bone weights. */
            SKIN_4_WEIGHTS = 0,
            
            /** Each individual vertex can be influenced by up to 8 bone weights. */
            SKIN_8_WEIGHTS = 1,
        }
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapSurfaceTool extends __NameMapRefCounted {
    }
    /** Helper tool to create geometry.  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_surfacetool.html  
     */
    class SurfaceTool extends RefCounted {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** Set to [constant SKIN_8_WEIGHTS] to indicate that up to 8 bone influences per vertex may be used.  
         *  By default, only 4 bone influences are used ([constant SKIN_4_WEIGHTS]).  
         *      
         *  **Note:** This function takes an enum, not the exact number of weights.  
         */
        set_skin_weight_count(count: SurfaceTool.SkinWeightCount): void
        
        /** By default, returns [constant SKIN_4_WEIGHTS] to indicate only 4 bone influences per vertex are used.  
         *  Returns [constant SKIN_8_WEIGHTS] if up to 8 influences are used.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** This function returns an enum, not the exact number of weights.  
         */
        get_skin_weight_count(): SurfaceTool.SkinWeightCount
        
        /** Sets the color format for this custom [param channel_index]. Use [constant CUSTOM_MAX] to disable.  
         *  Must be invoked after [method begin] and should be set before [method commit] or [method commit_to_arrays].  
         */
        set_custom_format(channel_index: int64, format: SurfaceTool.CustomFormat): void
        
        /** Returns the format for custom [param channel_index] (currently up to 4). Returns [constant CUSTOM_MAX] if this custom channel is unused. */
        get_custom_format(channel_index: int64): SurfaceTool.CustomFormat
        
        /** Called before adding any vertices. Takes the primitive type as an argument (e.g. [constant Mesh.PRIMITIVE_TRIANGLES]). */
        begin(primitive: Mesh.PrimitiveType): void
        
        /** Specifies the position of current vertex. Should be called after specifying other vertex properties (e.g. Color, UV). */
        add_vertex(vertex: Vector3): void
        
        /** Specifies a [Color] to use for the  *next*  vertex. If every vertex needs to have this information set and you fail to submit it for the first vertex, this information may not be used at all.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** The material must have [member BaseMaterial3D.vertex_color_use_as_albedo] enabled for the vertex color to be visible.  
         */
        set_color(color: Color): void
        
        /** Specifies a normal to use for the  *next*  vertex. If every vertex needs to have this information set and you fail to submit it for the first vertex, this information may not be used at all. */
        set_normal(normal: Vector3): void
        
        /** Specifies a tangent to use for the  *next*  vertex. If every vertex needs to have this information set and you fail to submit it for the first vertex, this information may not be used at all. */
        set_tangent(tangent: Plane): void
        
        /** Specifies a set of UV coordinates to use for the  *next*  vertex. If every vertex needs to have this information set and you fail to submit it for the first vertex, this information may not be used at all. */
        set_uv(uv: Vector2): void
        
        /** Specifies an optional second set of UV coordinates to use for the  *next*  vertex. If every vertex needs to have this information set and you fail to submit it for the first vertex, this information may not be used at all. */
        set_uv2(uv2: Vector2): void
        
        /** Specifies an array of bones to use for the  *next*  vertex. [param bones] must contain 4 integers. */
        set_bones(bones: PackedInt32Array | int32[]): void
        
        /** Specifies weight values to use for the  *next*  vertex. [param weights] must contain 4 values. If every vertex needs to have this information set and you fail to submit it for the first vertex, this information may not be used at all. */
        set_weights(weights: PackedFloat32Array | float32[]): void
        
        /** Sets the custom value on this vertex for [param channel_index].  
         *  [method set_custom_format] must be called first for this [param channel_index]. Formats which are not RGBA will ignore other color channels.  
         */
        set_custom(channel_index: int64, custom_color: Color): void
        
        /** Specifies the smooth group to use for the  *next*  vertex. If this is never called, all vertices will have the default smooth group of `0` and will be smoothed with adjacent vertices of the same group. To produce a mesh with flat normals, set the smooth group to `-1`.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** This function actually takes a `uint32_t`, so C# users should use `uint32.MaxValue` instead of `-1` to produce a mesh with flat normals.  
         */
        set_smooth_group(index: int64): void
        
        /** Inserts a triangle fan made of array data into [Mesh] being constructed.  
         *  Requires the primitive type be set to [constant Mesh.PRIMITIVE_TRIANGLES].  
         */
        add_triangle_fan(vertices: PackedVector3Array | Vector3[], uvs?: PackedVector2Array | Vector2[] /* = [] */, colors?: PackedColorArray | Color[] /* = [] */, uv2s?: PackedVector2Array | Vector2[] /* = [] */, normals?: PackedVector3Array | Vector3[] /* = [] */, tangents?: GArray<Plane> /* = [] */): void
        
        /** Adds a vertex to index array if you are using indexed vertices. Does not need to be called before adding vertices. */
        add_index(index: int64): void
        
        /** Shrinks the vertex array by creating an index array. This can improve performance by avoiding vertex reuse. */
        index(): void
        
        /** Removes the index array by expanding the vertex array. */
        deindex(): void
        
        /** Generates normals from vertices so you do not have to do it manually. If [param flip] is `true`, the resulting normals will be inverted. [method generate_normals] should be called  *after*  generating geometry and  *before*  committing the mesh using [method commit] or [method commit_to_arrays]. For correct display of normal-mapped surfaces, you will also have to generate tangents using [method generate_tangents].  
         *      
         *  **Note:** [method generate_normals] only works if the primitive type is set to [constant Mesh.PRIMITIVE_TRIANGLES].  
         *      
         *  **Note:** [method generate_normals] takes smooth groups into account. To generate smooth normals, set the smooth group to a value greater than or equal to `0` using [method set_smooth_group] or leave the smooth group at the default of `0`. To generate flat normals, set the smooth group to `-1` using [method set_smooth_group] prior to adding vertices.  
         */
        generate_normals(flip?: boolean /* = false */): void
        
        /** Generates a tangent vector for each vertex. Requires that each vertex already has UVs and normals set (see [method generate_normals]). */
        generate_tangents(): void
        
        /** Optimizes triangle sorting for performance. Requires that [method get_primitive_type] is [constant Mesh.PRIMITIVE_TRIANGLES]. */
        optimize_indices_for_cache(): void
        
        /** Returns the axis-aligned bounding box of the vertex positions. */
        get_aabb(): AABB
        
        /** Generates an LOD for a given [param nd_threshold] in linear units (square root of quadric error metric), using at most [param target_index_count] indices. */
        generate_lod(nd_threshold: float64, target_index_count?: int64 /* = 3 */): PackedInt32Array
        
        /** Sets [Material] to be used by the [Mesh] you are constructing. */
        set_material(material: Material): void
        
        /** Returns the type of mesh geometry, such as [constant Mesh.PRIMITIVE_TRIANGLES]. */
        get_primitive_type(): Mesh.PrimitiveType
        
        /** Clear all information passed into the surface tool so far. */
        clear(): void
        
        /** Creates a vertex array from an existing [Mesh]. */
        create_from(existing: Mesh, surface: int64): void
        
        /** Creates this SurfaceTool from existing vertex arrays such as returned by [method commit_to_arrays], [method Mesh.surface_get_arrays], [method Mesh.surface_get_blend_shape_arrays], [method ImporterMesh.get_surface_arrays], and [method ImporterMesh.get_surface_blend_shape_arrays]. [param primitive_type] controls the type of mesh data, defaulting to [constant Mesh.PRIMITIVE_TRIANGLES]. */
        create_from_arrays(arrays: GArray, primitive_type?: Mesh.PrimitiveType /* = 3 */): void
        
        /** Creates a vertex array from the specified blend shape of an existing [Mesh]. This can be used to extract a specific pose from a blend shape. */
        create_from_blend_shape(existing: Mesh, surface: int64, blend_shape: string): void
        
        /** Append vertices from a given [Mesh] surface onto the current vertex array with specified [Transform3D]. */
        append_from(existing: Mesh, surface: int64, transform: Transform3D): void
        
        /** Returns a constructed [ArrayMesh] from current information passed in. If an existing [ArrayMesh] is passed in as an argument, will add an extra surface to the existing [ArrayMesh].  
         *  The [param flags] argument can be the bitwise OR of [constant Mesh.ARRAY_FLAG_USE_DYNAMIC_UPDATE], [constant Mesh.ARRAY_FLAG_USE_8_BONE_WEIGHTS], or [constant Mesh.ARRAY_FLAG_USES_EMPTY_VERTEX_ARRAY].  
         */
        commit(existing?: ArrayMesh /* = undefined */, flags?: int64 /* = 0 */): null | ArrayMesh
        
        /** Commits the data to the same format used by [method ArrayMesh.add_surface_from_arrays], [method ImporterMesh.add_surface], and [method create_from_arrays]. This way you can further process the mesh data using the [ArrayMesh] or [ImporterMesh] APIs. */
        commit_to_arrays(): GArray
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapSurfaceTool;
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapSyntaxHighlighter extends __NameMapResource {
    }
    /** Base class for syntax highlighters. Provides syntax highlighting data to a [TextEdit].  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_syntaxhighlighter.html  
     */
    class SyntaxHighlighter extends Resource {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** Virtual method which can be overridden to return syntax highlighting data.  
         *  See [method get_line_syntax_highlighting] for more details.  
         */
        /* gdvirtual */ _get_line_syntax_highlighting(line: int64): GDictionary
        
        /** Virtual method which can be overridden to clear any local caches. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _clear_highlighting_cache(): void
        
        /** Virtual method which can be overridden to update any local caches. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _update_cache(): void
        
        /** Returns the syntax highlighting data for the line at index [param line]. If the line is not cached, calls [method _get_line_syntax_highlighting] first to calculate the data.  
         *  Each entry is a column number containing a nested [Dictionary]. The column number denotes the start of a region, the region will end if another region is found, or at the end of the line. The nested [Dictionary] contains the data for that region. Currently only the key `"color"` is supported.  
         *  **Example:** Possible return value. This means columns `0` to `4` should be red, and columns `5` to the end of the line should be green:  
         *    
         */
        get_line_syntax_highlighting(line: int64): GDictionary
        
        /** Clears then updates the [SyntaxHighlighter] caches. Override [method _update_cache] for a callback.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** This is called automatically when the associated [TextEdit] node, updates its own cache.  
         */
        update_cache(): void
        
        /** Clears all cached syntax highlighting data.  
         *  Then calls overridable method [method _clear_highlighting_cache].  
         */
        clear_highlighting_cache(): void
        
        /** Returns the associated [TextEdit] node. */
        get_text_edit(): null | TextEdit
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapSyntaxHighlighter;
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapSystemFont extends __NameMapFont {
    }
    /** A font loaded from a system font. Falls back to a default theme font if not implemented on the host OS.  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_systemfont.html  
     */
    class SystemFont extends Font {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** Array of font family names to search, first matching font found is used. */
        get font_names(): PackedStringArray
        set font_names(value: PackedStringArray | string[])
        
        /** If set to `true`, italic or oblique font is preferred. */
        get font_italic(): boolean
        set font_italic(value: boolean)
        
        /** Preferred weight (boldness) of the font. A value in the `100...999` range, normal font weight is `400`, bold font weight is `700`. */
        get font_weight(): int64
        set font_weight(value: int64)
        
        /** Preferred font stretch amount, compared to a normal width. A percentage value between `50%` and `200%`. */
        get font_stretch(): int64
        set font_stretch(value: int64)
        
        /** Font anti-aliasing mode. */
        get antialiasing(): int64
        set antialiasing(value: int64)
        
        /** If set to `true`, generate mipmaps for the font textures. */
        get generate_mipmaps(): boolean
        set generate_mipmaps(value: boolean)
        
        /** If set to `true`, embedded font bitmap loading is disabled (bitmap-only and color fonts ignore this property). */
        get disable_embedded_bitmaps(): boolean
        set disable_embedded_bitmaps(value: boolean)
        
        /** If set to `true`, system fonts can be automatically used as fallbacks. */
        get allow_system_fallback(): boolean
        set allow_system_fallback(value: boolean)
        
        /** If set to `true`, auto-hinting is supported and preferred over font built-in hinting. */
        get force_autohinter(): boolean
        set force_autohinter(value: boolean)
        
        /** If set to `true`, color modulation is applied when drawing colored glyphs, otherwise it's applied to the monochrome glyphs only. */
        get modulate_color_glyphs(): boolean
        set modulate_color_glyphs(value: boolean)
        
        /** Font hinting mode. */
        get hinting(): int64
        set hinting(value: int64)
        
        /** Font glyph subpixel positioning mode. Subpixel positioning provides shaper text and better kerning for smaller font sizes, at the cost of memory usage and font rasterization speed. Use [constant TextServer.SUBPIXEL_POSITIONING_AUTO] to automatically enable it based on the font size. */
        get subpixel_positioning(): int64
        set subpixel_positioning(value: int64)
        
        /** If set to `true`, when aligning glyphs to the pixel boundaries rounding remainders are accumulated to ensure more uniform glyph distribution. This setting has no effect if subpixel positioning is enabled. */
        get keep_rounding_remainders(): boolean
        set keep_rounding_remainders(value: boolean)
        
        /** If set to `true`, glyphs of all sizes are rendered using single multichannel signed distance field generated from the dynamic font vector data. */
        get multichannel_signed_distance_field(): boolean
        set multichannel_signed_distance_field(value: boolean)
        
        /** The width of the range around the shape between the minimum and maximum representable signed distance. If using font outlines, [member msdf_pixel_range] must be set to at least  *twice*  the size of the largest font outline. The default [member msdf_pixel_range] value of `16` allows outline sizes up to `8` to look correct. */
        get msdf_pixel_range(): int64
        set msdf_pixel_range(value: int64)
        
        /** Source font size used to generate MSDF textures. Higher values allow for more precision, but are slower to render and require more memory. Only increase this value if you notice a visible lack of precision in glyph rendering. */
        get msdf_size(): int64
        set msdf_size(value: int64)
        
        /** If set to a positive value, overrides the oversampling factor of the viewport this font is used in. See [member Viewport.oversampling]. This value doesn't override the [code skip-lint]oversampling` parameter of [code skip-lint]draw_*` methods. */
        get oversampling(): float64
        set oversampling(value: float64)
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapSystemFont;
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapTCPServer extends __NameMapRefCounted {
    }
    /** A TCP server.  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_tcpserver.html  
     */
    class TCPServer extends RefCounted {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** Listen on the [param port] binding to [param bind_address].  
         *  If [param bind_address] is set as `"*"` (default), the server will listen on all available addresses (both IPv4 and IPv6).  
         *  If [param bind_address] is set as `"0.0.0.0"` (for IPv4) or `"::"` (for IPv6), the server will listen on all available addresses matching that IP type.  
         *  If [param bind_address] is set to any valid address (e.g. `"192.168.1.101"`, `"::1"`, etc.), the server will only listen on the interface with that address (or fail if no interface with the given address exists).  
         */
        listen(port: int64, bind_address?: string /* = '*' */): Error
        
        /** Returns `true` if a connection is available for taking. */
        is_connection_available(): boolean
        
        /** Returns `true` if the server is currently listening for connections. */
        is_listening(): boolean
        
        /** Returns the local port this server is listening to. */
        get_local_port(): int64
        
        /** If a connection is available, returns a StreamPeerTCP with the connection. */
        take_connection(): null | StreamPeerTCP
        
        /** Stops listening. */
        stop(): void
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapTCPServer;
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapTLSOptions extends __NameMapRefCounted {
    }
    /** TLS configuration for clients and servers.  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_tlsoptions.html  
     */
    class TLSOptions extends RefCounted {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** Creates a TLS client configuration which validates certificates and their common names (fully qualified domain names).  
         *  You can specify a custom [param trusted_chain] of certification authorities (the default CA list will be used if `null`), and optionally provide a [param common_name_override] if you expect the certificate to have a common name other than the server FQDN.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** On the Web platform, TLS verification is always enforced against the CA list of the web browser. This is considered a security feature.  
         */
        static client(trusted_chain?: X509Certificate /* = undefined */, common_name_override?: string /* = '' */): null | TLSOptions
        
        /** Creates an **unsafe** TLS client configuration where certificate validation is optional. You can optionally provide a valid [param trusted_chain], but the common name of the certificates will never be checked. Using this configuration for purposes other than testing **is not recommended**.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** On the Web platform, TLS verification is always enforced against the CA list of the web browser. This is considered a security feature.  
         */
        static client_unsafe(trusted_chain?: X509Certificate /* = undefined */): null | TLSOptions
        
        /** Creates a TLS server configuration using the provided [param key] and [param certificate].  
         *      
         *  **Note:** The [param certificate] should include the full certificate chain up to the signing CA (certificates file can be concatenated using a general purpose text editor).  
         */
        static server(key: CryptoKey, certificate: X509Certificate): null | TLSOptions
        
        /** Returns `true` if created with [method TLSOptions.server], `false` otherwise. */
        is_server(): boolean
        
        /** Returns `true` if created with [method TLSOptions.client_unsafe], `false` otherwise. */
        is_unsafe_client(): boolean
        
        /** Returns the common name (domain name) override specified when creating with [method TLSOptions.client]. */
        get_common_name_override(): string
        
        /** Returns the CA [X509Certificate] chain specified when creating with [method TLSOptions.client] or [method TLSOptions.client_unsafe]. */
        get_trusted_ca_chain(): null | X509Certificate
        
        /** Returns the [CryptoKey] specified when creating with [method TLSOptions.server]. */
        get_private_key(): null | CryptoKey
        
        /** Returns the [X509Certificate] specified when creating with [method TLSOptions.server]. */
        get_own_certificate(): null | X509Certificate
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapTLSOptions;
    }
    namespace TabBar {
        enum AlignmentMode {
            /** Places tabs to the left. */
            ALIGNMENT_LEFT = 0,
            
            /** Places tabs in the middle. */
            ALIGNMENT_CENTER = 1,
            
            /** Places tabs to the right. */
            ALIGNMENT_RIGHT = 2,
            
            /** Represents the size of the [enum AlignmentMode] enum. */
            ALIGNMENT_MAX = 3,
        }
        enum CloseButtonDisplayPolicy {
            /** Never show the close buttons. */
            CLOSE_BUTTON_SHOW_NEVER = 0,
            
            /** Only show the close button on the currently active tab. */
            CLOSE_BUTTON_SHOW_ACTIVE_ONLY = 1,
            
            /** Show the close button on all tabs. */
            CLOSE_BUTTON_SHOW_ALWAYS = 2,
            
            /** Represents the size of the [enum CloseButtonDisplayPolicy] enum. */
            CLOSE_BUTTON_MAX = 3,
        }
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapTabBar extends __NameMapControl {
    }
    /** A control that provides a horizontal bar with tabs.  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_tabbar.html  
     */
    class TabBar<Map extends NodePathMap = any> extends Control<Map> {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** Returns the previously active tab index. */
        get_previous_tab(): int64
        
        /** Selects the first available tab with lower index than the currently selected. Returns `true` if tab selection changed. */
        select_previous_available(): boolean
        
        /** Selects the first available tab with greater index than the currently selected. Returns `true` if tab selection changed. */
        select_next_available(): boolean
        
        /** Sets a [param title] for the tab at index [param tab_idx]. */
        set_tab_title(tab_idx: int64, title: string): void
        
        /** Returns the title of the tab at index [param tab_idx]. */
        get_tab_title(tab_idx: int64): string
        
        /** Sets a [param tooltip] for tab at index [param tab_idx].  
         *      
         *  **Note:** By default, if the [param tooltip] is empty and the tab text is truncated (not all characters fit into the tab), the title will be displayed as a tooltip. To hide the tooltip, assign `" "` as the [param tooltip] text.  
         */
        set_tab_tooltip(tab_idx: int64, tooltip: string): void
        
        /** Returns the tooltip text of the tab at index [param tab_idx]. */
        get_tab_tooltip(tab_idx: int64): string
        
        /** Sets tab title base writing direction. */
        set_tab_text_direction(tab_idx: int64, direction: Control.TextDirection): void
        
        /** Returns tab title text base writing direction. */
        get_tab_text_direction(tab_idx: int64): Control.TextDirection
        
        /** Sets language code of tab title used for line-breaking and text shaping algorithms, if left empty current locale is used instead. */
        set_tab_language(tab_idx: int64, language: string): void
        
        /** Returns tab title language code. */
        get_tab_language(tab_idx: int64): string
        
        /** Sets an [param icon] for the tab at index [param tab_idx]. */
        set_tab_icon(tab_idx: int64, icon: Texture2D): void
        
        /** Returns the icon for the tab at index [param tab_idx] or `null` if the tab has no icon. */
        get_tab_icon(tab_idx: int64): null | Texture2D
        
        /** Sets the maximum allowed width of the icon for the tab at index [param tab_idx]. This limit is applied on top of the default size of the icon and on top of [theme_item icon_max_width]. The height is adjusted according to the icon's ratio. */
        set_tab_icon_max_width(tab_idx: int64, width: int64): void
        
        /** Returns the maximum allowed width of the icon for the tab at index [param tab_idx]. */
        get_tab_icon_max_width(tab_idx: int64): int64
        
        /** Sets an [param icon] for the button of the tab at index [param tab_idx] (located to the right, before the close button), making it visible and clickable (See [signal tab_button_pressed]). Giving it a `null` value will hide the button. */
        set_tab_button_icon(tab_idx: int64, icon: Texture2D): void
        
        /** Returns the icon for the right button of the tab at index [param tab_idx] or `null` if the right button has no icon. */
        get_tab_button_icon(tab_idx: int64): null | Texture2D
        
        /** If [param disabled] is `true`, disables the tab at index [param tab_idx], making it non-interactable. */
        set_tab_disabled(tab_idx: int64, disabled: boolean): void
        
        /** Returns `true` if the tab at index [param tab_idx] is disabled. */
        is_tab_disabled(tab_idx: int64): boolean
        
        /** If [param hidden] is `true`, hides the tab at index [param tab_idx], making it disappear from the tab area. */
        set_tab_hidden(tab_idx: int64, hidden: boolean): void
        
        /** Returns `true` if the tab at index [param tab_idx] is hidden. */
        is_tab_hidden(tab_idx: int64): boolean
        
        /** Sets the metadata value for the tab at index [param tab_idx], which can be retrieved later using [method get_tab_metadata]. */
        set_tab_metadata(tab_idx: int64, metadata: any): void
        
        /** Returns the metadata value set to the tab at index [param tab_idx] using [method set_tab_metadata]. If no metadata was previously set, returns `null` by default. */
        get_tab_metadata(tab_idx: int64): any
        
        /** Removes the tab at index [param tab_idx]. */
        remove_tab(tab_idx: int64): void
        
        /** Adds a new tab. */
        add_tab(title?: string /* = '' */, icon?: Texture2D /* = undefined */): void
        
        /** Returns the index of the tab at local coordinates [param point]. Returns `-1` if the point is outside the control boundaries or if there's no tab at the queried position. */
        get_tab_idx_at_point(point: Vector2): int64
        
        /** Returns the number of hidden tabs offsetted to the left. */
        get_tab_offset(): int64
        
        /** Returns `true` if the offset buttons (the ones that appear when there's not enough space for all tabs) are visible. */
        get_offset_buttons_visible(): boolean
        
        /** Moves the scroll view to make the tab visible. */
        ensure_tab_visible(idx: int64): void
        
        /** Returns tab [Rect2] with local position and size. */
        get_tab_rect(tab_idx: int64): Rect2
        
        /** Moves a tab from [param from] to [param to]. */
        move_tab(from: int64, to: int64): void
        
        /** Clears all tabs. */
        clear_tabs(): void
        
        /** The index of the current selected tab. A value of `-1` means that no tab is selected and can only be set when [member deselect_enabled] is `true` or if all tabs are hidden or disabled. */
        get current_tab(): int64
        set current_tab(value: int64)
        
        /** The position at which tabs will be placed. */
        get tab_alignment(): int64
        set tab_alignment(value: int64)
        
        /** If `true`, tabs overflowing this node's width will be hidden, displaying two navigation buttons instead. Otherwise, this node's minimum size is updated so that all tabs are visible. */
        get clip_tabs(): boolean
        set clip_tabs(value: boolean)
        
        /** If `true`, middle clicking on the mouse will fire the [signal tab_close_pressed] signal. */
        get close_with_middle_mouse(): boolean
        set close_with_middle_mouse(value: boolean)
        
        /** When the close button will appear on the tabs. */
        get tab_close_display_policy(): int64
        set tab_close_display_policy(value: int64)
        
        /** Sets the maximum width which all tabs should be limited to. Unlimited if set to `0`. */
        get max_tab_width(): int64
        set max_tab_width(value: int64)
        
        /** if `true`, the mouse's scroll wheel can be used to navigate the scroll view. */
        get scrolling_enabled(): boolean
        set scrolling_enabled(value: boolean)
        
        /** If `true`, tabs can be rearranged with mouse drag. */
        get drag_to_rearrange_enabled(): boolean
        set drag_to_rearrange_enabled(value: boolean)
        
        /** [TabBar]s with the same rearrange group ID will allow dragging the tabs between them. Enable drag with [member drag_to_rearrange_enabled].  
         *  Setting this to `-1` will disable rearranging between [TabBar]s.  
         */
        get tabs_rearrange_group(): int64
        set tabs_rearrange_group(value: int64)
        
        /** If `true`, the tab offset will be changed to keep the currently selected tab visible. */
        get scroll_to_selected(): boolean
        set scroll_to_selected(value: boolean)
        
        /** If `true`, enables selecting a tab with the right mouse button. */
        get select_with_rmb(): boolean
        set select_with_rmb(value: boolean)
        
        /** If `true`, all tabs can be deselected so that no tab is selected. Click on the current tab to deselect it. */
        get deselect_enabled(): boolean
        set deselect_enabled(value: boolean)
        
        /** The number of tabs currently in the bar. */
        get tab_count(): int64
        set tab_count(value: int64)
        
        /** Emitted when a tab is selected via click, directional input, or script, even if it is the current tab. */
        readonly tab_selected: Signal<(tab: int64) => void>
        
        /** Emitted when switching to another tab. */
        readonly tab_changed: Signal<(tab: int64) => void>
        
        /** Emitted when a tab is clicked, even if it is the current tab. */
        readonly tab_clicked: Signal<(tab: int64) => void>
        
        /** Emitted when a tab is right-clicked. [member select_with_rmb] must be enabled. */
        readonly tab_rmb_clicked: Signal<(tab: int64) => void>
        
        /** Emitted when a tab's close button is pressed or when middle-clicking on a tab, if [member close_with_middle_mouse] is enabled.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** Tabs are not removed automatically once the close button is pressed, this behavior needs to be programmed manually. For example:  
         *    
         */
        readonly tab_close_pressed: Signal<(tab: int64) => void>
        
        /** Emitted when a tab's right button is pressed. See [method set_tab_button_icon]. */
        readonly tab_button_pressed: Signal<(tab: int64) => void>
        
        /** Emitted when a tab is hovered by the mouse. */
        readonly tab_hovered: Signal<(tab: int64) => void>
        
        /** Emitted when the active tab is rearranged via mouse drag. See [member drag_to_rearrange_enabled]. */
        readonly active_tab_rearranged: Signal<(idx_to: int64) => void>
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapTabBar;
    }
    namespace TabContainer {
        enum TabPosition {
            /** Places the tab bar at the top. */
            POSITION_TOP = 0,
            
            /** Places the tab bar at the bottom. The tab bar's [StyleBox] will be flipped vertically. */
            POSITION_BOTTOM = 1,
            
            /** Represents the size of the [enum TabPosition] enum. */
            POSITION_MAX = 2,
        }
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapTabContainer extends __NameMapContainer {
    }
    /** A container that creates a tab for each child control, displaying only the active tab's control.  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_tabcontainer.html  
     */
    class TabContainer<Map extends NodePathMap = any> extends Container<Map> {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** Returns the number of tabs. */
        get_tab_count(): int64
        
        /** Returns the previously active tab index. */
        get_previous_tab(): int64
        
        /** Selects the first available tab with lower index than the currently selected. Returns `true` if tab selection changed. */
        select_previous_available(): boolean
        
        /** Selects the first available tab with greater index than the currently selected. Returns `true` if tab selection changed. */
        select_next_available(): boolean
        
        /** Returns the child [Control] node located at the active tab index. */
        get_current_tab_control(): null | Control
        
        /** Returns the [TabBar] contained in this container.  
         *  **Warning:** This is a required internal node, removing and freeing it or editing its tabs may cause a crash. If you wish to edit the tabs, use the methods provided in [TabContainer].  
         */
        get_tab_bar(): null | TabBar
        
        /** Returns the [Control] node from the tab at index [param tab_idx]. */
        get_tab_control(tab_idx: int64): null | Control
        
        /** Sets a custom title for the tab at index [param tab_idx] (tab titles default to the name of the indexed child node). Set it back to the child's name to make the tab default to it again. */
        set_tab_title(tab_idx: int64, title: string): void
        
        /** Returns the title of the tab at index [param tab_idx]. Tab titles default to the name of the indexed child node, but this can be overridden with [method set_tab_title]. */
        get_tab_title(tab_idx: int64): string
        
        /** Sets a custom tooltip text for tab at index [param tab_idx].  
         *      
         *  **Note:** By default, if the [param tooltip] is empty and the tab text is truncated (not all characters fit into the tab), the title will be displayed as a tooltip. To hide the tooltip, assign `" "` as the [param tooltip] text.  
         */
        set_tab_tooltip(tab_idx: int64, tooltip: string): void
        
        /** Returns the tooltip text of the tab at index [param tab_idx]. */
        get_tab_tooltip(tab_idx: int64): string
        
        /** Sets an icon for the tab at index [param tab_idx]. */
        set_tab_icon(tab_idx: int64, icon: Texture2D): void
        
        /** Returns the [Texture2D] for the tab at index [param tab_idx] or `null` if the tab has no [Texture2D]. */
        get_tab_icon(tab_idx: int64): null | Texture2D
        
        /** Sets the maximum allowed width of the icon for the tab at index [param tab_idx]. This limit is applied on top of the default size of the icon and on top of [theme_item icon_max_width]. The height is adjusted according to the icon's ratio. */
        set_tab_icon_max_width(tab_idx: int64, width: int64): void
        
        /** Returns the maximum allowed width of the icon for the tab at index [param tab_idx]. */
        get_tab_icon_max_width(tab_idx: int64): int64
        
        /** If [param disabled] is `true`, disables the tab at index [param tab_idx], making it non-interactable. */
        set_tab_disabled(tab_idx: int64, disabled: boolean): void
        
        /** Returns `true` if the tab at index [param tab_idx] is disabled. */
        is_tab_disabled(tab_idx: int64): boolean
        
        /** If [param hidden] is `true`, hides the tab at index [param tab_idx], making it disappear from the tab area. */
        set_tab_hidden(tab_idx: int64, hidden: boolean): void
        
        /** Returns `true` if the tab at index [param tab_idx] is hidden. */
        is_tab_hidden(tab_idx: int64): boolean
        
        /** Sets the metadata value for the tab at index [param tab_idx], which can be retrieved later using [method get_tab_metadata]. */
        set_tab_metadata(tab_idx: int64, metadata: any): void
        
        /** Returns the metadata value set to the tab at index [param tab_idx] using [method set_tab_metadata]. If no metadata was previously set, returns `null` by default. */
        get_tab_metadata(tab_idx: int64): any
        
        /** Sets the button icon from the tab at index [param tab_idx]. */
        set_tab_button_icon(tab_idx: int64, icon: Texture2D): void
        
        /** Returns the button icon from the tab at index [param tab_idx]. */
        get_tab_button_icon(tab_idx: int64): null | Texture2D
        
        /** Returns the index of the tab at local coordinates [param point]. Returns `-1` if the point is outside the control boundaries or if there's no tab at the queried position. */
        get_tab_idx_at_point(point: Vector2): int64
        
        /** Returns the index of the tab tied to the given [param control]. The control must be a child of the [TabContainer]. */
        get_tab_idx_from_control(control: Control): int64
        
        /** If set on a [Popup] node instance, a popup menu icon appears in the top-right corner of the [TabContainer] (setting it to `null` will make it go away). Clicking it will expand the [Popup] node. */
        set_popup(popup: Node): void
        
        /** Returns the [Popup] node instance if one has been set already with [method set_popup].  
         *  **Warning:** This is a required internal node, removing and freeing it may cause a crash. If you wish to hide it or any of its children, use their [member Window.visible] property.  
         */
        get_popup(): null | Popup
        
        /** The position at which tabs will be placed. */
        get tab_alignment(): int64
        set tab_alignment(value: int64)
        
        /** The current tab index. When set, this index's [Control] node's `visible` property is set to `true` and all others are set to `false`.  
         *  A value of `-1` means that no tab is selected.  
         */
        get current_tab(): int64
        set current_tab(value: int64)
        
        /** The position of the tab bar. */
        get tabs_position(): int64
        set tabs_position(value: int64)
        
        /** If `true`, tabs overflowing this node's width will be hidden, displaying two navigation buttons instead. Otherwise, this node's minimum size is updated so that all tabs are visible. */
        get clip_tabs(): boolean
        set clip_tabs(value: boolean)
        
        /** If `true`, tabs are visible. If `false`, tabs' content and titles are hidden. */
        get tabs_visible(): boolean
        set tabs_visible(value: boolean)
        
        /** If `true`, all tabs are drawn in front of the panel. If `false`, inactive tabs are drawn behind the panel. */
        get all_tabs_in_front(): boolean
        set all_tabs_in_front(value: boolean)
        
        /** If `true`, tabs can be rearranged with mouse drag. */
        get drag_to_rearrange_enabled(): boolean
        set drag_to_rearrange_enabled(value: boolean)
        
        /** [TabContainer]s with the same rearrange group ID will allow dragging the tabs between them. Enable drag with [member drag_to_rearrange_enabled].  
         *  Setting this to `-1` will disable rearranging between [TabContainer]s.  
         */
        get tabs_rearrange_group(): int64
        set tabs_rearrange_group(value: int64)
        
        /** If `true`, child [Control] nodes that are hidden have their minimum size take into account in the total, instead of only the currently visible one. */
        get use_hidden_tabs_for_min_size(): boolean
        set use_hidden_tabs_for_min_size(value: boolean)
        
        /** The focus access mode for the internal [TabBar] node. */
        get tab_focus_mode(): int64
        set tab_focus_mode(value: int64)
        
        /** If `true`, all tabs can be deselected so that no tab is selected. Click on the [member current_tab] to deselect it.  
         *  Only the tab header will be shown if no tabs are selected.  
         */
        get deselect_enabled(): boolean
        set deselect_enabled(value: boolean)
        
        /** Emitted when the active tab is rearranged via mouse drag. See [member drag_to_rearrange_enabled]. */
        readonly active_tab_rearranged: Signal<(idx_to: int64) => void>
        
        /** Emitted when switching to another tab. */
        readonly tab_changed: Signal<(tab: int64) => void>
        
        /** Emitted when a tab is clicked, even if it is the current tab. */
        readonly tab_clicked: Signal<(tab: int64) => void>
        
        /** Emitted when a tab is hovered by the mouse. */
        readonly tab_hovered: Signal<(tab: int64) => void>
        
        /** Emitted when a tab is selected via click, directional input, or script, even if it is the current tab. */
        readonly tab_selected: Signal<(tab: int64) => void>
        
        /** Emitted when the user clicks on the button icon on this tab. */
        readonly tab_button_pressed: Signal<(tab: int64) => void>
        
        /** Emitted when the [TabContainer]'s [Popup] button is clicked. See [method set_popup] for details. */
        readonly pre_popup_pressed: Signal<() => void>
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapTabContainer;
    }
    namespace TextEdit {
        enum MenuItems {
            /** Cuts (copies and clears) the selected text. */
            MENU_CUT = 0,
            
            /** Copies the selected text. */
            MENU_COPY = 1,
            
            /** Pastes the clipboard text over the selected text (or at the cursor's position). */
            MENU_PASTE = 2,
            
            /** Erases the whole [TextEdit] text. */
            MENU_CLEAR = 3,
            
            /** Selects the whole [TextEdit] text. */
            MENU_SELECT_ALL = 4,
            
            /** Undoes the previous action. */
            MENU_UNDO = 5,
            
            /** Redoes the previous action. */
            MENU_REDO = 6,
            
            /** ID of "Text Writing Direction" submenu. */
            MENU_SUBMENU_TEXT_DIR = 7,
            
            /** Sets text direction to inherited. */
            MENU_DIR_INHERITED = 8,
            
            /** Sets text direction to automatic. */
            MENU_DIR_AUTO = 9,
            
            /** Sets text direction to left-to-right. */
            MENU_DIR_LTR = 10,
            
            /** Sets text direction to right-to-left. */
            MENU_DIR_RTL = 11,
            
            /** Toggles control character display. */
            MENU_DISPLAY_UCC = 12,
            
            /** ID of "Insert Control Character" submenu. */
            MENU_SUBMENU_INSERT_UCC = 13,
            
            /** Inserts left-to-right mark (LRM) character. */
            MENU_INSERT_LRM = 14,
            
            /** Inserts right-to-left mark (RLM) character. */
            MENU_INSERT_RLM = 15,
            
            /** Inserts start of left-to-right embedding (LRE) character. */
            MENU_INSERT_LRE = 16,
            
            /** Inserts start of right-to-left embedding (RLE) character. */
            MENU_INSERT_RLE = 17,
            
            /** Inserts start of left-to-right override (LRO) character. */
            MENU_INSERT_LRO = 18,
            
            /** Inserts start of right-to-left override (RLO) character. */
            MENU_INSERT_RLO = 19,
            
            /** Inserts pop direction formatting (PDF) character. */
            MENU_INSERT_PDF = 20,
            
            /** Inserts Arabic letter mark (ALM) character. */
            MENU_INSERT_ALM = 21,
            
            /** Inserts left-to-right isolate (LRI) character. */
            MENU_INSERT_LRI = 22,
            
            /** Inserts right-to-left isolate (RLI) character. */
            MENU_INSERT_RLI = 23,
            
            /** Inserts first strong isolate (FSI) character. */
            MENU_INSERT_FSI = 24,
            
            /** Inserts pop direction isolate (PDI) character. */
            MENU_INSERT_PDI = 25,
            
            /** Inserts zero width joiner (ZWJ) character. */
            MENU_INSERT_ZWJ = 26,
            
            /** Inserts zero width non-joiner (ZWNJ) character. */
            MENU_INSERT_ZWNJ = 27,
            
            /** Inserts word joiner (WJ) character. */
            MENU_INSERT_WJ = 28,
            
            /** Inserts soft hyphen (SHY) character. */
            MENU_INSERT_SHY = 29,
            
            /** Opens system emoji and symbol picker. */
            MENU_EMOJI_AND_SYMBOL = 30,
            
            /** Represents the size of the [enum MenuItems] enum. */
            MENU_MAX = 31,
        }
        enum EditAction {
            /** No current action. */
            ACTION_NONE = 0,
            
            /** A typing action. */
            ACTION_TYPING = 1,
            
            /** A backwards delete action. */
            ACTION_BACKSPACE = 2,
            
            /** A forward delete action. */
            ACTION_DELETE = 3,
        }
        enum SearchFlags {
            /** Match case when searching. */
            SEARCH_MATCH_CASE = 1,
            
            /** Match whole words when searching. */
            SEARCH_WHOLE_WORDS = 2,
            
            /** Search from end to beginning. */
            SEARCH_BACKWARDS = 4,
        }
        enum CaretType {
            /** Vertical line caret. */
            CARET_TYPE_LINE = 0,
            
            /** Block caret. */
            CARET_TYPE_BLOCK = 1,
        }
        enum SelectionMode {
            /** Not selecting. */
            SELECTION_MODE_NONE = 0,
            
            /** Select as if `shift` is pressed. */
            SELECTION_MODE_SHIFT = 1,
            
            /** Select single characters as if the user single clicked. */
            SELECTION_MODE_POINTER = 2,
            
            /** Select whole words as if the user double clicked. */
            SELECTION_MODE_WORD = 3,
            
            /** Select whole lines as if the user triple clicked. */
            SELECTION_MODE_LINE = 4,
        }
        enum LineWrappingMode {
            /** Line wrapping is disabled. */
            LINE_WRAPPING_NONE = 0,
            
            /** Line wrapping occurs at the control boundary, beyond what would normally be visible. */
            LINE_WRAPPING_BOUNDARY = 1,
        }
        enum GutterType {
            /** When a gutter is set to string using [method set_gutter_type], it is used to contain text set via the [method set_line_gutter_text] method. */
            GUTTER_TYPE_STRING = 0,
            
            /** When a gutter is set to icon using [method set_gutter_type], it is used to contain an icon set via the [method set_line_gutter_icon] method. */
            GUTTER_TYPE_ICON = 1,
            
            /** When a gutter is set to custom using [method set_gutter_type], it is used to contain custom visuals controlled by a callback method set via the [method set_gutter_custom_draw] method. */
            GUTTER_TYPE_CUSTOM = 2,
        }
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapTextEdit extends __NameMapControl {
    }
    /** A multiline text editor.  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_textedit.html  
     */
    class TextEdit<Map extends NodePathMap = any> extends Control<Map> {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** Override this method to define what happens when the user types in the provided key [param unicode_char]. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _handle_unicode_input(unicode_char: int64, caret_index: int64): void
        
        /** Override this method to define what happens when the user presses the backspace key. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _backspace(caret_index: int64): void
        
        /** Override this method to define what happens when the user performs a cut operation. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _cut(caret_index: int64): void
        
        /** Override this method to define what happens when the user performs a copy operation. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _copy(caret_index: int64): void
        
        /** Override this method to define what happens when the user performs a paste operation. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _paste(caret_index: int64): void
        
        /** Override this method to define what happens when the user performs a paste operation with middle mouse button.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** This method is only implemented on Linux.  
         */
        /* gdvirtual */ _paste_primary_clipboard(caret_index: int64): void
        
        /** Returns `true` if the user has text in the [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Input_method]Input Method Editor[/url] (IME). */
        has_ime_text(): boolean
        
        /** Closes the [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Input_method]Input Method Editor[/url] (IME) if it is open. Any text in the IME will be lost. */
        cancel_ime(): void
        
        /** Applies text from the [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Input_method]Input Method Editor[/url] (IME) to each caret and closes the IME if it is open. */
        apply_ime(): void
        
        /** Sets the tab size for the [TextEdit] to use. */
        set_tab_size(size: int64): void
        
        /** Returns the [TextEdit]'s' tab size. */
        get_tab_size(): int64
        
        /** If `true`, enables overtype mode. In this mode, typing overrides existing text instead of inserting text. The [member ProjectSettings.input/ui_text_toggle_insert_mode] action toggles overtype mode. See [method is_overtype_mode_enabled]. */
        set_overtype_mode_enabled(enabled: boolean): void
        
        /** Returns `true` if overtype mode is enabled. See [method set_overtype_mode_enabled]. */
        is_overtype_mode_enabled(): boolean
        
        /** Performs a full reset of [TextEdit], including undo history. */
        clear(): void
        
        /** Returns the number of lines in the text. */
        get_line_count(): int64
        
        /** Sets the text for a specific [param line].  
         *  Carets on the line will attempt to keep their visual x position.  
         */
        set_line(line: int64, new_text: string): void
        
        /** Returns the text of a specific line. */
        get_line(line: int64): string
        
        /** Returns line text as it is currently displayed, including IME composition string. */
        get_line_with_ime(line: int64): string
        
        /** Returns the width in pixels of the [param wrap_index] on [param line]. */
        get_line_width(line: int64, wrap_index?: int64 /* = -1 */): int64
        
        /** Returns the maximum value of the line height among all lines.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** The return value is influenced by [theme_item line_spacing] and [theme_item font_size]. And it will not be less than `1`.  
         */
        get_line_height(): int64
        
        /** Returns the indent level of the given line. This is the number of spaces and tabs at the beginning of the line, with the tabs taking the tab size into account (see [method get_tab_size]). */
        get_indent_level(line: int64): int64
        
        /** Returns the first column containing a non-whitespace character on the given line. If there is only whitespace, returns the number of characters. */
        get_first_non_whitespace_column(line: int64): int64
        
        /** Swaps the two lines. Carets will be swapped with the lines. */
        swap_lines(from_line: int64, to_line: int64): void
        
        /** Inserts a new line with [param text] at [param line]. */
        insert_line_at(line: int64, text: string): void
        
        /** Removes the line of text at [param line]. Carets on this line will attempt to match their previous visual x position.  
         *  If [param move_carets_down] is `true` carets will move to the next line down, otherwise carets will move up.  
         */
        remove_line_at(line: int64, move_carets_down?: boolean /* = true */): void
        
        /** Insert the specified text at the caret position. */
        insert_text_at_caret(text: string, caret_index?: int64 /* = -1 */): void
        
        /** Inserts the [param text] at [param line] and [param column].  
         *  If [param before_selection_begin] is `true`, carets and selections that begin at [param line] and [param column] will moved to the end of the inserted text, along with all carets after it.  
         *  If [param before_selection_end] is `true`, selections that end at [param line] and [param column] will be extended to the end of the inserted text. These parameters can be used to insert text inside of or outside of selections.  
         */
        insert_text(text: string, line: int64, column: int64, before_selection_begin?: boolean /* = true */, before_selection_end?: boolean /* = false */): void
        
        /** Removes text between the given positions. */
        remove_text(from_line: int64, from_column: int64, to_line: int64, to_column: int64): void
        
        /** Returns the last unhidden line in the entire [TextEdit]. */
        get_last_unhidden_line(): int64
        
        /** Returns the count to the next visible line from [param line] to `line + visible_amount`. Can also count backwards. For example if a [TextEdit] has 5 lines with lines 2 and 3 hidden, calling this with `line = 1, visible_amount = 1` would return 3. */
        get_next_visible_line_offset_from(line: int64, visible_amount: int64): int64
        
        /** Similar to [method get_next_visible_line_offset_from], but takes into account the line wrap indexes. In the returned vector, `x` is the line, `y` is the wrap index. */
        get_next_visible_line_index_offset_from(line: int64, wrap_index: int64, visible_amount: int64): Vector2i
        
        /** Called when the user presses the backspace key. Can be overridden with [method _backspace]. */
        backspace(caret_index?: int64 /* = -1 */): void
        
        /** Cut's the current selection. Can be overridden with [method _cut]. */
        cut(caret_index?: int64 /* = -1 */): void
        
        /** Copies the current text selection. Can be overridden with [method _copy]. */
        copy(caret_index?: int64 /* = -1 */): void
        
        /** Paste at the current location. Can be overridden with [method _paste]. */
        paste(caret_index?: int64 /* = -1 */): void
        
        /** Pastes the primary clipboard. */
        paste_primary_clipboard(caret_index?: int64 /* = -1 */): void
        
        /** Starts an action, will end the current action if [param action] is different.  
         *  An action will also end after a call to [method end_action], after [member ProjectSettings.gui/timers/text_edit_idle_detect_sec] is triggered or a new undoable step outside the [method start_action] and [method end_action] calls.  
         */
        start_action(action: TextEdit.EditAction): void
        
        /** Marks the end of steps in the current action started with [method start_action]. */
        end_action(): void
        
        /** Starts a multipart edit. All edits will be treated as one action until [method end_complex_operation] is called. */
        begin_complex_operation(): void
        
        /** Ends a multipart edit, started with [method begin_complex_operation]. If called outside a complex operation, the current operation is pushed onto the undo/redo stack. */
        end_complex_operation(): void
        
        /** Returns `true` if an "undo" action is available. */
        has_undo(): boolean
        
        /** Returns `true` if a "redo" action is available. */
        has_redo(): boolean
        
        /** Perform undo operation. */
        undo(): void
        
        /** Perform redo operation. */
        redo(): void
        
        /** Clears the undo history. */
        clear_undo_history(): void
        
        /** Tag the current version as saved. */
        tag_saved_version(): void
        
        /** Returns the current version of the [TextEdit]. The version is a count of recorded operations by the undo/redo history. */
        get_version(): int64
        
        /** Returns the last tagged saved version from [method tag_saved_version]. */
        get_saved_version(): int64
        
        /** Sets the search text. See [method set_search_flags]. */
        set_search_text(search_text: string): void
        
        /** Sets the search [param flags]. This is used with [method set_search_text] to highlight occurrences of the searched text. Search flags can be specified from the [enum SearchFlags] enum. */
        set_search_flags(flags: int64): void
        
        /** Perform a search inside the text. Search flags can be specified in the [enum SearchFlags] enum.  
         *  In the returned vector, `x` is the column, `y` is the line. If no results are found, both are equal to `-1`.  
         *    
         */
        search(text: string, flags: int64, from_line: int64, from_column: int64): Vector2i
        
        /** Provide custom tooltip text. The callback method must take the following args: `hovered_word: String`. */
        set_tooltip_request_func(callback: Callable): void
        
        /** Returns the local mouse position adjusted for the text direction. */
        get_local_mouse_pos(): Vector2
        
        /** Returns the word at [param position]. */
        get_word_at_pos(position: Vector2): string
        
        /** Returns the line and column at the given position. In the returned vector, `x` is the column and `y` is the line.  
         *  If [param clamp_line] is `false` and [param position] is below the last line, `Vector2i(-1, -1)` is returned.  
         *  If [param clamp_column] is `false` and [param position] is outside the column range of the line, `Vector2i(-1, -1)` is returned.  
         */
        get_line_column_at_pos(position: Vector2i, clamp_line?: boolean /* = true */, clamp_column?: boolean /* = true */): Vector2i
        
        /** Returns the local position for the given [param line] and [param column]. If `x` or `y` of the returned vector equal `-1`, the position is outside of the viewable area of the control.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** The Y position corresponds to the bottom side of the line. Use [method get_rect_at_line_column] to get the top side position.  
         */
        get_pos_at_line_column(line: int64, column: int64): Vector2i
        
        /** Returns the local position and size for the grapheme at the given [param line] and [param column]. If `x` or `y` position of the returned rect equal `-1`, the position is outside of the viewable area of the control.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** The Y position of the returned rect corresponds to the top side of the line, unlike [method get_pos_at_line_column] which returns the bottom side.  
         */
        get_rect_at_line_column(line: int64, column: int64): Rect2i
        
        /** Returns the equivalent minimap line at [param position]. */
        get_minimap_line_at_pos(position: Vector2i): int64
        
        /** Returns `true` if the user is dragging their mouse for scrolling, selecting, or text dragging. */
        is_dragging_cursor(): boolean
        
        /** Returns `true` if the mouse is over a selection. If [param edges] is `true`, the edges are considered part of the selection. */
        is_mouse_over_selection(edges: boolean, caret_index?: int64 /* = -1 */): boolean
        
        /** Adds a new caret at the given location. Returns the index of the new caret, or `-1` if the location is invalid. */
        add_caret(line: int64, column: int64): int64
        
        /** Removes the given caret index.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** This can result in adjustment of all other caret indices.  
         */
        remove_caret(caret: int64): void
        
        /** Removes all additional carets. */
        remove_secondary_carets(): void
        
        /** Returns the number of carets in this [TextEdit]. */
        get_caret_count(): int64
        
        /** Adds an additional caret above or below every caret. If [param below] is `true` the new caret will be added below and above otherwise. */
        add_caret_at_carets(below: boolean): void
        
        /** Returns the carets sorted by selection beginning from lowest line and column to highest (from top to bottom of text).  
         *  If [param include_ignored_carets] is `false`, carets from [method multicaret_edit_ignore_caret] will be ignored.  
         */
        get_sorted_carets(include_ignored_carets?: boolean /* = false */): PackedInt32Array
        
        /** Collapse all carets in the given range to the [param from_line] and [param from_column] position.  
         *  [param inclusive] applies to both ends.  
         *  If [method is_in_mulitcaret_edit] is `true`, carets that are collapsed will be `true` for [method multicaret_edit_ignore_caret].  
         *  [method merge_overlapping_carets] will be called if any carets were collapsed.  
         */
        collapse_carets(from_line: int64, from_column: int64, to_line: int64, to_column: int64, inclusive?: boolean /* = false */): void
        
        /** Merges any overlapping carets. Will favor the newest caret, or the caret with a selection.  
         *  If [method is_in_mulitcaret_edit] is `true`, the merge will be queued to happen at the end of the multicaret edit. See [method begin_multicaret_edit] and [method end_multicaret_edit].  
         *      
         *  **Note:** This is not called when a caret changes position but after certain actions, so it is possible to get into a state where carets overlap.  
         */
        merge_overlapping_carets(): void
        
        /** Starts an edit for multiple carets. The edit must be ended with [method end_multicaret_edit]. Multicaret edits can be used to edit text at multiple carets and delay merging the carets until the end, so the caret indexes aren't affected immediately. [method begin_multicaret_edit] and [method end_multicaret_edit] can be nested, and the merge will happen at the last [method end_multicaret_edit].  
         *    
         */
        begin_multicaret_edit(): void
        
        /** Ends an edit for multiple carets, that was started with [method begin_multicaret_edit]. If this was the last [method end_multicaret_edit] and [method merge_overlapping_carets] was called, carets will be merged. */
        end_multicaret_edit(): void
        
        /** Returns `true` if a [method begin_multicaret_edit] has been called and [method end_multicaret_edit] has not yet been called. */
        is_in_mulitcaret_edit(): boolean
        
        /** Returns `true` if the given [param caret_index] should be ignored as part of a multicaret edit. See [method begin_multicaret_edit] and [method end_multicaret_edit]. Carets that should be ignored are ones that were part of removed text and will likely be merged at the end of the edit, or carets that were added during the edit.  
         *  It is recommended to `continue` within a loop iterating on multiple carets if a caret should be ignored.  
         */
        multicaret_edit_ignore_caret(caret_index: int64): boolean
        
        /** Returns `true` if the caret is visible, `false` otherwise. A caret will be considered hidden if it is outside the scrollable area when scrolling is enabled.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** [method is_caret_visible] does not account for a caret being off-screen if it is still within the scrollable area. It will return `true` even if the caret is off-screen as long as it meets [TextEdit]'s own conditions for being visible. This includes uses of [member scroll_fit_content_width] and [member scroll_fit_content_height] that cause the [TextEdit] to expand beyond the viewport's bounds.  
         */
        is_caret_visible(caret_index?: int64 /* = 0 */): boolean
        
        /** Returns the caret pixel draw position. */
        get_caret_draw_pos(caret_index?: int64 /* = 0 */): Vector2
        
        /** Moves the caret to the specified [param line] index. The caret column will be moved to the same visual position it was at the last time [method set_caret_column] was called, or clamped to the end of the line.  
         *  If [param adjust_viewport] is `true`, the viewport will center at the caret position after the move occurs.  
         *  If [param can_be_hidden] is `true`, the specified [param line] can be hidden.  
         *  If [param wrap_index] is `-1`, the caret column will be clamped to the [param line]'s length. If [param wrap_index] is greater than `-1`, the column will be moved to attempt to match the visual x position on the line's [param wrap_index] to the position from the last time [method set_caret_column] was called.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** If supporting multiple carets this will not check for any overlap. See [method merge_overlapping_carets].  
         */
        set_caret_line(line: int64, adjust_viewport?: boolean /* = true */, can_be_hidden?: boolean /* = true */, wrap_index?: int64 /* = 0 */, caret_index?: int64 /* = 0 */): void
        
        /** Returns the line the editing caret is on. */
        get_caret_line(caret_index?: int64 /* = 0 */): int64
        
        /** Moves the caret to the specified [param column] index.  
         *  If [param adjust_viewport] is `true`, the viewport will center at the caret position after the move occurs.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** If supporting multiple carets this will not check for any overlap. See [method merge_overlapping_carets].  
         */
        set_caret_column(column: int64, adjust_viewport?: boolean /* = true */, caret_index?: int64 /* = 0 */): void
        
        /** Returns the column the editing caret is at. */
        get_caret_column(caret_index?: int64 /* = 0 */): int64
        
        /** Returns the correct column at the end of a composite character like ❤️‍🩹 (mending heart; Unicode: `U+2764 U+FE0F U+200D U+1FA79`) which is comprised of more than one Unicode code point, if the caret is at the start of the composite character. Also returns the correct column with the caret at mid grapheme and for non-composite characters.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** To check at caret location use `get_next_composite_character_column(get_caret_line(), get_caret_column())`  
         */
        get_next_composite_character_column(line: int64, column: int64): int64
        
        /** Returns the correct column at the start of a composite character like ❤️‍🩹 (mending heart; Unicode: `U+2764 U+FE0F U+200D U+1FA79`) which is comprised of more than one Unicode code point, if the caret is at the end of the composite character. Also returns the correct column with the caret at mid grapheme and for non-composite characters.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** To check at caret location use `get_previous_composite_character_column(get_caret_line(), get_caret_column())`  
         */
        get_previous_composite_character_column(line: int64, column: int64): int64
        
        /** Returns the wrap index the editing caret is on. */
        get_caret_wrap_index(caret_index?: int64 /* = 0 */): int64
        
        /** Returns a [String] text with the word under the caret's location. */
        get_word_under_caret(caret_index?: int64 /* = -1 */): string
        
        /** Sets the current selection mode. */
        set_selection_mode(mode: TextEdit.SelectionMode): void
        
        /** Returns the current selection mode. */
        get_selection_mode(): TextEdit.SelectionMode
        
        /** Select all the text.  
         *  If [member selecting_enabled] is `false`, no selection will occur.  
         */
        select_all(): void
        
        /** Selects the word under the caret. */
        select_word_under_caret(caret_index?: int64 /* = -1 */): void
        
        /** Adds a selection and a caret for the next occurrence of the current selection. If there is no active selection, selects word under caret. */
        add_selection_for_next_occurrence(): void
        
        /** Moves a selection and a caret for the next occurrence of the current selection. If there is no active selection, moves to the next occurrence of the word under caret. */
        skip_selection_for_next_occurrence(): void
        
        /** Selects text from [param origin_line] and [param origin_column] to [param caret_line] and [param caret_column] for the given [param caret_index]. This moves the selection origin and the caret. If the positions are the same, the selection will be deselected.  
         *  If [member selecting_enabled] is `false`, no selection will occur.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** If supporting multiple carets this will not check for any overlap. See [method merge_overlapping_carets].  
         */
        select(origin_line: int64, origin_column: int64, caret_line: int64, caret_column: int64, caret_index?: int64 /* = 0 */): void
        
        /** Returns `true` if the user has selected text. */
        has_selection(caret_index?: int64 /* = -1 */): boolean
        
        /** Returns the text inside the selection of a caret, or all the carets if [param caret_index] is its default value `-1`. */
        get_selected_text(caret_index?: int64 /* = -1 */): string
        
        /** Returns the caret index of the selection at the given [param line] and [param column], or `-1` if there is none.  
         *  If [param include_edges] is `false`, the position must be inside the selection and not at either end. If [param only_selections] is `false`, carets without a selection will also be considered.  
         */
        get_selection_at_line_column(line: int64, column: int64, include_edges?: boolean /* = true */, only_selections?: boolean /* = true */): int64
        
        /** Returns an [Array] of line ranges where `x` is the first line and `y` is the last line. All lines within these ranges will have a caret on them or be part of a selection. Each line will only be part of one line range, even if it has multiple carets on it.  
         *  If a selection's end column ([method get_selection_to_column]) is at column `0`, that line will not be included. If a selection begins on the line after another selection ends and [param merge_adjacent] is `true`, or they begin and end on the same line, one line range will include both selections.  
         */
        get_line_ranges_from_carets(only_selections?: boolean /* = false */, merge_adjacent?: boolean /* = true */): GArray<Vector2i>
        
        /** Returns the origin line of the selection. This is the opposite end from the caret. */
        get_selection_origin_line(caret_index?: int64 /* = 0 */): int64
        
        /** Returns the origin column of the selection. This is the opposite end from the caret. */
        get_selection_origin_column(caret_index?: int64 /* = 0 */): int64
        
        /** Sets the selection origin line to the [param line] for the given [param caret_index]. If the selection origin is moved to the caret position, the selection will deselect.  
         *  If [param can_be_hidden] is `false`, The line will be set to the nearest unhidden line below or above.  
         *  If [param wrap_index] is `-1`, the selection origin column will be clamped to the [param line]'s length. If [param wrap_index] is greater than `-1`, the column will be moved to attempt to match the visual x position on the line's [param wrap_index] to the position from the last time [method set_selection_origin_column] or [method select] was called.  
         */
        set_selection_origin_line(line: int64, can_be_hidden?: boolean /* = true */, wrap_index?: int64 /* = -1 */, caret_index?: int64 /* = 0 */): void
        
        /** Sets the selection origin column to the [param column] for the given [param caret_index]. If the selection origin is moved to the caret position, the selection will deselect. */
        set_selection_origin_column(column: int64, caret_index?: int64 /* = 0 */): void
        
        /** Returns the selection begin line. Returns the caret line if there is no selection. */
        get_selection_from_line(caret_index?: int64 /* = 0 */): int64
        
        /** Returns the selection begin column. Returns the caret column if there is no selection. */
        get_selection_from_column(caret_index?: int64 /* = 0 */): int64
        
        /** Returns the selection end line. Returns the caret line if there is no selection. */
        get_selection_to_line(caret_index?: int64 /* = 0 */): int64
        
        /** Returns the selection end column. Returns the caret column if there is no selection. */
        get_selection_to_column(caret_index?: int64 /* = 0 */): int64
        
        /** Returns `true` if the caret of the selection is after the selection origin. This can be used to determine the direction of the selection. */
        is_caret_after_selection_origin(caret_index?: int64 /* = 0 */): boolean
        
        /** Deselects the current selection. */
        deselect(caret_index?: int64 /* = -1 */): void
        
        /** Deletes the selected text. */
        delete_selection(caret_index?: int64 /* = -1 */): void
        
        /** Returns if the given line is wrapped. */
        is_line_wrapped(line: int64): boolean
        
        /** Returns the number of times the given line is wrapped. */
        get_line_wrap_count(line: int64): int64
        
        /** Returns the wrap index of the given column on the given line. This ranges from `0` to [method get_line_wrap_count]. */
        get_line_wrap_index_at_column(line: int64, column: int64): int64
        
        /** Returns an array of [String]s representing each wrapped index. */
        get_line_wrapped_text(line: int64): PackedStringArray
        
        /** Returns the [VScrollBar] of the [TextEdit]. */
        get_v_scroll_bar(): null | VScrollBar
        
        /** Returns the [HScrollBar] used by [TextEdit]. */
        get_h_scroll_bar(): null | HScrollBar
        
        /** Returns the scroll position for [param wrap_index] of [param line]. */
        get_scroll_pos_for_line(line: int64, wrap_index?: int64 /* = 0 */): float64
        
        /** Positions the [param wrap_index] of [param line] at the top of the viewport. */
        set_line_as_first_visible(line: int64, wrap_index?: int64 /* = 0 */): void
        
        /** Returns the first visible line. */
        get_first_visible_line(): int64
        
        /** Positions the [param wrap_index] of [param line] at the center of the viewport. */
        set_line_as_center_visible(line: int64, wrap_index?: int64 /* = 0 */): void
        
        /** Positions the [param wrap_index] of [param line] at the bottom of the viewport. */
        set_line_as_last_visible(line: int64, wrap_index?: int64 /* = 0 */): void
        
        /** Returns the last visible line. Use [method get_last_full_visible_line_wrap_index] for the wrap index. */
        get_last_full_visible_line(): int64
        
        /** Returns the last visible wrap index of the last visible line. */
        get_last_full_visible_line_wrap_index(): int64
        
        /** Returns the number of lines that can visually fit, rounded down, based on this control's height. */
        get_visible_line_count(): int64
        
        /** Returns the total number of lines between [param from_line] and [param to_line] (inclusive) in the text. This includes wrapped lines and excludes folded lines. If the range covers all lines it is equivalent to [method get_total_visible_line_count]. */
        get_visible_line_count_in_range(from_line: int64, to_line: int64): int64
        
        /** Returns the total number of lines in the text. This includes wrapped lines and excludes folded lines. If [member wrap_mode] is set to [constant LINE_WRAPPING_NONE] and no lines are folded (see [method CodeEdit.is_line_folded]) then this is equivalent to [method get_line_count]. See [method get_visible_line_count_in_range] for a limited range of lines. */
        get_total_visible_line_count(): int64
        
        /** Adjust the viewport so the caret is visible. */
        adjust_viewport_to_caret(caret_index?: int64 /* = 0 */): void
        
        /** Centers the viewport on the line the editing caret is at. This also resets the [member scroll_horizontal] value to `0`. */
        center_viewport_to_caret(caret_index?: int64 /* = 0 */): void
        
        /** Returns the number of lines that may be drawn on the minimap. */
        get_minimap_visible_lines(): int64
        
        /** Register a new gutter to this [TextEdit]. Use [param at] to have a specific gutter order. A value of `-1` appends the gutter to the right. */
        add_gutter(at?: int64 /* = -1 */): void
        
        /** Removes the gutter at the given index. */
        remove_gutter(gutter: int64): void
        
        /** Returns the number of gutters registered. */
        get_gutter_count(): int64
        
        /** Sets the name of the gutter at the given index. */
        set_gutter_name(gutter: int64, name: string): void
        
        /** Returns the name of the gutter at the given index. */
        get_gutter_name(gutter: int64): string
        
        /** Sets the type of gutter at the given index. Gutters can contain icons, text, or custom visuals. */
        set_gutter_type(gutter: int64, type: TextEdit.GutterType): void
        
        /** Returns the type of the gutter at the given index. Gutters can contain icons, text, or custom visuals. */
        get_gutter_type(gutter: int64): TextEdit.GutterType
        
        /** Set the width of the gutter at the given index. */
        set_gutter_width(gutter: int64, width: int64): void
        
        /** Returns the width of the gutter at the given index. */
        get_gutter_width(gutter: int64): int64
        
        /** If `true`, the gutter at the given index is drawn. The gutter type ([method set_gutter_type]) determines how it is drawn. See [method is_gutter_drawn]. */
        set_gutter_draw(gutter: int64, draw: boolean): void
        
        /** Returns `true` if the gutter at the given index is currently drawn. See [method set_gutter_draw]. */
        is_gutter_drawn(gutter: int64): boolean
        
        /** If `true`, the mouse cursor will change to a pointing hand ([constant Control.CURSOR_POINTING_HAND]) when hovering over the gutter at the given index. See [method is_gutter_clickable] and [method set_line_gutter_clickable]. */
        set_gutter_clickable(gutter: int64, clickable: boolean): void
        
        /** Returns `true` if the gutter at the given index is clickable. See [method set_gutter_clickable]. */
        is_gutter_clickable(gutter: int64): boolean
        
        /** If `true`, the line data of the gutter at the given index can be overridden when using [method merge_gutters]. See [method is_gutter_overwritable]. */
        set_gutter_overwritable(gutter: int64, overwritable: boolean): void
        
        /** Returns `true` if the gutter at the given index is overwritable. See [method set_gutter_overwritable]. */
        is_gutter_overwritable(gutter: int64): boolean
        
        /** Merge the gutters from [param from_line] into [param to_line]. Only overwritable gutters will be copied. See [method set_gutter_overwritable]. */
        merge_gutters(from_line: int64, to_line: int64): void
        
        /** Set a custom draw callback for the gutter at the given index. [param draw_callback] must take the following arguments: A line index [int], a gutter index [int], and an area [Rect2]. This callback only works when the gutter type is [constant GUTTER_TYPE_CUSTOM] (see [method set_gutter_type]). */
        set_gutter_custom_draw(column: int64, draw_callback: Callable): void
        
        /** Returns the total width of all gutters and internal padding. */
        get_total_gutter_width(): int64
        
        /** Sets the metadata for [param gutter] on [param line] to [param metadata]. */
        set_line_gutter_metadata(line: int64, gutter: int64, metadata: any): void
        
        /** Returns the metadata currently in [param gutter] at [param line]. */
        get_line_gutter_metadata(line: int64, gutter: int64): any
        
        /** Sets the text for [param gutter] on [param line] to [param text]. This only works when the gutter type is [constant GUTTER_TYPE_STRING] (see [method set_gutter_type]). */
        set_line_gutter_text(line: int64, gutter: int64, text: string): void
        
        /** Returns the text currently in [param gutter] at [param line]. This only works when the gutter type is [constant GUTTER_TYPE_STRING] (see [method set_gutter_type]). */
        get_line_gutter_text(line: int64, gutter: int64): string
        
        /** Sets the icon for [param gutter] on [param line] to [param icon]. This only works when the gutter type is [constant GUTTER_TYPE_ICON] (see [method set_gutter_type]). */
        set_line_gutter_icon(line: int64, gutter: int64, icon: Texture2D): void
        
        /** Returns the icon currently in [param gutter] at [param line]. This only works when the gutter type is [constant GUTTER_TYPE_ICON] (see [method set_gutter_type]). */
        get_line_gutter_icon(line: int64, gutter: int64): null | Texture2D
        
        /** Sets the color for [param gutter] on [param line] to [param color]. */
        set_line_gutter_item_color(line: int64, gutter: int64, color: Color): void
        
        /** Returns the color currently in [param gutter] at [param line]. */
        get_line_gutter_item_color(line: int64, gutter: int64): Color
        
        /** If [param clickable] is `true`, makes the [param gutter] on the given [param line] clickable. This is like [method set_gutter_clickable], but for a single line. If [method is_gutter_clickable] is `true`, this will not have any effect. See [method is_line_gutter_clickable] and [signal gutter_clicked]. */
        set_line_gutter_clickable(line: int64, gutter: int64, clickable: boolean): void
        
        /** Returns `true` if the gutter at the given index on the given line is clickable. See [method set_line_gutter_clickable]. */
        is_line_gutter_clickable(line: int64, gutter: int64): boolean
        
        /** Sets the custom background color of the given line. If transparent, this color is applied on top of the default background color (See [theme_item background_color]). If set to `Color(0, 0, 0, 0)`, no additional color is applied. */
        set_line_background_color(line: int64, color: Color): void
        
        /** Returns the custom background color of the given line. If no color is set, returns `Color(0, 0, 0, 0)`. */
        get_line_background_color(line: int64): Color
        
        /** Returns the [PopupMenu] of this [TextEdit]. By default, this menu is displayed when right-clicking on the [TextEdit].  
         *  You can add custom menu items or remove standard ones. Make sure your IDs don't conflict with the standard ones (see [enum MenuItems]). For example:  
         *    
         *  **Warning:** This is a required internal node, removing and freeing it may cause a crash. If you wish to hide it or any of its children, use their [member Window.visible] property.  
         */
        get_menu(): null | PopupMenu
        
        /** Returns `true` if the menu is visible. Use this instead of `get_menu().visible` to improve performance (so the creation of the menu is avoided). See [method get_menu]. */
        is_menu_visible(): boolean
        
        /** Executes a given action as defined in the [enum MenuItems] enum. */
        menu_option(option: int64): void
        
        /** This method does nothing. */
        adjust_carets_after_edit(caret: int64, from_line: int64, from_col: int64, to_line: int64, to_col: int64): void
        
        /** Returns a list of caret indexes in their edit order, this done from bottom to top. Edit order refers to the way actions such as [method insert_text_at_caret] are applied. */
        get_caret_index_edit_order(): PackedInt32Array
        
        /** Returns the original start line of the selection. */
        get_selection_line(caret_index?: int64 /* = 0 */): int64
        
        /** Returns the original start column of the selection. */
        get_selection_column(caret_index?: int64 /* = 0 */): int64
        
        /** String value of the [TextEdit]. */
        get text(): string
        set text(value: string)
        
        /** Text shown when the [TextEdit] is empty. It is **not** the [TextEdit]'s default value (see [member text]). */
        get placeholder_text(): string
        set placeholder_text(value: string)
        
        /** If `false`, existing text cannot be modified and new text cannot be added. */
        get editable(): boolean
        set editable(value: boolean)
        
        /** If `true`, a right-click displays the context menu. */
        get context_menu_enabled(): boolean
        set context_menu_enabled(value: boolean)
        
        /** If `true`, "Emoji and Symbols" menu is enabled. */
        get emoji_menu_enabled(): boolean
        set emoji_menu_enabled(value: boolean)
        
        /** If `true` and [member caret_mid_grapheme] is `false`, backspace deletes an entire composite character such as ❤️‍🩹, instead of deleting part of the composite character. */
        get backspace_deletes_composite_character_enabled(): boolean
        set backspace_deletes_composite_character_enabled(value: boolean)
        
        /** If `true`, shortcut keys for context menu items are enabled, even if the context menu is disabled. */
        get shortcut_keys_enabled(): boolean
        set shortcut_keys_enabled(value: boolean)
        
        /** If `true`, text can be selected.  
         *  If `false`, text can not be selected by the user or by the [method select] or [method select_all] methods.  
         */
        get selecting_enabled(): boolean
        set selecting_enabled(value: boolean)
        
        /** If `true`, the selected text will be deselected when focus is lost. */
        get deselect_on_focus_loss_enabled(): boolean
        set deselect_on_focus_loss_enabled(value: boolean)
        
        /** If `true`, allow drag and drop of selected text. Text can still be dropped from other sources. */
        get drag_and_drop_selection_enabled(): boolean
        set drag_and_drop_selection_enabled(value: boolean)
        
        /** If `true`, the native virtual keyboard is enabled on platforms that support it. */
        get virtual_keyboard_enabled(): boolean
        set virtual_keyboard_enabled(value: boolean)
        
        /** If `true`, the native virtual keyboard is shown on focus events on platforms that support it. */
        get virtual_keyboard_show_on_focus(): boolean
        set virtual_keyboard_show_on_focus(value: boolean)
        
        /** If `false`, using middle mouse button to paste clipboard will be disabled.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** This method is only implemented on Linux.  
         */
        get middle_mouse_paste_enabled(): boolean
        set middle_mouse_paste_enabled(value: boolean)
        
        /** If `true`, copying or cutting without a selection is performed on all lines with a caret. Otherwise, copy and cut require a selection. */
        get empty_selection_clipboard_enabled(): boolean
        set empty_selection_clipboard_enabled(value: boolean)
        
        /** Sets the line wrapping mode to use. */
        get wrap_mode(): int64
        set wrap_mode(value: int64)
        
        /** If [member wrap_mode] is set to [constant LINE_WRAPPING_BOUNDARY], sets text wrapping mode. */
        get autowrap_mode(): int64
        set autowrap_mode(value: int64)
        
        /** If `true`, all wrapped lines are indented to the same amount as the unwrapped line. */
        get indent_wrapped_lines(): boolean
        set indent_wrapped_lines(value: boolean)
        
        /** If `true`, [member ProjectSettings.input/ui_text_indent] input `Tab` character, otherwise it moves keyboard focus to the next [Control] in the scene. */
        get tab_input_mode(): boolean
        set tab_input_mode(value: boolean)
        
        /** Scroll smoothly over the text rather than jumping to the next location. */
        get scroll_smooth(): boolean
        set scroll_smooth(value: boolean)
        
        /** Sets the scroll speed with the minimap or when [member scroll_smooth] is enabled. */
        get scroll_v_scroll_speed(): float64
        set scroll_v_scroll_speed(value: float64)
        
        /** Allow scrolling past the last line into "virtual" space. */
        get scroll_past_end_of_file(): boolean
        set scroll_past_end_of_file(value: boolean)
        
        /** If there is a vertical scrollbar, this determines the current vertical scroll value in line numbers, starting at 0 for the top line. */
        get scroll_vertical(): float64
        set scroll_vertical(value: float64)
        
        /** If there is a horizontal scrollbar, this determines the current horizontal scroll value in pixels. */
        get scroll_horizontal(): int64
        set scroll_horizontal(value: int64)
        
        /** If `true`, [TextEdit] will disable vertical scroll and fit minimum height to the number of visible lines. When both this property and [member scroll_fit_content_width] are `true`, no scrollbars will be displayed. */
        get scroll_fit_content_height(): boolean
        set scroll_fit_content_height(value: boolean)
        
        /** If `true`, [TextEdit] will disable horizontal scroll and fit minimum width to the widest line in the text. When both this property and [member scroll_fit_content_height] are `true`, no scrollbars will be displayed. */
        get scroll_fit_content_width(): boolean
        set scroll_fit_content_width(value: boolean)
        
        /** If `true`, a minimap is shown, providing an outline of your source code. The minimap uses a fixed-width text size. */
        get minimap_draw(): boolean
        set minimap_draw(value: boolean)
        
        /** The width, in pixels, of the minimap. */
        get minimap_width(): int64
        set minimap_width(value: int64)
        
        /** Set the type of caret to draw. */
        get caret_type(): int64
        set caret_type(value: int64)
        
        /** If `true`, makes the caret blink. */
        get caret_blink(): boolean
        set caret_blink(value: boolean)
        
        /** The interval at which the caret blinks (in seconds). */
        get caret_blink_interval(): float64
        set caret_blink_interval(value: float64)
        
        /** If `true`, caret will be visible when [member editable] is disabled. */
        get caret_draw_when_editable_disabled(): boolean
        set caret_draw_when_editable_disabled(value: boolean)
        
        /** If `true`, a right-click moves the caret at the mouse position before displaying the context menu.  
         *  If `false`, the context menu ignores mouse location.  
         */
        get caret_move_on_right_click(): boolean
        set caret_move_on_right_click(value: boolean)
        
        /** Allow moving caret, selecting and removing the individual composite character components.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** [kbd]Backspace[/kbd] is always removing individual composite character components.  
         */
        get caret_mid_grapheme(): boolean
        set caret_mid_grapheme(value: boolean)
        
        /** If `true`, multiple carets are allowed. Left-clicking with [kbd]Alt[/kbd] adds a new caret. See [method add_caret] and [method get_caret_count]. */
        get caret_multiple(): boolean
        set caret_multiple(value: boolean)
        
        /** If `false`, using [kbd]Ctrl + Left[/kbd] or [kbd]Ctrl + Right[/kbd] ([kbd]Cmd + Left[/kbd] or [kbd]Cmd + Right[/kbd] on macOS) bindings will stop moving caret only if a space or punctuation is detected. If `true`, it will also stop the caret if a character is part of `!"#$%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?@[\]^`{|}~`, the Unicode General Punctuation table, or the Unicode CJK Punctuation table. Useful for subword moving. This behavior also will be applied to the behavior of text selection. */
        get use_default_word_separators(): boolean
        set use_default_word_separators(value: boolean)
        
        /** If `false`, using [kbd]Ctrl + Left[/kbd] or [kbd]Ctrl + Right[/kbd] ([kbd]Cmd + Left[/kbd] or [kbd]Cmd + Right[/kbd] on macOS) bindings will use the behavior of [member use_default_word_separators]. If `true`, it will also stop the caret if a character within [member custom_word_separators] is detected. Useful for subword moving. This behavior also will be applied to the behavior of text selection. */
        get use_custom_word_separators(): boolean
        set use_custom_word_separators(value: boolean)
        
        /** The characters to consider as word delimiters if [member use_custom_word_separators] is `true`. The characters should be defined without separation, for example `#_!`. */
        get custom_word_separators(): string
        set custom_word_separators(value: string)
        
        /** The syntax highlighter to use.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** A [SyntaxHighlighter] instance should not be used across multiple [TextEdit] nodes.  
         */
        get syntax_highlighter(): null | SyntaxHighlighter
        set syntax_highlighter(value: null | SyntaxHighlighter)
        
        /** If `true`, all occurrences of the selected text will be highlighted. */
        get highlight_all_occurrences(): boolean
        set highlight_all_occurrences(value: boolean)
        
        /** If `true`, the line containing the cursor is highlighted. */
        get highlight_current_line(): boolean
        set highlight_current_line(value: boolean)
        
        /** If `true`, control characters are displayed. */
        get draw_control_chars(): boolean
        set draw_control_chars(value: boolean)
        
        /** If `true`, the "tab" character will have a visible representation. */
        get draw_tabs(): boolean
        set draw_tabs(value: boolean)
        
        /** If `true`, the "space" character will have a visible representation. */
        get draw_spaces(): boolean
        set draw_spaces(value: boolean)
        
        /** Base text writing direction. */
        get text_direction(): int64
        set text_direction(value: int64)
        
        /** Language code used for line-breaking and text shaping algorithms, if left empty current locale is used instead. */
        get language(): string
        set language(value: string)
        
        /** Set BiDi algorithm override for the structured text. */
        get structured_text_bidi_override(): int64
        set structured_text_bidi_override(value: int64)
        
        /** Set additional options for BiDi override. */
        get structured_text_bidi_override_options(): GArray
        set structured_text_bidi_override_options(value: GArray)
        
        /** Emitted when [method clear] is called or [member text] is set. */
        readonly text_set: Signal<() => void>
        
        /** Emitted when the text changes. */
        readonly text_changed: Signal<() => void>
        
        /** Emitted immediately when the text changes.  
         *  When text is added [param from_line] will be less than [param to_line]. On a remove [param to_line] will be less than [param from_line].  
         */
        readonly lines_edited_from: Signal<(from_line: int64, to_line: int64) => void>
        
        /** Emitted when any caret changes position. */
        readonly caret_changed: Signal<() => void>
        
        /** Emitted when a gutter is clicked. */
        readonly gutter_clicked: Signal<(line: int64, gutter: int64) => void>
        
        /** Emitted when a gutter is added. */
        readonly gutter_added: Signal<() => void>
        
        /** Emitted when a gutter is removed. */
        readonly gutter_removed: Signal<() => void>
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapTextEdit;
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapTextLine extends __NameMapRefCounted {
    }
    /** Holds a line of text.  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_textline.html  
     */
    class TextLine extends RefCounted {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** Clears text line (removes text and inline objects). */
        clear(): void
        
        /** Returns the text writing direction inferred by the BiDi algorithm. */
        get_inferred_direction(): TextServer.Direction
        
        /** Overrides BiDi for the structured text.  
         *  Override ranges should cover full source text without overlaps. BiDi algorithm will be used on each range separately.  
         */
        set_bidi_override(override: GArray): void
        
        /** Adds text span and font to draw it. */
        add_string(text: string, font: Font, font_size: int64, language?: string /* = '' */, meta?: any /* = <any> {} */): boolean
        
        /** Adds inline object to the text buffer, [param key] must be unique. In the text, object is represented as [param length] object replacement characters. */
        add_object(key: any, size: Vector2, inline_align?: InlineAlignment /* = 5 */, length?: int64 /* = 1 */, baseline?: float64 /* = 0 */): boolean
        
        /** Sets new size and alignment of embedded object. */
        resize_object(key: any, size: Vector2, inline_align?: InlineAlignment /* = 5 */, baseline?: float64 /* = 0 */): boolean
        
        /** Aligns text to the given tab-stops. */
        tab_align(tab_stops: PackedFloat32Array | float32[]): void
        
        /** Returns array of inline objects. */
        get_objects(): GArray
        
        /** Returns bounding rectangle of the inline object. */
        get_object_rect(key: any): Rect2
        
        /** Returns size of the bounding box of the text. */
        get_size(): Vector2
        
        /** Returns TextServer buffer RID. */
        get_rid(): RID
        
        /** Returns the text ascent (number of pixels above the baseline for horizontal layout or to the left of baseline for vertical). */
        get_line_ascent(): float64
        
        /** Returns the text descent (number of pixels below the baseline for horizontal layout or to the right of baseline for vertical). */
        get_line_descent(): float64
        
        /** Returns width (for horizontal layout) or height (for vertical) of the text. */
        get_line_width(): float64
        
        /** Returns pixel offset of the underline below the baseline. */
        get_line_underline_position(): float64
        
        /** Returns thickness of the underline. */
        get_line_underline_thickness(): float64
        
        /** Draw text into a canvas item at a given position, with [param color]. [param pos] specifies the top left corner of the bounding box. If [param oversampling] is greater than zero, it is used as font oversampling factor, otherwise viewport oversampling settings are used. */
        draw(canvas: RID, pos: Vector2, color?: Color /* = new Color(1, 1, 1, 1) */, oversampling?: float64 /* = 0 */): void
        
        /** Draw text into a canvas item at a given position, with [param color]. [param pos] specifies the top left corner of the bounding box. If [param oversampling] is greater than zero, it is used as font oversampling factor, otherwise viewport oversampling settings are used. */
        draw_outline(canvas: RID, pos: Vector2, outline_size?: int64 /* = 1 */, color?: Color /* = new Color(1, 1, 1, 1) */, oversampling?: float64 /* = 0 */): void
        
        /** Returns caret character offset at the specified pixel offset at the baseline. This function always returns a valid position. */
        hit_test(coords: float64): int64
        
        /** Text writing direction. */
        get direction(): int64
        set direction(value: int64)
        
        /** Text orientation. */
        get orientation(): int64
        set orientation(value: int64)
        
        /** If set to `true` text will display invalid characters. */
        get preserve_invalid(): boolean
        set preserve_invalid(value: boolean)
        
        /** If set to `true` text will display control characters. */
        get preserve_control(): boolean
        set preserve_control(value: boolean)
        
        /** Text line width. */
        get width(): float64
        set width(value: float64)
        
        /** Sets text alignment within the line as if the line was horizontal. */
        get alignment(): int64
        set alignment(value: int64)
        
        /** Line alignment rules. For more info see [TextServer]. */
        get flags(): int64
        set flags(value: int64)
        
        /** The clipping behavior when the text exceeds the text line's set width. */
        get text_overrun_behavior(): int64
        set text_overrun_behavior(value: int64)
        
        /** Ellipsis character used for text clipping. */
        get ellipsis_char(): string
        set ellipsis_char(value: string)
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapTextLine;
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapTextMesh extends __NameMapPrimitiveMesh {
    }
    /** Generate a [PrimitiveMesh] from the text.  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_textmesh.html  
     */
    class TextMesh extends PrimitiveMesh {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** The text to generate mesh from.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** Due to being a [Resource], it doesn't follow the rules of [member Node.auto_translate_mode]. If disabling translation is desired, it should be done manually with [method Object.set_message_translation].  
         */
        get text(): string
        set text(value: string)
        
        /** Font configuration used to display text. */
        get font(): null | Font
        set font(value: null | Font)
        
        /** Font size of the [TextMesh]'s text. */
        get font_size(): int64
        set font_size(value: int64)
        
        /** Controls the text's horizontal alignment. Supports left, center, right, and fill, or justify. */
        get horizontal_alignment(): int64
        set horizontal_alignment(value: int64)
        
        /** Controls the text's vertical alignment. Supports top, center, and bottom. */
        get vertical_alignment(): int64
        set vertical_alignment(value: int64)
        
        /** If `true`, all the text displays as UPPERCASE. */
        get uppercase(): boolean
        set uppercase(value: boolean)
        
        /** Additional vertical spacing between lines (in pixels), spacing is added to line descent. This value can be negative. */
        get line_spacing(): float64
        set line_spacing(value: float64)
        
        /** If set to something other than [constant TextServer.AUTOWRAP_OFF], the text gets wrapped inside the node's bounding rectangle. If you resize the node, it will change its height automatically to show all the text. */
        get autowrap_mode(): int64
        set autowrap_mode(value: int64)
        
        /** Line fill alignment rules. */
        get justification_flags(): int64
        set justification_flags(value: int64)
        
        /** The size of one pixel's width on the text to scale it in 3D. */
        get pixel_size(): float64
        set pixel_size(value: float64)
        
        /** Step (in pixels) used to approximate Bézier curves. */
        get curve_step(): float64
        set curve_step(value: float64)
        
        /** Depths of the mesh, if set to `0.0` only front surface, is generated, and UV layout is changed to use full texture for the front face only. */
        get depth(): float64
        set depth(value: float64)
        
        /** Text width (in pixels), used for fill alignment. */
        get width(): float64
        set width(value: float64)
        
        /** The text drawing offset (in pixels). */
        get offset(): Vector2
        set offset(value: Vector2)
        
        /** Base text writing direction. */
        get text_direction(): int64
        set text_direction(value: int64)
        
        /** Language code used for text shaping algorithms, if left empty current locale is used instead. */
        get language(): string
        set language(value: string)
        
        /** Set BiDi algorithm override for the structured text. */
        get structured_text_bidi_override(): int64
        set structured_text_bidi_override(value: int64)
        
        /** Set additional options for BiDi override. */
        get structured_text_bidi_override_options(): GArray
        set structured_text_bidi_override_options(value: GArray)
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapTextMesh;
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapTextParagraph extends __NameMapRefCounted {
    }
    /** Holds a paragraph of text.  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_textparagraph.html  
     */
    class TextParagraph extends RefCounted {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** Clears text paragraph (removes text and inline objects). */
        clear(): void
        
        /** Returns the text writing direction inferred by the BiDi algorithm. */
        get_inferred_direction(): TextServer.Direction
        
        /** Overrides BiDi for the structured text.  
         *  Override ranges should cover full source text without overlaps. BiDi algorithm will be used on each range separately.  
         */
        set_bidi_override(override: GArray): void
        
        /** Sets drop cap, overrides previously set drop cap. Drop cap (dropped capital) is a decorative element at the beginning of a paragraph that is larger than the rest of the text. */
        set_dropcap(text: string, font: Font, font_size: int64, dropcap_margins?: Rect2 /* = new Rect2(0, 0, 0, 0) */, language?: string /* = '' */): boolean
        
        /** Removes dropcap. */
        clear_dropcap(): void
        
        /** Adds text span and font to draw it. */
        add_string(text: string, font: Font, font_size: int64, language?: string /* = '' */, meta?: any /* = <any> {} */): boolean
        
        /** Adds inline object to the text buffer, [param key] must be unique. In the text, object is represented as [param length] object replacement characters. */
        add_object(key: any, size: Vector2, inline_align?: InlineAlignment /* = 5 */, length?: int64 /* = 1 */, baseline?: float64 /* = 0 */): boolean
        
        /** Sets new size and alignment of embedded object. */
        resize_object(key: any, size: Vector2, inline_align?: InlineAlignment /* = 5 */, baseline?: float64 /* = 0 */): boolean
        
        /** Aligns paragraph to the given tab-stops. */
        tab_align(tab_stops: PackedFloat32Array | float32[]): void
        
        /** Returns the size of the bounding box of the paragraph, without line breaks. */
        get_non_wrapped_size(): Vector2
        
        /** Returns the size of the bounding box of the paragraph. */
        get_size(): Vector2
        
        /** Returns TextServer full string buffer RID. */
        get_rid(): RID
        
        /** Returns TextServer line buffer RID. */
        get_line_rid(line: int64): RID
        
        /** Returns drop cap text buffer RID. */
        get_dropcap_rid(): RID
        
        /** Returns the character range of the paragraph. */
        get_range(): Vector2i
        
        /** Returns number of lines in the paragraph. */
        get_line_count(): int64
        
        /** Returns array of inline objects in the line. */
        get_line_objects(line: int64): GArray
        
        /** Returns bounding rectangle of the inline object. */
        get_line_object_rect(line: int64, key: any): Rect2
        
        /** Returns size of the bounding box of the line of text. Returned size is rounded up. */
        get_line_size(line: int64): Vector2
        
        /** Returns character range of the line. */
        get_line_range(line: int64): Vector2i
        
        /** Returns the text line ascent (number of pixels above the baseline for horizontal layout or to the left of baseline for vertical). */
        get_line_ascent(line: int64): float64
        
        /** Returns the text line descent (number of pixels below the baseline for horizontal layout or to the right of baseline for vertical). */
        get_line_descent(line: int64): float64
        
        /** Returns width (for horizontal layout) or height (for vertical) of the line of text. */
        get_line_width(line: int64): float64
        
        /** Returns pixel offset of the underline below the baseline. */
        get_line_underline_position(line: int64): float64
        
        /** Returns thickness of the underline. */
        get_line_underline_thickness(line: int64): float64
        
        /** Returns drop cap bounding box size. */
        get_dropcap_size(): Vector2
        
        /** Returns number of lines used by dropcap. */
        get_dropcap_lines(): int64
        
        /** Draw all lines of the text and drop cap into a canvas item at a given position, with [param color]. [param pos] specifies the top left corner of the bounding box. If [param oversampling] is greater than zero, it is used as font oversampling factor, otherwise viewport oversampling settings are used. */
        draw(canvas: RID, pos: Vector2, color?: Color /* = new Color(1, 1, 1, 1) */, dc_color?: Color /* = new Color(1, 1, 1, 1) */, oversampling?: float64 /* = 0 */): void
        
        /** Draw outlines of all lines of the text and drop cap into a canvas item at a given position, with [param color]. [param pos] specifies the top left corner of the bounding box. If [param oversampling] is greater than zero, it is used as font oversampling factor, otherwise viewport oversampling settings are used. */
        draw_outline(canvas: RID, pos: Vector2, outline_size?: int64 /* = 1 */, color?: Color /* = new Color(1, 1, 1, 1) */, dc_color?: Color /* = new Color(1, 1, 1, 1) */, oversampling?: float64 /* = 0 */): void
        
        /** Draw single line of text into a canvas item at a given position, with [param color]. [param pos] specifies the top left corner of the bounding box. If [param oversampling] is greater than zero, it is used as font oversampling factor, otherwise viewport oversampling settings are used. */
        draw_line(canvas: RID, pos: Vector2, line: int64, color?: Color /* = new Color(1, 1, 1, 1) */, oversampling?: float64 /* = 0 */): void
        
        /** Draw outline of the single line of text into a canvas item at a given position, with [param color]. [param pos] specifies the top left corner of the bounding box. If [param oversampling] is greater than zero, it is used as font oversampling factor, otherwise viewport oversampling settings are used. */
        draw_line_outline(canvas: RID, pos: Vector2, line: int64, outline_size?: int64 /* = 1 */, color?: Color /* = new Color(1, 1, 1, 1) */, oversampling?: float64 /* = 0 */): void
        
        /** Draw drop cap into a canvas item at a given position, with [param color]. [param pos] specifies the top left corner of the bounding box. If [param oversampling] is greater than zero, it is used as font oversampling factor, otherwise viewport oversampling settings are used. */
        draw_dropcap(canvas: RID, pos: Vector2, color?: Color /* = new Color(1, 1, 1, 1) */, oversampling?: float64 /* = 0 */): void
        
        /** Draw drop cap outline into a canvas item at a given position, with [param color]. [param pos] specifies the top left corner of the bounding box. If [param oversampling] is greater than zero, it is used as font oversampling factor, otherwise viewport oversampling settings are used. */
        draw_dropcap_outline(canvas: RID, pos: Vector2, outline_size?: int64 /* = 1 */, color?: Color /* = new Color(1, 1, 1, 1) */, oversampling?: float64 /* = 0 */): void
        
        /** Returns caret character offset at the specified coordinates. This function always returns a valid position. */
        hit_test(coords: Vector2): int64
        
        /** Text writing direction. */
        get direction(): int64
        set direction(value: int64)
        
        /** Custom punctuation character list, used for word breaking. If set to empty string, server defaults are used. */
        get custom_punctuation(): string
        set custom_punctuation(value: string)
        
        /** Text orientation. */
        get orientation(): int64
        set orientation(value: int64)
        
        /** If set to `true` text will display invalid characters. */
        get preserve_invalid(): boolean
        set preserve_invalid(value: boolean)
        
        /** If set to `true` text will display control characters. */
        get preserve_control(): boolean
        set preserve_control(value: boolean)
        
        /** Paragraph horizontal alignment. */
        get alignment(): int64
        set alignment(value: int64)
        
        /** Line breaking rules. For more info see [TextServer]. */
        get break_flags(): int64
        set break_flags(value: int64)
        
        /** Line fill alignment rules. */
        get justification_flags(): int64
        set justification_flags(value: int64)
        
        /** The clipping behavior when the text exceeds the paragraph's set width. */
        get text_overrun_behavior(): int64
        set text_overrun_behavior(value: int64)
        
        /** Ellipsis character used for text clipping. */
        get ellipsis_char(): string
        set ellipsis_char(value: string)
        
        /** Paragraph width. */
        get width(): float64
        set width(value: float64)
        
        /** Limits the lines of text shown. */
        get max_lines_visible(): int64
        set max_lines_visible(value: int64)
        
        /** Additional vertical spacing between lines (in pixels), spacing is added to line descent. This value can be negative. */
        get line_spacing(): float64
        set line_spacing(value: float64)
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapTextParagraph;
    }
    namespace TextServer {
        enum FontAntialiasing {
            /** Font glyphs are rasterized as 1-bit bitmaps. */
            FONT_ANTIALIASING_NONE = 0,
            
            /** Font glyphs are rasterized as 8-bit grayscale anti-aliased bitmaps. */
            FONT_ANTIALIASING_GRAY = 1,
            
            /** Font glyphs are rasterized for LCD screens.  
             *  LCD subpixel layout is determined by the value of the [member ProjectSettings.gui/theme/lcd_subpixel_layout] setting.  
             *  LCD subpixel anti-aliasing mode is suitable only for rendering horizontal, unscaled text in 2D.  
             */
            FONT_ANTIALIASING_LCD = 2,
        }
        enum FontLCDSubpixelLayout {
            /** Unknown or unsupported subpixel layout, LCD subpixel antialiasing is disabled. */
            FONT_LCD_SUBPIXEL_LAYOUT_NONE = 0,
            
            /** Horizontal RGB subpixel layout. */
            FONT_LCD_SUBPIXEL_LAYOUT_HRGB = 1,
            
            /** Horizontal BGR subpixel layout. */
            FONT_LCD_SUBPIXEL_LAYOUT_HBGR = 2,
            
            /** Vertical RGB subpixel layout. */
            FONT_LCD_SUBPIXEL_LAYOUT_VRGB = 3,
            
            /** Vertical BGR subpixel layout. */
            FONT_LCD_SUBPIXEL_LAYOUT_VBGR = 4,
            
            /** Represents the size of the [enum FontLCDSubpixelLayout] enum. */
            FONT_LCD_SUBPIXEL_LAYOUT_MAX = 5,
        }
        enum Direction {
            /** Text direction is determined based on contents and current locale. */
            DIRECTION_AUTO = 0,
            
            /** Text is written from left to right. */
            DIRECTION_LTR = 1,
            
            /** Text is written from right to left. */
            DIRECTION_RTL = 2,
            
            /** Text writing direction is the same as base string writing direction. Used for BiDi override only. */
            DIRECTION_INHERITED = 3,
        }
        enum Orientation {
            /** Text is written horizontally. */
            ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL = 0,
            
            /** Left to right text is written vertically from top to bottom.  
             *  Right to left text is written vertically from bottom to top.  
             */
            ORIENTATION_VERTICAL = 1,
        }
        enum JustificationFlag {
            /** Do not justify text. */
            JUSTIFICATION_NONE = 0,
            
            /** Justify text by adding and removing kashidas. */
            JUSTIFICATION_KASHIDA = 1,
            
            /** Justify text by changing width of the spaces between the words. */
            JUSTIFICATION_WORD_BOUND = 2,
            
            /** Remove trailing and leading spaces from the justified text. */
            JUSTIFICATION_TRIM_EDGE_SPACES = 4,
            
            /** Only apply justification to the part of the text after the last tab. */
            JUSTIFICATION_AFTER_LAST_TAB = 8,
            
            /** Apply justification to the trimmed line with ellipsis. */
            JUSTIFICATION_CONSTRAIN_ELLIPSIS = 16,
            
            /** Do not apply justification to the last line of the paragraph. */
            JUSTIFICATION_SKIP_LAST_LINE = 32,
            
            /** Do not apply justification to the last line of the paragraph with visible characters (takes precedence over [constant JUSTIFICATION_SKIP_LAST_LINE]). */
            JUSTIFICATION_SKIP_LAST_LINE_WITH_VISIBLE_CHARS = 64,
            
            /** Always apply justification to the paragraphs with a single line ([constant JUSTIFICATION_SKIP_LAST_LINE] and [constant JUSTIFICATION_SKIP_LAST_LINE_WITH_VISIBLE_CHARS] are ignored). */
            JUSTIFICATION_DO_NOT_SKIP_SINGLE_LINE = 128,
        }
        enum AutowrapMode {
            /** Autowrap is disabled. */
            AUTOWRAP_OFF = 0,
            
            /** Wraps the text inside the node's bounding rectangle by allowing to break lines at arbitrary positions, which is useful when very limited space is available. */
            AUTOWRAP_ARBITRARY = 1,
            
            /** Wraps the text inside the node's bounding rectangle by soft-breaking between words. */
            AUTOWRAP_WORD = 2,
            
            /** Behaves similarly to [constant AUTOWRAP_WORD], but force-breaks a word if that single word does not fit in one line. */
            AUTOWRAP_WORD_SMART = 3,
        }
        enum LineBreakFlag {
            /** Do not break the line. */
            BREAK_NONE = 0,
            
            /** Break the line at the line mandatory break characters (e.g. `"\n"`). */
            BREAK_MANDATORY = 1,
            
            /** Break the line between the words. */
            BREAK_WORD_BOUND = 2,
            
            /** Break the line between any unconnected graphemes. */
            BREAK_GRAPHEME_BOUND = 4,
            
            /** Should be used only in conjunction with [constant BREAK_WORD_BOUND], break the line between any unconnected graphemes, if it's impossible to break it between the words. */
            BREAK_ADAPTIVE = 8,
            
            /** Remove edge spaces from the broken line segments. */
            BREAK_TRIM_EDGE_SPACES = 16,
            
            /** Subtract first line indentation width from all lines after the first one. */
            BREAK_TRIM_INDENT = 32,
            
            /** Remove spaces and line break characters from the start of broken line segments.  
             *  E.g, after line breaking, the second segment of the following text `test  \n  next`, is `next` if the flag is set, and `  next` if it is not.  
             */
            BREAK_TRIM_START_EDGE_SPACES = 64,
            
            /** Remove spaces and line break characters from the end of broken line segments.  
             *  E.g, after line breaking, the first segment of the following text `test  \n  next`, is `test` if the flag is set, and `test  \n` if it is not.  
             */
            BREAK_TRIM_END_EDGE_SPACES = 128,
        }
        enum VisibleCharactersBehavior {
            /** Trims text before the shaping. e.g, increasing [member Label.visible_characters] or [member RichTextLabel.visible_characters] value is visually identical to typing the text.  
             *      
             *  **Note:** In this mode, trimmed text is not processed at all. It is not accounted for in line breaking and size calculations.  
             */
            VC_CHARS_BEFORE_SHAPING = 0,
            
            /** Displays glyphs that are mapped to the first [member Label.visible_characters] or [member RichTextLabel.visible_characters] characters from the beginning of the text. */
            VC_CHARS_AFTER_SHAPING = 1,
            
            /** Displays [member Label.visible_ratio] or [member RichTextLabel.visible_ratio] glyphs, starting from the left or from the right, depending on [member Control.layout_direction] value. */
            VC_GLYPHS_AUTO = 2,
            
            /** Displays [member Label.visible_ratio] or [member RichTextLabel.visible_ratio] glyphs, starting from the left. */
            VC_GLYPHS_LTR = 3,
            
            /** Displays [member Label.visible_ratio] or [member RichTextLabel.visible_ratio] glyphs, starting from the right. */
            VC_GLYPHS_RTL = 4,
        }
        enum OverrunBehavior {
            /** No text trimming is performed. */
            OVERRUN_NO_TRIMMING = 0,
            
            /** Trims the text per character. */
            OVERRUN_TRIM_CHAR = 1,
            
            /** Trims the text per word. */
            OVERRUN_TRIM_WORD = 2,
            
            /** Trims the text per character and adds an ellipsis to indicate that parts are hidden if trimmed text is 6 characters or longer. */
            OVERRUN_TRIM_ELLIPSIS = 3,
            
            /** Trims the text per word and adds an ellipsis to indicate that parts are hidden if trimmed text is 6 characters or longer. */
            OVERRUN_TRIM_WORD_ELLIPSIS = 4,
            
            /** Trims the text per character and adds an ellipsis to indicate that parts are hidden regardless of trimmed text length. */
            OVERRUN_TRIM_ELLIPSIS_FORCE = 5,
            
            /** Trims the text per word and adds an ellipsis to indicate that parts are hidden regardless of trimmed text length. */
            OVERRUN_TRIM_WORD_ELLIPSIS_FORCE = 6,
        }
        enum TextOverrunFlag {
            /** No trimming is performed. */
            OVERRUN_NO_TRIM = 0,
            
            /** Trims the text when it exceeds the given width. */
            OVERRUN_TRIM = 1,
            
            /** Trims the text per word instead of per grapheme. */
            OVERRUN_TRIM_WORD_ONLY = 2,
            
            /** Determines whether an ellipsis should be added at the end of the text. */
            OVERRUN_ADD_ELLIPSIS = 4,
            
            /** Determines whether the ellipsis at the end of the text is enforced and may not be hidden. */
            OVERRUN_ENFORCE_ELLIPSIS = 8,
            
            /** Accounts for the text being justified before attempting to trim it (see [enum JustificationFlag]). */
            OVERRUN_JUSTIFICATION_AWARE = 16,
        }
        enum GraphemeFlag {
            /** Grapheme is supported by the font, and can be drawn. */
            GRAPHEME_IS_VALID = 1,
            
            /** Grapheme is part of right-to-left or bottom-to-top run. */
            GRAPHEME_IS_RTL = 2,
            
            /** Grapheme is not part of source text, it was added by justification process. */
            GRAPHEME_IS_VIRTUAL = 4,
            
            /** Grapheme is whitespace. */
            GRAPHEME_IS_SPACE = 8,
            
            /** Grapheme is mandatory break point (e.g. `"\n"`). */
            GRAPHEME_IS_BREAK_HARD = 16,
            
            /** Grapheme is optional break point (e.g. space). */
            GRAPHEME_IS_BREAK_SOFT = 32,
            
            /** Grapheme is the tabulation character. */
            GRAPHEME_IS_TAB = 64,
            
            /** Grapheme is kashida. */
            GRAPHEME_IS_ELONGATION = 128,
            
            /** Grapheme is punctuation character. */
            GRAPHEME_IS_PUNCTUATION = 256,
            
            /** Grapheme is underscore character. */
            GRAPHEME_IS_UNDERSCORE = 512,
            
            /** Grapheme is connected to the previous grapheme. Breaking line before this grapheme is not safe. */
            GRAPHEME_IS_CONNECTED = 1024,
            
            /** It is safe to insert a U+0640 before this grapheme for elongation. */
            GRAPHEME_IS_SAFE_TO_INSERT_TATWEEL = 2048,
            
            /** Grapheme is an object replacement character for the embedded object. */
            GRAPHEME_IS_EMBEDDED_OBJECT = 4096,
            
            /** Grapheme is a soft hyphen. */
            GRAPHEME_IS_SOFT_HYPHEN = 8192,
        }
        enum Hinting {
            /** Disables font hinting (smoother but less crisp). */
            HINTING_NONE = 0,
            
            /** Use the light font hinting mode. */
            HINTING_LIGHT = 1,
            
            /** Use the default font hinting mode (crisper but less smooth).  
             *      
             *  **Note:** This hinting mode changes both horizontal and vertical glyph metrics. If applied to monospace font, some glyphs might have different width.  
             */
            HINTING_NORMAL = 2,
        }
        enum SubpixelPositioning {
            /** Glyph horizontal position is rounded to the whole pixel size, each glyph is rasterized once. */
            SUBPIXEL_POSITIONING_DISABLED = 0,
            
            /** Glyph horizontal position is rounded based on font size.  
             *  - To one quarter of the pixel size if font size is smaller or equal to [constant SUBPIXEL_POSITIONING_ONE_QUARTER_MAX_SIZE].  
             *  - To one half of the pixel size if font size is smaller or equal to [constant SUBPIXEL_POSITIONING_ONE_HALF_MAX_SIZE].  
             *  - To the whole pixel size for larger fonts.  
             */
            SUBPIXEL_POSITIONING_AUTO = 1,
            
            /** Glyph horizontal position is rounded to one half of the pixel size, each glyph is rasterized up to two times. */
            SUBPIXEL_POSITIONING_ONE_HALF = 2,
            
            /** Glyph horizontal position is rounded to one quarter of the pixel size, each glyph is rasterized up to four times. */
            SUBPIXEL_POSITIONING_ONE_QUARTER = 3,
            
            /** Maximum font size which will use "one half of the pixel" subpixel positioning in [constant SUBPIXEL_POSITIONING_AUTO] mode. */
            SUBPIXEL_POSITIONING_ONE_HALF_MAX_SIZE = 20,
            
            /** Maximum font size which will use "one quarter of the pixel" subpixel positioning in [constant SUBPIXEL_POSITIONING_AUTO] mode. */
            SUBPIXEL_POSITIONING_ONE_QUARTER_MAX_SIZE = 16,
        }
        enum Feature {
            /** TextServer supports simple text layouts. */
            FEATURE_SIMPLE_LAYOUT = 1,
            
            /** TextServer supports bidirectional text layouts. */
            FEATURE_BIDI_LAYOUT = 2,
            
            /** TextServer supports vertical layouts. */
            FEATURE_VERTICAL_LAYOUT = 4,
            
            /** TextServer supports complex text shaping. */
            FEATURE_SHAPING = 8,
            
            /** TextServer supports justification using kashidas. */
            FEATURE_KASHIDA_JUSTIFICATION = 16,
            
            /** TextServer supports complex line/word breaking rules (e.g. dictionary based). */
            FEATURE_BREAK_ITERATORS = 32,
            
            /** TextServer supports loading bitmap fonts. */
            FEATURE_FONT_BITMAP = 64,
            
            /** TextServer supports loading dynamic (TrueType, OpeType, etc.) fonts. */
            FEATURE_FONT_DYNAMIC = 128,
            
            /** TextServer supports multichannel signed distance field dynamic font rendering. */
            FEATURE_FONT_MSDF = 256,
            
            /** TextServer supports loading system fonts. */
            FEATURE_FONT_SYSTEM = 512,
            
            /** TextServer supports variable fonts. */
            FEATURE_FONT_VARIABLE = 1024,
            
            /** TextServer supports locale dependent and context sensitive case conversion. */
            FEATURE_CONTEXT_SENSITIVE_CASE_CONVERSION = 2048,
            
            /** TextServer require external data file for some features, see [method load_support_data]. */
            FEATURE_USE_SUPPORT_DATA = 4096,
            
            /** TextServer supports UAX #31 identifier validation, see [method is_valid_identifier]. */
            FEATURE_UNICODE_IDENTIFIERS = 8192,
            
            /** TextServer supports [url=https://unicode.org/reports/tr36/]Unicode Technical Report #36[/url] and [url=https://unicode.org/reports/tr39/]Unicode Technical Standard #39[/url] based spoof detection features. */
            FEATURE_UNICODE_SECURITY = 16384,
        }
        enum ContourPointTag {
            /** Contour point is on the curve. */
            CONTOUR_CURVE_TAG_ON = 1,
            
            /** Contour point isn't on the curve, but serves as a control point for a conic (quadratic) Bézier arc. */
            CONTOUR_CURVE_TAG_OFF_CONIC = 0,
            
            /** Contour point isn't on the curve, but serves as a control point for a cubic Bézier arc. */
            CONTOUR_CURVE_TAG_OFF_CUBIC = 2,
        }
        enum SpacingType {
            /** Spacing for each glyph. */
            SPACING_GLYPH = 0,
            
            /** Spacing for the space character. */
            SPACING_SPACE = 1,
            
            /** Spacing at the top of the line. */
            SPACING_TOP = 2,
            
            /** Spacing at the bottom of the line. */
            SPACING_BOTTOM = 3,
            
            /** Represents the size of the [enum SpacingType] enum. */
            SPACING_MAX = 4,
        }
        enum FontStyle {
            /** Font is bold. */
            FONT_BOLD = 1,
            
            /** Font is italic or oblique. */
            FONT_ITALIC = 2,
            
            /** Font has fixed-width characters (also known as monospace). */
            FONT_FIXED_WIDTH = 4,
        }
        enum StructuredTextParser {
            /** Use default Unicode BiDi algorithm. */
            STRUCTURED_TEXT_DEFAULT = 0,
            
            /** BiDi override for URI. */
            STRUCTURED_TEXT_URI = 1,
            
            /** BiDi override for file path. */
            STRUCTURED_TEXT_FILE = 2,
            
            /** BiDi override for email. */
            STRUCTURED_TEXT_EMAIL = 3,
            
            /** BiDi override for lists. Structured text options: list separator [String]. */
            STRUCTURED_TEXT_LIST = 4,
            
            /** BiDi override for GDScript. */
            STRUCTURED_TEXT_GDSCRIPT = 5,
            
            /** User defined structured text BiDi override function. */
            STRUCTURED_TEXT_CUSTOM = 6,
        }
        enum FixedSizeScaleMode {
            /** Bitmap font is not scaled. */
            FIXED_SIZE_SCALE_DISABLE = 0,
            
            /** Bitmap font is scaled to the closest integer multiple of the font's fixed size. This is the recommended option for pixel art fonts. */
            FIXED_SIZE_SCALE_INTEGER_ONLY = 1,
            
            /** Bitmap font is scaled to an arbitrary (fractional) size. This is the recommended option for non-pixel art fonts. */
            FIXED_SIZE_SCALE_ENABLED = 2,
        }
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapTextServer extends __NameMapRefCounted {
    }
    /** A server interface for font management and text rendering.  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_textserver.html  
     */
    class TextServer extends RefCounted {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** Returns `true` if the server supports a feature. */
        has_feature(feature: TextServer.Feature): boolean
        
        /** Returns the name of the server interface. */
        get_name(): string
        
        /** Returns text server features, see [enum Feature]. */
        get_features(): int64
        
        /** Loads optional TextServer database (e.g. ICU break iterators and dictionaries).  
         *      
         *  **Note:** This function should be called before any other TextServer functions used, otherwise it won't have any effect.  
         */
        load_support_data(filename: string): boolean
        
        /** Returns default TextServer database (e.g. ICU break iterators and dictionaries) filename. */
        get_support_data_filename(): string
        
        /** Returns TextServer database (e.g. ICU break iterators and dictionaries) description. */
        get_support_data_info(): string
        
        /** Saves optional TextServer database (e.g. ICU break iterators and dictionaries) to the file.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** This function is used by during project export, to include TextServer database.  
         */
        save_support_data(filename: string): boolean
        
        /** Returns default TextServer database (e.g. ICU break iterators and dictionaries). */
        get_support_data(): PackedByteArray
        
        /** Returns `true` if locale is right-to-left. */
        is_locale_right_to_left(locale: string): boolean
        
        /** Converts readable feature, variation, script, or language name to OpenType tag. */
        name_to_tag(name: string): int64
        
        /** Converts OpenType tag to readable feature, variation, script, or language name. */
        tag_to_name(tag: int64): string
        
        /** Returns `true` if [param rid] is valid resource owned by this text server. */
        has(rid: RID): boolean
        
        /** Frees an object created by this [TextServer]. */
        free_rid(rid: RID): void
        
        /** Creates a new, empty font cache entry resource. To free the resulting resource, use the [method free_rid] method. */
        create_font(): RID
        
        /** Creates a new variation existing font which is reusing the same glyph cache and font data. To free the resulting resource, use the [method free_rid] method. */
        create_font_linked_variation(font_rid: RID): RID
        
        /** Sets font source data, e.g contents of the dynamic font source file. */
        font_set_data(font_rid: RID, data: PackedByteArray | byte[] | ArrayBuffer): void
        
        /** Sets an active face index in the TrueType / OpenType collection. */
        font_set_face_index(font_rid: RID, face_index: int64): void
        
        /** Returns an active face index in the TrueType / OpenType collection. */
        font_get_face_index(font_rid: RID): int64
        
        /** Returns number of faces in the TrueType / OpenType collection. */
        font_get_face_count(font_rid: RID): int64
        
        /** Sets the font style flags.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** This value is used for font matching only and will not affect font rendering. Use [method font_set_face_index], [method font_set_variation_coordinates], [method font_set_embolden], or [method font_set_transform] instead.  
         */
        font_set_style(font_rid: RID, style: TextServer.FontStyle): void
        
        /** Returns font style flags. */
        font_get_style(font_rid: RID): TextServer.FontStyle
        
        /** Sets the font family name. */
        font_set_name(font_rid: RID, name: string): void
        
        /** Returns font family name. */
        font_get_name(font_rid: RID): string
        
        /** Returns [Dictionary] with OpenType font name strings (localized font names, version, description, license information, sample text, etc.). */
        font_get_ot_name_strings(font_rid: RID): GDictionary
        
        /** Sets the font style name. */
        font_set_style_name(font_rid: RID, name: string): void
        
        /** Returns font style name. */
        font_get_style_name(font_rid: RID): string
        
        /** Sets weight (boldness) of the font. A value in the `100...999` range, normal font weight is `400`, bold font weight is `700`.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** This value is used for font matching only and will not affect font rendering. Use [method font_set_face_index], [method font_set_variation_coordinates], or [method font_set_embolden] instead.  
         */
        font_set_weight(font_rid: RID, weight: int64): void
        
        /** Returns weight (boldness) of the font. A value in the `100...999` range, normal font weight is `400`, bold font weight is `700`. */
        font_get_weight(font_rid: RID): int64
        
        /** Sets font stretch amount, compared to a normal width. A percentage value between `50%` and `200%`.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** This value is used for font matching only and will not affect font rendering. Use [method font_set_face_index], [method font_set_variation_coordinates], or [method font_set_transform] instead.  
         */
        font_set_stretch(font_rid: RID, weight: int64): void
        
        /** Returns font stretch amount, compared to a normal width. A percentage value between `50%` and `200%`. */
        font_get_stretch(font_rid: RID): int64
        
        /** Sets font anti-aliasing mode. */
        font_set_antialiasing(font_rid: RID, antialiasing: TextServer.FontAntialiasing): void
        
        /** Returns font anti-aliasing mode. */
        font_get_antialiasing(font_rid: RID): TextServer.FontAntialiasing
        
        /** If set to `true`, embedded font bitmap loading is disabled (bitmap-only and color fonts ignore this property). */
        font_set_disable_embedded_bitmaps(font_rid: RID, disable_embedded_bitmaps: boolean): void
        
        /** Returns whether the font's embedded bitmap loading is disabled. */
        font_get_disable_embedded_bitmaps(font_rid: RID): boolean
        
        /** If set to `true` font texture mipmap generation is enabled. */
        font_set_generate_mipmaps(font_rid: RID, generate_mipmaps: boolean): void
        
        /** Returns `true` if font texture mipmap generation is enabled. */
        font_get_generate_mipmaps(font_rid: RID): boolean
        
        /** If set to `true`, glyphs of all sizes are rendered using single multichannel signed distance field generated from the dynamic font vector data. MSDF rendering allows displaying the font at any scaling factor without blurriness, and without incurring a CPU cost when the font size changes (since the font no longer needs to be rasterized on the CPU). As a downside, font hinting is not available with MSDF. The lack of font hinting may result in less crisp and less readable fonts at small sizes.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** MSDF font rendering does not render glyphs with overlapping shapes correctly. Overlapping shapes are not valid per the OpenType standard, but are still commonly found in many font files, especially those converted by Google Fonts. To avoid issues with overlapping glyphs, consider downloading the font file directly from the type foundry instead of relying on Google Fonts.  
         */
        font_set_multichannel_signed_distance_field(font_rid: RID, msdf: boolean): void
        
        /** Returns `true` if glyphs of all sizes are rendered using single multichannel signed distance field generated from the dynamic font vector data. */
        font_is_multichannel_signed_distance_field(font_rid: RID): boolean
        
        /** Sets the width of the range around the shape between the minimum and maximum representable signed distance. */
        font_set_msdf_pixel_range(font_rid: RID, msdf_pixel_range: int64): void
        
        /** Returns the width of the range around the shape between the minimum and maximum representable signed distance. */
        font_get_msdf_pixel_range(font_rid: RID): int64
        
        /** Sets source font size used to generate MSDF textures. */
        font_set_msdf_size(font_rid: RID, msdf_size: int64): void
        
        /** Returns source font size used to generate MSDF textures. */
        font_get_msdf_size(font_rid: RID): int64
        
        /** Sets bitmap font fixed size. If set to value greater than zero, same cache entry will be used for all font sizes. */
        font_set_fixed_size(font_rid: RID, fixed_size: int64): void
        
        /** Returns bitmap font fixed size. */
        font_get_fixed_size(font_rid: RID): int64
        
        /** Sets bitmap font scaling mode. This property is used only if `fixed_size` is greater than zero. */
        font_set_fixed_size_scale_mode(font_rid: RID, fixed_size_scale_mode: TextServer.FixedSizeScaleMode): void
        
        /** Returns bitmap font scaling mode. */
        font_get_fixed_size_scale_mode(font_rid: RID): TextServer.FixedSizeScaleMode
        
        /** If set to `true`, system fonts can be automatically used as fallbacks. */
        font_set_allow_system_fallback(font_rid: RID, allow_system_fallback: boolean): void
        
        /** Returns `true` if system fonts can be automatically used as fallbacks. */
        font_is_allow_system_fallback(font_rid: RID): boolean
        
        /** Frees all automatically loaded system fonts. */
        font_clear_system_fallback_cache(): void
        
        /** If set to `true` auto-hinting is preferred over font built-in hinting. */
        font_set_force_autohinter(font_rid: RID, force_autohinter: boolean): void
        
        /** Returns `true` if auto-hinting is supported and preferred over font built-in hinting. Used by dynamic fonts only. */
        font_is_force_autohinter(font_rid: RID): boolean
        
        /** If set to `true`, color modulation is applied when drawing colored glyphs, otherwise it's applied to the monochrome glyphs only. */
        font_set_modulate_color_glyphs(font_rid: RID, force_autohinter: boolean): void
        
        /** Returns `true`, if color modulation is applied when drawing colored glyphs. */
        font_is_modulate_color_glyphs(font_rid: RID): boolean
        
        /** Sets font hinting mode. Used by dynamic fonts only. */
        font_set_hinting(font_rid: RID, hinting: TextServer.Hinting): void
        
        /** Returns the font hinting mode. Used by dynamic fonts only. */
        font_get_hinting(font_rid: RID): TextServer.Hinting
        
        /** Sets font subpixel glyph positioning mode. */
        font_set_subpixel_positioning(font_rid: RID, subpixel_positioning: TextServer.SubpixelPositioning): void
        
        /** Returns font subpixel glyph positioning mode. */
        font_get_subpixel_positioning(font_rid: RID): TextServer.SubpixelPositioning
        
        /** Sets glyph position rounding behavior. If set to `true`, when aligning glyphs to the pixel boundaries rounding remainders are accumulated to ensure more uniform glyph distribution. This setting has no effect if subpixel positioning is enabled. */
        font_set_keep_rounding_remainders(font_rid: RID, keep_rounding_remainders: boolean): void
        
        /** Returns glyph position rounding behavior. If set to `true`, when aligning glyphs to the pixel boundaries rounding remainders are accumulated to ensure more uniform glyph distribution. This setting has no effect if subpixel positioning is enabled. */
        font_get_keep_rounding_remainders(font_rid: RID): boolean
        
        /** Sets font embolden strength. If [param strength] is not equal to zero, emboldens the font outlines. Negative values reduce the outline thickness. */
        font_set_embolden(font_rid: RID, strength: float64): void
        
        /** Returns font embolden strength. */
        font_get_embolden(font_rid: RID): float64
        
        /** Sets the spacing for [param spacing] to [param value] in pixels (not relative to the font size). */
        font_set_spacing(font_rid: RID, spacing: TextServer.SpacingType, value: int64): void
        
        /** Returns the spacing for [param spacing] in pixels (not relative to the font size). */
        font_get_spacing(font_rid: RID, spacing: TextServer.SpacingType): int64
        
        /** Sets extra baseline offset (as a fraction of font height). */
        font_set_baseline_offset(font_rid: RID, baseline_offset: float64): void
        
        /** Returns extra baseline offset (as a fraction of font height). */
        font_get_baseline_offset(font_rid: RID): float64
        
        /** Sets 2D transform, applied to the font outlines, can be used for slanting, flipping, and rotating glyphs.  
         *  For example, to simulate italic typeface by slanting, apply the following transform `Transform2D(1.0, slant, 0.0, 1.0, 0.0, 0.0)`.  
         */
        font_set_transform(font_rid: RID, transform: Transform2D): void
        
        /** Returns 2D transform applied to the font outlines. */
        font_get_transform(font_rid: RID): Transform2D
        
        /** Sets variation coordinates for the specified font cache entry. See [method font_supported_variation_list] for more info. */
        font_set_variation_coordinates(font_rid: RID, variation_coordinates: GDictionary): void
        
        /** Returns variation coordinates for the specified font cache entry. See [method font_supported_variation_list] for more info. */
        font_get_variation_coordinates(font_rid: RID): GDictionary
        
        /** If set to a positive value, overrides the oversampling factor of the viewport this font is used in. See [member Viewport.oversampling]. This value doesn't override the [code skip-lint]oversampling` parameter of [code skip-lint]draw_*` methods. Used by dynamic fonts only. */
        font_set_oversampling(font_rid: RID, oversampling: float64): void
        
        /** Returns oversampling factor override. If set to a positive value, overrides the oversampling factor of the viewport this font is used in. See [member Viewport.oversampling]. This value doesn't override the [code skip-lint]oversampling` parameter of [code skip-lint]draw_*` methods. Used by dynamic fonts only. */
        font_get_oversampling(font_rid: RID): float64
        
        /** Returns list of the font sizes in the cache. Each size is [Vector2i] with font size and outline size. */
        font_get_size_cache_list(font_rid: RID): GArray<Vector2i>
        
        /** Removes all font sizes from the cache entry. */
        font_clear_size_cache(font_rid: RID): void
        
        /** Removes specified font size from the cache entry. */
        font_remove_size_cache(font_rid: RID, size: Vector2i): void
        
        /** Returns font cache information, each entry contains the following fields: `Vector2i size_px` - font size in pixels, `float viewport_oversampling` - viewport oversampling factor, `int glyphs` - number of rendered glyphs, `int textures` - number of used textures, `int textures_size` - size of texture data in bytes. */
        font_get_size_cache_info(font_rid: RID): GArray<GDictionary>
        
        /** Sets the font ascent (number of pixels above the baseline). */
        font_set_ascent(font_rid: RID, size: int64, ascent: float64): void
        
        /** Returns the font ascent (number of pixels above the baseline). */
        font_get_ascent(font_rid: RID, size: int64): float64
        
        /** Sets the font descent (number of pixels below the baseline). */
        font_set_descent(font_rid: RID, size: int64, descent: float64): void
        
        /** Returns the font descent (number of pixels below the baseline). */
        font_get_descent(font_rid: RID, size: int64): float64
        
        /** Sets pixel offset of the underline below the baseline. */
        font_set_underline_position(font_rid: RID, size: int64, underline_position: float64): void
        
        /** Returns pixel offset of the underline below the baseline. */
        font_get_underline_position(font_rid: RID, size: int64): float64
        
        /** Sets thickness of the underline in pixels. */
        font_set_underline_thickness(font_rid: RID, size: int64, underline_thickness: float64): void
        
        /** Returns thickness of the underline in pixels. */
        font_get_underline_thickness(font_rid: RID, size: int64): float64
        
        /** Sets scaling factor of the color bitmap font. */
        font_set_scale(font_rid: RID, size: int64, scale: float64): void
        
        /** Returns scaling factor of the color bitmap font. */
        font_get_scale(font_rid: RID, size: int64): float64
        
        /** Returns number of textures used by font cache entry. */
        font_get_texture_count(font_rid: RID, size: Vector2i): int64
        
        /** Removes all textures from font cache entry.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** This function will not remove glyphs associated with the texture, use [method font_remove_glyph] to remove them manually.  
         */
        font_clear_textures(font_rid: RID, size: Vector2i): void
        
        /** Removes specified texture from the cache entry.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** This function will not remove glyphs associated with the texture, remove them manually, using [method font_remove_glyph].  
         */
        font_remove_texture(font_rid: RID, size: Vector2i, texture_index: int64): void
        
        /** Sets font cache texture image data. */
        font_set_texture_image(font_rid: RID, size: Vector2i, texture_index: int64, image: Image): void
        
        /** Returns font cache texture image data. */
        font_get_texture_image(font_rid: RID, size: Vector2i, texture_index: int64): null | Image
        
        /** Sets array containing glyph packing data. */
        font_set_texture_offsets(font_rid: RID, size: Vector2i, texture_index: int64, offset: PackedInt32Array | int32[]): void
        
        /** Returns array containing glyph packing data. */
        font_get_texture_offsets(font_rid: RID, size: Vector2i, texture_index: int64): PackedInt32Array
        
        /** Returns list of rendered glyphs in the cache entry. */
        font_get_glyph_list(font_rid: RID, size: Vector2i): PackedInt32Array
        
        /** Removes all rendered glyph information from the cache entry.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** This function will not remove textures associated with the glyphs, use [method font_remove_texture] to remove them manually.  
         */
        font_clear_glyphs(font_rid: RID, size: Vector2i): void
        
        /** Removes specified rendered glyph information from the cache entry.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** This function will not remove textures associated with the glyphs, use [method font_remove_texture] to remove them manually.  
         */
        font_remove_glyph(font_rid: RID, size: Vector2i, glyph: int64): void
        
        /** Returns glyph advance (offset of the next glyph).  
         *      
         *  **Note:** Advance for glyphs outlines is the same as the base glyph advance and is not saved.  
         */
        font_get_glyph_advance(font_rid: RID, size: int64, glyph: int64): Vector2
        
        /** Sets glyph advance (offset of the next glyph).  
         *      
         *  **Note:** Advance for glyphs outlines is the same as the base glyph advance and is not saved.  
         */
        font_set_glyph_advance(font_rid: RID, size: int64, glyph: int64, advance: Vector2): void
        
        /** Returns glyph offset from the baseline. */
        font_get_glyph_offset(font_rid: RID, size: Vector2i, glyph: int64): Vector2
        
        /** Sets glyph offset from the baseline. */
        font_set_glyph_offset(font_rid: RID, size: Vector2i, glyph: int64, offset: Vector2): void
        
        /** Returns size of the glyph. */
        font_get_glyph_size(font_rid: RID, size: Vector2i, glyph: int64): Vector2
        
        /** Sets size of the glyph. */
        font_set_glyph_size(font_rid: RID, size: Vector2i, glyph: int64, gl_size: Vector2): void
        
        /** Returns rectangle in the cache texture containing the glyph. */
        font_get_glyph_uv_rect(font_rid: RID, size: Vector2i, glyph: int64): Rect2
        
        /** Sets rectangle in the cache texture containing the glyph. */
        font_set_glyph_uv_rect(font_rid: RID, size: Vector2i, glyph: int64, uv_rect: Rect2): void
        
        /** Returns index of the cache texture containing the glyph. */
        font_get_glyph_texture_idx(font_rid: RID, size: Vector2i, glyph: int64): int64
        
        /** Sets index of the cache texture containing the glyph. */
        font_set_glyph_texture_idx(font_rid: RID, size: Vector2i, glyph: int64, texture_idx: int64): void
        
        /** Returns resource ID of the cache texture containing the glyph.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** If there are pending glyphs to render, calling this function might trigger the texture cache update.  
         */
        font_get_glyph_texture_rid(font_rid: RID, size: Vector2i, glyph: int64): RID
        
        /** Returns size of the cache texture containing the glyph.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** If there are pending glyphs to render, calling this function might trigger the texture cache update.  
         */
        font_get_glyph_texture_size(font_rid: RID, size: Vector2i, glyph: int64): Vector2
        
        /** Returns outline contours of the glyph as a [Dictionary] with the following contents:  
         *  `points`         - [PackedVector3Array], containing outline points. `x` and `y` are point coordinates. `z` is the type of the point, using the [enum ContourPointTag] values.  
         *  `contours`       - [PackedInt32Array], containing indices the end points of each contour.  
         *  `orientation`    - [bool], contour orientation. If `true`, clockwise contours must be filled.  
         *  - Two successive [constant CONTOUR_CURVE_TAG_ON] points indicate a line segment.  
         *  - One [constant CONTOUR_CURVE_TAG_OFF_CONIC] point between two [constant CONTOUR_CURVE_TAG_ON] points indicates a single conic (quadratic) Bézier arc.  
         *  - Two [constant CONTOUR_CURVE_TAG_OFF_CUBIC] points between two [constant CONTOUR_CURVE_TAG_ON] points indicate a single cubic Bézier arc.  
         *  - Two successive [constant CONTOUR_CURVE_TAG_OFF_CONIC] points indicate two successive conic (quadratic) Bézier arcs with a virtual [constant CONTOUR_CURVE_TAG_ON] point at their middle.  
         *  - Each contour is closed. The last point of a contour uses the first point of a contour as its next point, and vice versa. The first point can be [constant CONTOUR_CURVE_TAG_OFF_CONIC] point.  
         */
        font_get_glyph_contours(font: RID, size: int64, index: int64): GDictionary
        
        /** Returns list of the kerning overrides. */
        font_get_kerning_list(font_rid: RID, size: int64): GArray<Vector2i>
        
        /** Removes all kerning overrides. */
        font_clear_kerning_map(font_rid: RID, size: int64): void
        
        /** Removes kerning override for the pair of glyphs. */
        font_remove_kerning(font_rid: RID, size: int64, glyph_pair: Vector2i): void
        
        /** Sets kerning for the pair of glyphs. */
        font_set_kerning(font_rid: RID, size: int64, glyph_pair: Vector2i, kerning: Vector2): void
        
        /** Returns kerning for the pair of glyphs. */
        font_get_kerning(font_rid: RID, size: int64, glyph_pair: Vector2i): Vector2
        
        /** Returns the glyph index of a [param char], optionally modified by the [param variation_selector]. See [method font_get_char_from_glyph_index]. */
        font_get_glyph_index(font_rid: RID, size: int64, char: int64, variation_selector: int64): int64
        
        /** Returns character code associated with [param glyph_index], or `0` if [param glyph_index] is invalid. See [method font_get_glyph_index]. */
        font_get_char_from_glyph_index(font_rid: RID, size: int64, glyph_index: int64): int64
        
        /** Returns `true` if a Unicode [param char] is available in the font. */
        font_has_char(font_rid: RID, char: int64): boolean
        
        /** Returns a string containing all the characters available in the font. */
        font_get_supported_chars(font_rid: RID): string
        
        /** Returns an array containing all glyph indices in the font. */
        font_get_supported_glyphs(font_rid: RID): PackedInt32Array
        
        /** Renders the range of characters to the font cache texture. */
        font_render_range(font_rid: RID, size: Vector2i, start: int64, end: int64): void
        
        /** Renders specified glyph to the font cache texture. */
        font_render_glyph(font_rid: RID, size: Vector2i, index: int64): void
        
        /** Draws single glyph into a canvas item at the position, using [param font_rid] at the size [param size]. If [param oversampling] is greater than zero, it is used as font oversampling factor, otherwise viewport oversampling settings are used.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** Glyph index is specific to the font, use glyphs indices returned by [method shaped_text_get_glyphs] or [method font_get_glyph_index].  
         *      
         *  **Note:** If there are pending glyphs to render, calling this function might trigger the texture cache update.  
         */
        font_draw_glyph(font_rid: RID, canvas: RID, size: int64, pos: Vector2, index: int64, color?: Color /* = new Color(1, 1, 1, 1) */, oversampling?: float64 /* = 0 */): void
        
        /** Draws single glyph outline of size [param outline_size] into a canvas item at the position, using [param font_rid] at the size [param size]. If [param oversampling] is greater than zero, it is used as font oversampling factor, otherwise viewport oversampling settings are used.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** Glyph index is specific to the font, use glyphs indices returned by [method shaped_text_get_glyphs] or [method font_get_glyph_index].  
         *      
         *  **Note:** If there are pending glyphs to render, calling this function might trigger the texture cache update.  
         */
        font_draw_glyph_outline(font_rid: RID, canvas: RID, size: int64, outline_size: int64, pos: Vector2, index: int64, color?: Color /* = new Color(1, 1, 1, 1) */, oversampling?: float64 /* = 0 */): void
        
        /** Returns `true`, if font supports given language ([url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_639-1]ISO 639[/url] code). */
        font_is_language_supported(font_rid: RID, language: string): boolean
        
        /** Adds override for [method font_is_language_supported]. */
        font_set_language_support_override(font_rid: RID, language: string, supported: boolean): void
        
        /** Returns `true` if support override is enabled for the [param language]. */
        font_get_language_support_override(font_rid: RID, language: string): boolean
        
        /** Remove language support override. */
        font_remove_language_support_override(font_rid: RID, language: string): void
        
        /** Returns list of language support overrides. */
        font_get_language_support_overrides(font_rid: RID): PackedStringArray
        
        /** Returns `true`, if font supports given script (ISO 15924 code). */
        font_is_script_supported(font_rid: RID, script: string): boolean
        
        /** Adds override for [method font_is_script_supported]. */
        font_set_script_support_override(font_rid: RID, script: string, supported: boolean): void
        
        /** Returns `true` if support override is enabled for the [param script]. */
        font_get_script_support_override(font_rid: RID, script: string): boolean
        
        /** Removes script support override. */
        font_remove_script_support_override(font_rid: RID, script: string): void
        
        /** Returns list of script support overrides. */
        font_get_script_support_overrides(font_rid: RID): PackedStringArray
        
        /** Sets font OpenType feature set override. */
        font_set_opentype_feature_overrides(font_rid: RID, overrides: GDictionary): void
        
        /** Returns font OpenType feature set override. */
        font_get_opentype_feature_overrides(font_rid: RID): GDictionary
        
        /** Returns the dictionary of the supported OpenType features. */
        font_supported_feature_list(font_rid: RID): GDictionary
        
        /** Returns the dictionary of the supported OpenType variation coordinates. */
        font_supported_variation_list(font_rid: RID): GDictionary
        
        /** Deprecated. This method always returns `1.0`. */
        font_get_global_oversampling(): float64
        
        /** Deprecated. This method does nothing. */
        font_set_global_oversampling(oversampling: float64): void
        
        /** Returns size of the replacement character (box with character hexadecimal code that is drawn in place of invalid characters). */
        get_hex_code_box_size(size: int64, index: int64): Vector2
        
        /** Draws box displaying character hexadecimal code. Used for replacing missing characters. */
        draw_hex_code_box(canvas: RID, size: int64, pos: Vector2, index: int64, color: Color): void
        
        /** Creates a new buffer for complex text layout, with the given [param direction] and [param orientation]. To free the resulting buffer, use [method free_rid] method.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** Direction is ignored if server does not support [constant FEATURE_BIDI_LAYOUT] feature (supported by [TextServerAdvanced]).  
         *      
         *  **Note:** Orientation is ignored if server does not support [constant FEATURE_VERTICAL_LAYOUT] feature (supported by [TextServerAdvanced]).  
         */
        create_shaped_text(direction?: TextServer.Direction /* = 0 */, orientation?: TextServer.Orientation /* = 0 */): RID
        
        /** Clears text buffer (removes text and inline objects). */
        shaped_text_clear(rid: RID): void
        
        /** Sets desired text direction. If set to [constant DIRECTION_AUTO], direction will be detected based on the buffer contents and current locale.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** Direction is ignored if server does not support [constant FEATURE_BIDI_LAYOUT] feature (supported by [TextServerAdvanced]).  
         */
        shaped_text_set_direction(shaped: RID, direction?: TextServer.Direction /* = 0 */): void
        
        /** Returns direction of the text. */
        shaped_text_get_direction(shaped: RID): TextServer.Direction
        
        /** Returns direction of the text, inferred by the BiDi algorithm. */
        shaped_text_get_inferred_direction(shaped: RID): TextServer.Direction
        
        /** Overrides BiDi for the structured text.  
         *  Override ranges should cover full source text without overlaps. BiDi algorithm will be used on each range separately.  
         */
        shaped_text_set_bidi_override(shaped: RID, override: GArray): void
        
        /** Sets custom punctuation character list, used for word breaking. If set to empty string, server defaults are used. */
        shaped_text_set_custom_punctuation(shaped: RID, punct: string): void
        
        /** Returns custom punctuation character list, used for word breaking. If set to empty string, server defaults are used. */
        shaped_text_get_custom_punctuation(shaped: RID): string
        
        /** Sets ellipsis character used for text clipping. */
        shaped_text_set_custom_ellipsis(shaped: RID, char: int64): void
        
        /** Returns ellipsis character used for text clipping. */
        shaped_text_get_custom_ellipsis(shaped: RID): int64
        
        /** Sets desired text orientation.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** Orientation is ignored if server does not support [constant FEATURE_VERTICAL_LAYOUT] feature (supported by [TextServerAdvanced]).  
         */
        shaped_text_set_orientation(shaped: RID, orientation?: TextServer.Orientation /* = 0 */): void
        
        /** Returns text orientation. */
        shaped_text_get_orientation(shaped: RID): TextServer.Orientation
        
        /** If set to `true` text buffer will display invalid characters as hexadecimal codes, otherwise nothing is displayed. */
        shaped_text_set_preserve_invalid(shaped: RID, enabled: boolean): void
        
        /** Returns `true` if text buffer is configured to display hexadecimal codes in place of invalid characters.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** If set to `false`, nothing is displayed in place of invalid characters.  
         */
        shaped_text_get_preserve_invalid(shaped: RID): boolean
        
        /** If set to `true` text buffer will display control characters. */
        shaped_text_set_preserve_control(shaped: RID, enabled: boolean): void
        
        /** Returns `true` if text buffer is configured to display control characters. */
        shaped_text_get_preserve_control(shaped: RID): boolean
        
        /** Sets extra spacing added between glyphs or lines in pixels. */
        shaped_text_set_spacing(shaped: RID, spacing: TextServer.SpacingType, value: int64): void
        
        /** Returns extra spacing added between glyphs or lines in pixels. */
        shaped_text_get_spacing(shaped: RID, spacing: TextServer.SpacingType): int64
        
        /** Adds text span and font to draw it to the text buffer. */
        shaped_text_add_string(shaped: RID, text: string, fonts: GArray<RID>, size: int64, opentype_features?: GDictionary /* = new GDictionary() */, language?: string /* = '' */, meta?: any /* = <any> {} */): boolean
        
        /** Adds inline object to the text buffer, [param key] must be unique. In the text, object is represented as [param length] object replacement characters. */
        shaped_text_add_object(shaped: RID, key: any, size: Vector2, inline_align?: InlineAlignment /* = 5 */, length?: int64 /* = 1 */, baseline?: float64 /* = 0 */): boolean
        
        /** Sets new size and alignment of embedded object. */
        shaped_text_resize_object(shaped: RID, key: any, size: Vector2, inline_align?: InlineAlignment /* = 5 */, baseline?: float64 /* = 0 */): boolean
        
        /** Returns the text buffer source text, including object replacement characters. */
        shaped_get_text(shaped: RID): string
        
        /** Returns number of text spans added using [method shaped_text_add_string] or [method shaped_text_add_object]. */
        shaped_get_span_count(shaped: RID): int64
        
        /** Returns text span metadata. */
        shaped_get_span_meta(shaped: RID, index: int64): any
        
        /** Returns text embedded object key. */
        shaped_get_span_embedded_object(shaped: RID, index: int64): any
        
        /** Returns the text span source text. */
        shaped_get_span_text(shaped: RID, index: int64): string
        
        /** Returns the text span embedded object key. */
        shaped_get_span_object(shaped: RID, index: int64): any
        
        /** Changes text span font, font size, and OpenType features, without changing the text. */
        shaped_set_span_update_font(shaped: RID, index: int64, fonts: GArray<RID>, size: int64, opentype_features?: GDictionary /* = new GDictionary() */): void
        
        /** Returns the number of uniform text runs in the buffer. */
        shaped_get_run_count(shaped: RID): int64
        
        /** Returns the source text of the [param index] text run (in visual order). */
        shaped_get_run_text(shaped: RID, index: int64): string
        
        /** Returns the source text range of the [param index] text run (in visual order). */
        shaped_get_run_range(shaped: RID, index: int64): Vector2i
        
        /** Returns the font RID of the [param index] text run (in visual order). */
        shaped_get_run_font_rid(shaped: RID, index: int64): RID
        
        /** Returns the font size of the [param index] text run (in visual order). */
        shaped_get_run_font_size(shaped: RID, index: int64): int64
        
        /** Returns the language of the [param index] text run (in visual order). */
        shaped_get_run_language(shaped: RID, index: int64): string
        
        /** Returns the direction of the [param index] text run (in visual order). */
        shaped_get_run_direction(shaped: RID, index: int64): TextServer.Direction
        
        /** Returns the embedded object of the [param index] text run (in visual order). */
        shaped_get_run_object(shaped: RID, index: int64): any
        
        /** Returns text buffer for the substring of the text in the [param shaped] text buffer (including inline objects). */
        shaped_text_substr(shaped: RID, start: int64, length: int64): RID
        
        /** Returns the parent buffer from which the substring originates. */
        shaped_text_get_parent(shaped: RID): RID
        
        /** Adjusts text width to fit to specified width, returns new text width. */
        shaped_text_fit_to_width(shaped: RID, width: float64, justification_flags?: TextServer.JustificationFlag /* = 3 */): float64
        
        /** Aligns shaped text to the given tab-stops. */
        shaped_text_tab_align(shaped: RID, tab_stops: PackedFloat32Array | float32[]): float64
        
        /** Shapes buffer if it's not shaped. Returns `true` if the string is shaped successfully.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** It is not necessary to call this function manually, buffer will be shaped automatically as soon as any of its output data is requested.  
         */
        shaped_text_shape(shaped: RID): boolean
        
        /** Returns `true` if buffer is successfully shaped. */
        shaped_text_is_ready(shaped: RID): boolean
        
        /** Returns `true` if text buffer contains any visible characters. */
        shaped_text_has_visible_chars(shaped: RID): boolean
        
        /** Returns an array of glyphs in the visual order. */
        shaped_text_get_glyphs(shaped: RID): GArray<GDictionary>
        
        /** Returns text glyphs in the logical order. */
        shaped_text_sort_logical(shaped: RID): GArray<GDictionary>
        
        /** Returns number of glyphs in the buffer. */
        shaped_text_get_glyph_count(shaped: RID): int64
        
        /** Returns substring buffer character range in the parent buffer. */
        shaped_text_get_range(shaped: RID): Vector2i
        
        /** Breaks text to the lines and columns. Returns character ranges for each segment. */
        shaped_text_get_line_breaks_adv(shaped: RID, width: PackedFloat32Array | float32[], start?: int64 /* = 0 */, once?: boolean /* = true */, break_flags?: TextServer.LineBreakFlag /* = 3 */): PackedInt32Array
        
        /** Breaks text to the lines and returns character ranges for each line. */
        shaped_text_get_line_breaks(shaped: RID, width: float64, start?: int64 /* = 0 */, break_flags?: TextServer.LineBreakFlag /* = 3 */): PackedInt32Array
        
        /** Breaks text into words and returns array of character ranges. Use [param grapheme_flags] to set what characters are used for breaking. */
        shaped_text_get_word_breaks(shaped: RID, grapheme_flags?: TextServer.GraphemeFlag /* = 264 */, skip_grapheme_flags?: TextServer.GraphemeFlag /* = 4 */): PackedInt32Array
        
        /** Returns the position of the overrun trim. */
        shaped_text_get_trim_pos(shaped: RID): int64
        
        /** Returns position of the ellipsis. */
        shaped_text_get_ellipsis_pos(shaped: RID): int64
        
        /** Returns array of the glyphs in the ellipsis. */
        shaped_text_get_ellipsis_glyphs(shaped: RID): GArray<GDictionary>
        
        /** Returns number of glyphs in the ellipsis. */
        shaped_text_get_ellipsis_glyph_count(shaped: RID): int64
        
        /** Trims text if it exceeds the given width. */
        shaped_text_overrun_trim_to_width(shaped: RID, width?: float64 /* = 0 */, overrun_trim_flags?: TextServer.TextOverrunFlag /* = 0 */): void
        
        /** Returns array of inline objects. */
        shaped_text_get_objects(shaped: RID): GArray
        
        /** Returns bounding rectangle of the inline object. */
        shaped_text_get_object_rect(shaped: RID, key: any): Rect2
        
        /** Returns the character range of the inline object. */
        shaped_text_get_object_range(shaped: RID, key: any): Vector2i
        
        /** Returns the glyph index of the inline object. */
        shaped_text_get_object_glyph(shaped: RID, key: any): int64
        
        /** Returns size of the text. */
        shaped_text_get_size(shaped: RID): Vector2
        
        /** Returns the text ascent (number of pixels above the baseline for horizontal layout or to the left of baseline for vertical).  
         *      
         *  **Note:** Overall ascent can be higher than font ascent, if some glyphs are displaced from the baseline.  
         */
        shaped_text_get_ascent(shaped: RID): float64
        
        /** Returns the text descent (number of pixels below the baseline for horizontal layout or to the right of baseline for vertical).  
         *      
         *  **Note:** Overall descent can be higher than font descent, if some glyphs are displaced from the baseline.  
         */
        shaped_text_get_descent(shaped: RID): float64
        
        /** Returns width (for horizontal layout) or height (for vertical) of the text. */
        shaped_text_get_width(shaped: RID): float64
        
        /** Returns pixel offset of the underline below the baseline. */
        shaped_text_get_underline_position(shaped: RID): float64
        
        /** Returns thickness of the underline. */
        shaped_text_get_underline_thickness(shaped: RID): float64
        
        /** Returns shapes of the carets corresponding to the character offset [param position] in the text. Returned caret shape is 1 pixel wide rectangle. */
        shaped_text_get_carets(shaped: RID, position: int64): GDictionary
        
        /** Returns selection rectangles for the specified character range. */
        shaped_text_get_selection(shaped: RID, start: int64, end: int64): PackedVector2Array
        
        /** Returns grapheme index at the specified pixel offset at the baseline, or `-1` if none is found. */
        shaped_text_hit_test_grapheme(shaped: RID, coords: float64): int64
        
        /** Returns caret character offset at the specified pixel offset at the baseline. This function always returns a valid position. */
        shaped_text_hit_test_position(shaped: RID, coords: float64): int64
        
        /** Returns composite character's bounds as offsets from the start of the line. */
        shaped_text_get_grapheme_bounds(shaped: RID, pos: int64): Vector2
        
        /** Returns grapheme end position closest to the [param pos]. */
        shaped_text_next_grapheme_pos(shaped: RID, pos: int64): int64
        
        /** Returns grapheme start position closest to the [param pos]. */
        shaped_text_prev_grapheme_pos(shaped: RID, pos: int64): int64
        
        /** Returns array of the composite character boundaries. */
        shaped_text_get_character_breaks(shaped: RID): PackedInt32Array
        
        /** Returns composite character end position closest to the [param pos]. */
        shaped_text_next_character_pos(shaped: RID, pos: int64): int64
        
        /** Returns composite character start position closest to the [param pos]. */
        shaped_text_prev_character_pos(shaped: RID, pos: int64): int64
        
        /** Returns composite character position closest to the [param pos]. */
        shaped_text_closest_character_pos(shaped: RID, pos: int64): int64
        
        /** Draw shaped text into a canvas item at a given position, with [param color]. [param pos] specifies the leftmost point of the baseline (for horizontal layout) or topmost point of the baseline (for vertical layout). If [param oversampling] is greater than zero, it is used as font oversampling factor, otherwise viewport oversampling settings are used.  
         *  [param clip_l] and [param clip_r] are offsets relative to [param pos], going to the right in horizontal layout and downward in vertical layout. If [param clip_l] is not negative, glyphs starting before the offset are clipped. If [param clip_r] is not negative, glyphs ending after the offset are clipped.  
         */
        shaped_text_draw(shaped: RID, canvas: RID, pos: Vector2, clip_l?: float64 /* = -1 */, clip_r?: float64 /* = -1 */, color?: Color /* = new Color(1, 1, 1, 1) */, oversampling?: float64 /* = 0 */): void
        
        /** Draw the outline of the shaped text into a canvas item at a given position, with [param color]. [param pos] specifies the leftmost point of the baseline (for horizontal layout) or topmost point of the baseline (for vertical layout). If [param oversampling] is greater than zero, it is used as font oversampling factor, otherwise viewport oversampling settings are used.  
         *  [param clip_l] and [param clip_r] are offsets relative to [param pos], going to the right in horizontal layout and downward in vertical layout. If [param clip_l] is not negative, glyphs starting before the offset are clipped. If [param clip_r] is not negative, glyphs ending after the offset are clipped.  
         */
        shaped_text_draw_outline(shaped: RID, canvas: RID, pos: Vector2, clip_l?: float64 /* = -1 */, clip_r?: float64 /* = -1 */, outline_size?: int64 /* = 1 */, color?: Color /* = new Color(1, 1, 1, 1) */, oversampling?: float64 /* = 0 */): void
        
        /** Returns dominant direction of in the range of text. */
        shaped_text_get_dominant_direction_in_range(shaped: RID, start: int64, end: int64): TextServer.Direction
        
        /** Converts a number from the Western Arabic (0..9) to the numeral systems used in [param language].  
         *  If [param language] is omitted, the active locale will be used.  
         */
        format_number(number: string, language?: string /* = '' */): string
        
        /** Converts [param number] from the numeral systems used in [param language] to Western Arabic (0..9). */
        parse_number(number: string, language?: string /* = '' */): string
        
        /** Returns percent sign used in the [param language]. */
        percent_sign(language?: string /* = '' */): string
        
        /** Returns an array of the word break boundaries. Elements in the returned array are the offsets of the start and end of words. Therefore the length of the array is always even.  
         *  When [param chars_per_line] is greater than zero, line break boundaries are returned instead.  
         *    
         */
        string_get_word_breaks(string_: string, language?: string /* = '' */, chars_per_line?: int64 /* = 0 */): PackedInt32Array
        
        /** Returns array of the composite character boundaries.  
         *    
         */
        string_get_character_breaks(string_: string, language?: string /* = '' */): PackedInt32Array
        
        /** Returns index of the first string in [param dict] which is visually confusable with the [param string], or `-1` if none is found.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** This method doesn't detect invisible characters, for spoof detection use it in combination with [method spoof_check].  
         *      
         *  **Note:** Always returns `-1` if the server does not support the [constant FEATURE_UNICODE_SECURITY] feature.  
         */
        is_confusable(string_: string, dict: PackedStringArray | string[]): int64
        
        /** Returns `true` if [param string] is likely to be an attempt at confusing the reader.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** Always returns `false` if the server does not support the [constant FEATURE_UNICODE_SECURITY] feature.  
         */
        spoof_check(string_: string): boolean
        
        /** Strips diacritics from the string.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** The result may be longer or shorter than the original.  
         */
        strip_diacritics(string_: string): string
        
        /** Returns `true` if [param string] is a valid identifier.  
         *  If the text server supports the [constant FEATURE_UNICODE_IDENTIFIERS] feature, a valid identifier must:  
         *  - Conform to normalization form C.  
         *  - Begin with a Unicode character of class XID_Start or `"_"`.  
         *  - May contain Unicode characters of class XID_Continue in the other positions.  
         *  - Use UAX #31 recommended scripts only (mixed scripts are allowed).  
         *  If the [constant FEATURE_UNICODE_IDENTIFIERS] feature is not supported, a valid identifier must:  
         *  - Begin with a Unicode character of class XID_Start or `"_"`.  
         *  - May contain Unicode characters of class XID_Continue in the other positions.  
         */
        is_valid_identifier(string_: string): boolean
        
        /** Returns `true` if the given code point is a valid letter, i.e. it belongs to the Unicode category "L". */
        is_valid_letter(unicode: int64): boolean
        
        /** Returns the string converted to uppercase.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** Casing is locale dependent and context sensitive if server support [constant FEATURE_CONTEXT_SENSITIVE_CASE_CONVERSION] feature (supported by [TextServerAdvanced]).  
         *      
         *  **Note:** The result may be longer or shorter than the original.  
         */
        string_to_upper(string_: string, language?: string /* = '' */): string
        
        /** Returns the string converted to lowercase.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** Casing is locale dependent and context sensitive if server support [constant FEATURE_CONTEXT_SENSITIVE_CASE_CONVERSION] feature (supported by [TextServerAdvanced]).  
         *      
         *  **Note:** The result may be longer or shorter than the original.  
         */
        string_to_lower(string_: string, language?: string /* = '' */): string
        
        /** Returns the string converted to title case.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** Casing is locale dependent and context sensitive if server support [constant FEATURE_CONTEXT_SENSITIVE_CASE_CONVERSION] feature (supported by [TextServerAdvanced]).  
         *      
         *  **Note:** The result may be longer or shorter than the original.  
         */
        string_to_title(string_: string, language?: string /* = '' */): string
        
        /** Default implementation of the BiDi algorithm override function. */
        parse_structured_text(parser_type: TextServer.StructuredTextParser, args: GArray, text: string): GArray<Vector3i>
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapTextServer;
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapTextServerAdvanced extends __NameMapTextServerExtension {
    }
    /** An advanced text server with support for BiDi, complex text layout, and contextual OpenType features. Used in Godot by default.  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_textserveradvanced.html  
     */
    class TextServerAdvanced extends TextServerExtension {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapTextServerAdvanced;
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapTextServerDummy extends __NameMapTextServerExtension {
    }
    /** A dummy text server that can't render text or manage fonts.  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_textserverdummy.html  
     */
    class TextServerDummy extends TextServerExtension {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapTextServerDummy;
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapTextServerExtension extends __NameMapTextServer {
    }
    /** Base class for custom [TextServer] implementations (plugins).  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_textserverextension.html  
     */
    class TextServerExtension extends TextServer {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** Returns `true` if the server supports a feature. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _has_feature(feature: TextServer.Feature): boolean
        
        /** Returns the name of the server interface. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _get_name(): string
        
        /** Returns text server features, see [enum TextServer.Feature]. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _get_features(): int64
        
        /** Frees an object created by this [TextServer]. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _free_rid(rid: RID): void
        
        /** Returns `true` if [param rid] is valid resource owned by this text server. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _has(rid: RID): boolean
        
        /** Loads optional TextServer database (e.g. ICU break iterators and dictionaries). */
        /* gdvirtual */ _load_support_data(filename: string): boolean
        
        /** Returns default TextServer database (e.g. ICU break iterators and dictionaries) filename. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _get_support_data_filename(): string
        
        /** Returns TextServer database (e.g. ICU break iterators and dictionaries) description. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _get_support_data_info(): string
        
        /** Saves optional TextServer database (e.g. ICU break iterators and dictionaries) to the file. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _save_support_data(filename: string): boolean
        
        /** Returns default TextServer database (e.g. ICU break iterators and dictionaries). */
        /* gdvirtual */ _get_support_data(): PackedByteArray
        
        /** Returns `true` if locale is right-to-left. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _is_locale_right_to_left(locale: string): boolean
        
        /** Converts readable feature, variation, script, or language name to OpenType tag. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _name_to_tag(name: string): int64
        
        /** Converts OpenType tag to readable feature, variation, script, or language name. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _tag_to_name(tag: int64): string
        
        /** Creates a new, empty font cache entry resource. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _create_font(): RID
        
        /** Optional, implement if font supports extra spacing or baseline offset.  
         *  Creates a new variation existing font which is reusing the same glyph cache and font data.  
         */
        /* gdvirtual */ _create_font_linked_variation(font_rid: RID): RID
        
        /** Sets font source data, e.g contents of the dynamic font source file. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_set_data(font_rid: RID, data: PackedByteArray | byte[] | ArrayBuffer): void
        
        /** Sets pointer to the font source data, e.g contents of the dynamic font source file. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_set_data_ptr(font_rid: RID, data_ptr: int64, data_size: int64): void
        
        /** Sets an active face index in the TrueType / OpenType collection. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_set_face_index(font_rid: RID, face_index: int64): void
        
        /** Returns an active face index in the TrueType / OpenType collection. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_get_face_index(font_rid: RID): int64
        
        /** Returns number of faces in the TrueType / OpenType collection. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_get_face_count(font_rid: RID): int64
        
        /** Sets the font style flags. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_set_style(font_rid: RID, style: TextServer.FontStyle): void
        
        /** Returns font style flags. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_get_style(font_rid: RID): TextServer.FontStyle
        
        /** Sets the font family name. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_set_name(font_rid: RID, name: string): void
        
        /** Returns font family name. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_get_name(font_rid: RID): string
        
        /** Returns [Dictionary] with OpenType font name strings (localized font names, version, description, license information, sample text, etc.). */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_get_ot_name_strings(font_rid: RID): GDictionary
        
        /** Sets the font style name. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_set_style_name(font_rid: RID, name_style: string): void
        
        /** Returns font style name. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_get_style_name(font_rid: RID): string
        
        /** Sets weight (boldness) of the font. A value in the `100...999` range, normal font weight is `400`, bold font weight is `700`. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_set_weight(font_rid: RID, weight: int64): void
        
        /** Returns weight (boldness) of the font. A value in the `100...999` range, normal font weight is `400`, bold font weight is `700`. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_get_weight(font_rid: RID): int64
        
        /** Sets font stretch amount, compared to a normal width. A percentage value between `50%` and `200%`. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_set_stretch(font_rid: RID, stretch: int64): void
        
        /** Returns font stretch amount, compared to a normal width. A percentage value between `50%` and `200%`. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_get_stretch(font_rid: RID): int64
        
        /** Sets font anti-aliasing mode. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_set_antialiasing(font_rid: RID, antialiasing: TextServer.FontAntialiasing): void
        
        /** Returns font anti-aliasing mode. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_get_antialiasing(font_rid: RID): TextServer.FontAntialiasing
        
        /** If set to `true`, embedded font bitmap loading is disabled. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_set_disable_embedded_bitmaps(font_rid: RID, disable_embedded_bitmaps: boolean): void
        
        /** Returns whether the font's embedded bitmap loading is disabled. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_get_disable_embedded_bitmaps(font_rid: RID): boolean
        
        /** If set to `true` font texture mipmap generation is enabled. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_set_generate_mipmaps(font_rid: RID, generate_mipmaps: boolean): void
        
        /** Returns `true` if font texture mipmap generation is enabled. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_get_generate_mipmaps(font_rid: RID): boolean
        
        /** If set to `true`, glyphs of all sizes are rendered using single multichannel signed distance field generated from the dynamic font vector data. MSDF rendering allows displaying the font at any scaling factor without blurriness, and without incurring a CPU cost when the font size changes (since the font no longer needs to be rasterized on the CPU). As a downside, font hinting is not available with MSDF. The lack of font hinting may result in less crisp and less readable fonts at small sizes. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_set_multichannel_signed_distance_field(font_rid: RID, msdf: boolean): void
        
        /** Returns `true` if glyphs of all sizes are rendered using single multichannel signed distance field generated from the dynamic font vector data. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_is_multichannel_signed_distance_field(font_rid: RID): boolean
        
        /** Sets the width of the range around the shape between the minimum and maximum representable signed distance. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_set_msdf_pixel_range(font_rid: RID, msdf_pixel_range: int64): void
        
        /** Returns the width of the range around the shape between the minimum and maximum representable signed distance. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_get_msdf_pixel_range(font_rid: RID): int64
        
        /** Sets source font size used to generate MSDF textures. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_set_msdf_size(font_rid: RID, msdf_size: int64): void
        
        /** Returns source font size used to generate MSDF textures. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_get_msdf_size(font_rid: RID): int64
        
        /** Sets bitmap font fixed size. If set to value greater than zero, same cache entry will be used for all font sizes. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_set_fixed_size(font_rid: RID, fixed_size: int64): void
        
        /** Returns bitmap font fixed size. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_get_fixed_size(font_rid: RID): int64
        
        /** Sets bitmap font scaling mode. This property is used only if `fixed_size` is greater than zero. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_set_fixed_size_scale_mode(font_rid: RID, fixed_size_scale_mode: TextServer.FixedSizeScaleMode): void
        
        /** Returns bitmap font scaling mode. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_get_fixed_size_scale_mode(font_rid: RID): TextServer.FixedSizeScaleMode
        
        /** If set to `true`, system fonts can be automatically used as fallbacks. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_set_allow_system_fallback(font_rid: RID, allow_system_fallback: boolean): void
        
        /** Returns `true` if system fonts can be automatically used as fallbacks. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_is_allow_system_fallback(font_rid: RID): boolean
        
        /** Frees all automatically loaded system fonts. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_clear_system_fallback_cache(): void
        
        /** If set to `true` auto-hinting is preferred over font built-in hinting. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_set_force_autohinter(font_rid: RID, force_autohinter: boolean): void
        
        /** Returns `true` if auto-hinting is supported and preferred over font built-in hinting. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_is_force_autohinter(font_rid: RID): boolean
        
        /** If set to `true`, color modulation is applied when drawing colored glyphs, otherwise it's applied to the monochrome glyphs only. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_set_modulate_color_glyphs(font_rid: RID, modulate: boolean): void
        
        /** Returns `true`, if color modulation is applied when drawing colored glyphs. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_is_modulate_color_glyphs(font_rid: RID): boolean
        
        /** Sets font hinting mode. Used by dynamic fonts only. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_set_hinting(font_rid: RID, hinting: TextServer.Hinting): void
        
        /** Returns the font hinting mode. Used by dynamic fonts only. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_get_hinting(font_rid: RID): TextServer.Hinting
        
        /** Sets font subpixel glyph positioning mode. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_set_subpixel_positioning(font_rid: RID, subpixel_positioning: TextServer.SubpixelPositioning): void
        
        /** Returns font subpixel glyph positioning mode. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_get_subpixel_positioning(font_rid: RID): TextServer.SubpixelPositioning
        
        /** Sets glyph position rounding behavior. If set to `true`, when aligning glyphs to the pixel boundaries rounding remainders are accumulated to ensure more uniform glyph distribution. This setting has no effect if subpixel positioning is enabled. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_set_keep_rounding_remainders(font_rid: RID, keep_rounding_remainders: boolean): void
        
        /** Returns glyph position rounding behavior. If set to `true`, when aligning glyphs to the pixel boundaries rounding remainders are accumulated to ensure more uniform glyph distribution. This setting has no effect if subpixel positioning is enabled. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_get_keep_rounding_remainders(font_rid: RID): boolean
        
        /** Sets font embolden strength. If [param strength] is not equal to zero, emboldens the font outlines. Negative values reduce the outline thickness. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_set_embolden(font_rid: RID, strength: float64): void
        
        /** Returns font embolden strength. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_get_embolden(font_rid: RID): float64
        
        /** Sets the spacing for [param spacing] to [param value] in pixels (not relative to the font size). */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_set_spacing(font_rid: RID, spacing: TextServer.SpacingType, value: int64): void
        
        /** Returns the spacing for [param spacing] in pixels (not relative to the font size). */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_get_spacing(font_rid: RID, spacing: TextServer.SpacingType): int64
        
        /** Sets extra baseline offset (as a fraction of font height). */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_set_baseline_offset(font_rid: RID, baseline_offset: float64): void
        
        /** Returns extra baseline offset (as a fraction of font height). */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_get_baseline_offset(font_rid: RID): float64
        
        /** Sets 2D transform, applied to the font outlines, can be used for slanting, flipping, and rotating glyphs. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_set_transform(font_rid: RID, transform: Transform2D): void
        
        /** Returns 2D transform applied to the font outlines. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_get_transform(font_rid: RID): Transform2D
        
        /** Sets variation coordinates for the specified font cache entry. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_set_variation_coordinates(font_rid: RID, variation_coordinates: GDictionary): void
        
        /** Returns variation coordinates for the specified font cache entry. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_get_variation_coordinates(font_rid: RID): GDictionary
        
        /** If set to a positive value, overrides the oversampling factor of the viewport this font is used in. See [member Viewport.oversampling]. This value doesn't override the [code skip-lint]oversampling` parameter of [code skip-lint]draw_*` methods. Used by dynamic fonts only. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_set_oversampling(font_rid: RID, oversampling: float64): void
        
        /** Returns oversampling factor override. If set to a positive value, overrides the oversampling factor of the viewport this font is used in. See [member Viewport.oversampling]. This value doesn't override the [code skip-lint]oversampling` parameter of [code skip-lint]draw_*` methods. Used by dynamic fonts only. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_get_oversampling(font_rid: RID): float64
        
        /** Returns list of the font sizes in the cache. Each size is [Vector2i] with font size and outline size. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_get_size_cache_list(font_rid: RID): GArray<Vector2i>
        
        /** Removes all font sizes from the cache entry. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_clear_size_cache(font_rid: RID): void
        
        /** Removes specified font size from the cache entry. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_remove_size_cache(font_rid: RID, size: Vector2i): void
        
        /** Returns font cache information, each entry contains the following fields: `Vector2i size_px` - font size in pixels, `float viewport_oversampling` - viewport oversampling factor, `int glyphs` - number of rendered glyphs, `int textures` - number of used textures, `int textures_size` - size of texture data in bytes. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_get_size_cache_info(font_rid: RID): GArray<GDictionary>
        
        /** Sets the font ascent (number of pixels above the baseline). */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_set_ascent(font_rid: RID, size: int64, ascent: float64): void
        
        /** Returns the font ascent (number of pixels above the baseline). */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_get_ascent(font_rid: RID, size: int64): float64
        
        /** Sets the font descent (number of pixels below the baseline). */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_set_descent(font_rid: RID, size: int64, descent: float64): void
        
        /** Returns the font descent (number of pixels below the baseline). */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_get_descent(font_rid: RID, size: int64): float64
        
        /** Sets pixel offset of the underline below the baseline. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_set_underline_position(font_rid: RID, size: int64, underline_position: float64): void
        
        /** Returns pixel offset of the underline below the baseline. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_get_underline_position(font_rid: RID, size: int64): float64
        
        /** Sets thickness of the underline in pixels. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_set_underline_thickness(font_rid: RID, size: int64, underline_thickness: float64): void
        
        /** Returns thickness of the underline in pixels. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_get_underline_thickness(font_rid: RID, size: int64): float64
        
        /** Sets scaling factor of the color bitmap font. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_set_scale(font_rid: RID, size: int64, scale: float64): void
        
        /** Returns scaling factor of the color bitmap font. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_get_scale(font_rid: RID, size: int64): float64
        
        /** Returns number of textures used by font cache entry. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_get_texture_count(font_rid: RID, size: Vector2i): int64
        
        /** Removes all textures from font cache entry. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_clear_textures(font_rid: RID, size: Vector2i): void
        
        /** Removes specified texture from the cache entry. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_remove_texture(font_rid: RID, size: Vector2i, texture_index: int64): void
        
        /** Sets font cache texture image data. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_set_texture_image(font_rid: RID, size: Vector2i, texture_index: int64, image: Image): void
        
        /** Returns font cache texture image data. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_get_texture_image(font_rid: RID, size: Vector2i, texture_index: int64): null | Image
        
        /** Sets array containing glyph packing data. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_set_texture_offsets(font_rid: RID, size: Vector2i, texture_index: int64, offset: PackedInt32Array | int32[]): void
        
        /** Returns array containing glyph packing data. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_get_texture_offsets(font_rid: RID, size: Vector2i, texture_index: int64): PackedInt32Array
        
        /** Returns list of rendered glyphs in the cache entry. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_get_glyph_list(font_rid: RID, size: Vector2i): PackedInt32Array
        
        /** Removes all rendered glyph information from the cache entry. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_clear_glyphs(font_rid: RID, size: Vector2i): void
        
        /** Removes specified rendered glyph information from the cache entry. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_remove_glyph(font_rid: RID, size: Vector2i, glyph: int64): void
        
        /** Returns glyph advance (offset of the next glyph). */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_get_glyph_advance(font_rid: RID, size: int64, glyph: int64): Vector2
        
        /** Sets glyph advance (offset of the next glyph). */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_set_glyph_advance(font_rid: RID, size: int64, glyph: int64, advance: Vector2): void
        
        /** Returns glyph offset from the baseline. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_get_glyph_offset(font_rid: RID, size: Vector2i, glyph: int64): Vector2
        
        /** Sets glyph offset from the baseline. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_set_glyph_offset(font_rid: RID, size: Vector2i, glyph: int64, offset: Vector2): void
        
        /** Returns size of the glyph. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_get_glyph_size(font_rid: RID, size: Vector2i, glyph: int64): Vector2
        
        /** Sets size of the glyph. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_set_glyph_size(font_rid: RID, size: Vector2i, glyph: int64, gl_size: Vector2): void
        
        /** Returns rectangle in the cache texture containing the glyph. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_get_glyph_uv_rect(font_rid: RID, size: Vector2i, glyph: int64): Rect2
        
        /** Sets rectangle in the cache texture containing the glyph. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_set_glyph_uv_rect(font_rid: RID, size: Vector2i, glyph: int64, uv_rect: Rect2): void
        
        /** Returns index of the cache texture containing the glyph. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_get_glyph_texture_idx(font_rid: RID, size: Vector2i, glyph: int64): int64
        
        /** Sets index of the cache texture containing the glyph. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_set_glyph_texture_idx(font_rid: RID, size: Vector2i, glyph: int64, texture_idx: int64): void
        
        /** Returns resource ID of the cache texture containing the glyph. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_get_glyph_texture_rid(font_rid: RID, size: Vector2i, glyph: int64): RID
        
        /** Returns size of the cache texture containing the glyph. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_get_glyph_texture_size(font_rid: RID, size: Vector2i, glyph: int64): Vector2
        
        /** Returns outline contours of the glyph. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_get_glyph_contours(font_rid: RID, size: int64, index: int64): GDictionary
        
        /** Returns list of the kerning overrides. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_get_kerning_list(font_rid: RID, size: int64): GArray<Vector2i>
        
        /** Removes all kerning overrides. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_clear_kerning_map(font_rid: RID, size: int64): void
        
        /** Removes kerning override for the pair of glyphs. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_remove_kerning(font_rid: RID, size: int64, glyph_pair: Vector2i): void
        
        /** Sets kerning for the pair of glyphs. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_set_kerning(font_rid: RID, size: int64, glyph_pair: Vector2i, kerning: Vector2): void
        
        /** Returns kerning for the pair of glyphs. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_get_kerning(font_rid: RID, size: int64, glyph_pair: Vector2i): Vector2
        
        /** Returns the glyph index of a [param char], optionally modified by the [param variation_selector]. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_get_glyph_index(font_rid: RID, size: int64, char: int64, variation_selector: int64): int64
        
        /** Returns character code associated with [param glyph_index], or `0` if [param glyph_index] is invalid. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_get_char_from_glyph_index(font_rid: RID, size: int64, glyph_index: int64): int64
        
        /** Returns `true` if a Unicode [param char] is available in the font. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_has_char(font_rid: RID, char: int64): boolean
        
        /** Returns a string containing all the characters available in the font. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_get_supported_chars(font_rid: RID): string
        
        /** Returns an array containing all glyph indices in the font. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_get_supported_glyphs(font_rid: RID): PackedInt32Array
        
        /** Renders the range of characters to the font cache texture. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_render_range(font_rid: RID, size: Vector2i, start: int64, end: int64): void
        
        /** Renders specified glyph to the font cache texture. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_render_glyph(font_rid: RID, size: Vector2i, index: int64): void
        
        /** Draws single glyph into a canvas item at the position, using [param font_rid] at the size [param size]. If [param oversampling] is greater than zero, it is used as font oversampling factor, otherwise viewport oversampling settings are used. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_draw_glyph(font_rid: RID, canvas: RID, size: int64, pos: Vector2, index: int64, color: Color, oversampling: float64): void
        
        /** Draws single glyph outline of size [param outline_size] into a canvas item at the position, using [param font_rid] at the size [param size]. If [param oversampling] is greater than zero, it is used as font oversampling factor, otherwise viewport oversampling settings are used. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_draw_glyph_outline(font_rid: RID, canvas: RID, size: int64, outline_size: int64, pos: Vector2, index: int64, color: Color, oversampling: float64): void
        
        /** Returns `true`, if font supports given language ([url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_639-1]ISO 639[/url] code). */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_is_language_supported(font_rid: RID, language: string): boolean
        
        /** Adds override for [method _font_is_language_supported]. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_set_language_support_override(font_rid: RID, language: string, supported: boolean): void
        
        /** Returns `true` if support override is enabled for the [param language]. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_get_language_support_override(font_rid: RID, language: string): boolean
        
        /** Remove language support override. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_remove_language_support_override(font_rid: RID, language: string): void
        
        /** Returns list of language support overrides. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_get_language_support_overrides(font_rid: RID): PackedStringArray
        
        /** Returns `true`, if font supports given script (ISO 15924 code). */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_is_script_supported(font_rid: RID, script: string): boolean
        
        /** Adds override for [method _font_is_script_supported]. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_set_script_support_override(font_rid: RID, script: string, supported: boolean): void
        
        /** Returns `true` if support override is enabled for the [param script]. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_get_script_support_override(font_rid: RID, script: string): boolean
        
        /** Removes script support override. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_remove_script_support_override(font_rid: RID, script: string): void
        
        /** Returns list of script support overrides. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_get_script_support_overrides(font_rid: RID): PackedStringArray
        
        /** Sets font OpenType feature set override. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_set_opentype_feature_overrides(font_rid: RID, overrides: GDictionary): void
        
        /** Returns font OpenType feature set override. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_get_opentype_feature_overrides(font_rid: RID): GDictionary
        
        /** Returns the dictionary of the supported OpenType features. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_supported_feature_list(font_rid: RID): GDictionary
        
        /** Returns the dictionary of the supported OpenType variation coordinates. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_supported_variation_list(font_rid: RID): GDictionary
        
        /** Returns the font oversampling factor, shared by all fonts in the TextServer. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_get_global_oversampling(): float64
        
        /** Sets oversampling factor, shared by all font in the TextServer. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _font_set_global_oversampling(oversampling: float64): void
        
        /** Increases the reference count of the specified oversampling level. This method is called by [Viewport], and should not be used directly. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _reference_oversampling_level(oversampling: float64): void
        
        /** Decreases the reference count of the specified oversampling level, and frees the font cache for oversampling level when the reference count reaches zero. This method is called by [Viewport], and should not be used directly. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _unreference_oversampling_level(oversampling: float64): void
        
        /** Returns size of the replacement character (box with character hexadecimal code that is drawn in place of invalid characters). */
        /* gdvirtual */ _get_hex_code_box_size(size: int64, index: int64): Vector2
        
        /** Draws box displaying character hexadecimal code. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _draw_hex_code_box(canvas: RID, size: int64, pos: Vector2, index: int64, color: Color): void
        
        /** Creates a new buffer for complex text layout, with the given [param direction] and [param orientation]. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _create_shaped_text(direction: TextServer.Direction, orientation: TextServer.Orientation): RID
        
        /** Clears text buffer (removes text and inline objects). */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_text_clear(shaped: RID): void
        
        /** Sets desired text direction. If set to [constant TextServer.DIRECTION_AUTO], direction will be detected based on the buffer contents and current locale. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_text_set_direction(shaped: RID, direction: TextServer.Direction): void
        
        /** Returns direction of the text. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_text_get_direction(shaped: RID): TextServer.Direction
        
        /** Returns direction of the text, inferred by the BiDi algorithm. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_text_get_inferred_direction(shaped: RID): TextServer.Direction
        
        /** Overrides BiDi for the structured text. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_text_set_bidi_override(shaped: RID, override: GArray): void
        
        /** Sets custom punctuation character list, used for word breaking. If set to empty string, server defaults are used. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_text_set_custom_punctuation(shaped: RID, punct: string): void
        
        /** Returns custom punctuation character list, used for word breaking. If set to empty string, server defaults are used. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_text_get_custom_punctuation(shaped: RID): string
        
        /** Sets ellipsis character used for text clipping. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_text_set_custom_ellipsis(shaped: RID, char: int64): void
        
        /** Returns ellipsis character used for text clipping. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_text_get_custom_ellipsis(shaped: RID): int64
        
        /** Sets desired text orientation. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_text_set_orientation(shaped: RID, orientation: TextServer.Orientation): void
        
        /** Returns text orientation. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_text_get_orientation(shaped: RID): TextServer.Orientation
        
        /** If set to `true` text buffer will display invalid characters as hexadecimal codes, otherwise nothing is displayed. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_text_set_preserve_invalid(shaped: RID, enabled: boolean): void
        
        /** Returns `true` if text buffer is configured to display hexadecimal codes in place of invalid characters. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_text_get_preserve_invalid(shaped: RID): boolean
        
        /** If set to `true` text buffer will display control characters. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_text_set_preserve_control(shaped: RID, enabled: boolean): void
        
        /** Returns `true` if text buffer is configured to display control characters. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_text_get_preserve_control(shaped: RID): boolean
        
        /** Sets extra spacing added between glyphs or lines in pixels. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_text_set_spacing(shaped: RID, spacing: TextServer.SpacingType, value: int64): void
        
        /** Returns extra spacing added between glyphs or lines in pixels. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_text_get_spacing(shaped: RID, spacing: TextServer.SpacingType): int64
        
        /** Adds text span and font to draw it to the text buffer. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_text_add_string(shaped: RID, text: string, fonts: GArray<RID>, size: int64, opentype_features: GDictionary, language: string, meta: any): boolean
        
        /** Adds inline object to the text buffer, [param key] must be unique. In the text, object is represented as [param length] object replacement characters. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_text_add_object(shaped: RID, key: any, size: Vector2, inline_align: InlineAlignment, length: int64, baseline: float64): boolean
        
        /** Sets new size and alignment of embedded object. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_text_resize_object(shaped: RID, key: any, size: Vector2, inline_align: InlineAlignment, baseline: float64): boolean
        
        /** Returns the text buffer source text, including object replacement characters. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_get_text(shaped: RID): string
        
        /** Returns number of text spans added using [method _shaped_text_add_string] or [method _shaped_text_add_object]. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_get_span_count(shaped: RID): int64
        
        /** Returns text span metadata. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_get_span_meta(shaped: RID, index: int64): any
        
        /** Returns text embedded object key. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_get_span_embedded_object(shaped: RID, index: int64): any
        
        /** Returns the text span source text. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_get_span_text(shaped: RID, index: int64): string
        
        /** Returns the text span embedded object key. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_get_span_object(shaped: RID, index: int64): any
        
        /** Changes text span font, font size, and OpenType features, without changing the text. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_set_span_update_font(shaped: RID, index: int64, fonts: GArray<RID>, size: int64, opentype_features: GDictionary): void
        
        /** Returns the number of uniform text runs in the buffer. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_get_run_count(shaped: RID): int64
        
        /** Returns the source text of the [param index] text run (in visual order). */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_get_run_text(shaped: RID, index: int64): string
        
        /** Returns the source text range of the [param index] text run (in visual order). */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_get_run_range(shaped: RID, index: int64): Vector2i
        
        /** Returns the font RID of the [param index] text run (in visual order). */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_get_run_font_rid(shaped: RID, index: int64): RID
        
        /** Returns the font size of the [param index] text run (in visual order). */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_get_run_font_size(shaped: RID, index: int64): int64
        
        /** Returns the language of the [param index] text run (in visual order). */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_get_run_language(shaped: RID, index: int64): string
        
        /** Returns the direction of the [param index] text run (in visual order). */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_get_run_direction(shaped: RID, index: int64): TextServer.Direction
        
        /** Returns the embedded object of the [param index] text run (in visual order). */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_get_run_object(shaped: RID, index: int64): any
        
        /** Returns text buffer for the substring of the text in the [param shaped] text buffer (including inline objects). */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_text_substr(shaped: RID, start: int64, length: int64): RID
        
        /** Returns the parent buffer from which the substring originates. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_text_get_parent(shaped: RID): RID
        
        /** Adjusts text width to fit to specified width, returns new text width. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_text_fit_to_width(shaped: RID, width: float64, justification_flags: TextServer.JustificationFlag): float64
        
        /** Aligns shaped text to the given tab-stops. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_text_tab_align(shaped: RID, tab_stops: PackedFloat32Array | float32[]): float64
        
        /** Shapes buffer if it's not shaped. Returns `true` if the string is shaped successfully. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_text_shape(shaped: RID): boolean
        
        /** Updates break points in the shaped text. This method is called by default implementation of text breaking functions. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_text_update_breaks(shaped: RID): boolean
        
        /** Updates justification points in the shaped text. This method is called by default implementation of text justification functions. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_text_update_justification_ops(shaped: RID): boolean
        
        /** Returns `true` if buffer is successfully shaped. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_text_is_ready(shaped: RID): boolean
        
        /** Returns an array of glyphs in the visual order. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_text_get_glyphs(shaped: RID): int64
        
        /** Returns text glyphs in the logical order. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_text_sort_logical(shaped: RID): int64
        
        /** Returns number of glyphs in the buffer. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_text_get_glyph_count(shaped: RID): int64
        
        /** Returns substring buffer character range in the parent buffer. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_text_get_range(shaped: RID): Vector2i
        
        /** Breaks text to the lines and columns. Returns character ranges for each segment. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_text_get_line_breaks_adv(shaped: RID, width: PackedFloat32Array | float32[], start: int64, once: boolean, break_flags: TextServer.LineBreakFlag): PackedInt32Array
        
        /** Breaks text to the lines and returns character ranges for each line. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_text_get_line_breaks(shaped: RID, width: float64, start: int64, break_flags: TextServer.LineBreakFlag): PackedInt32Array
        
        /** Breaks text into words and returns array of character ranges. Use [param grapheme_flags] to set what characters are used for breaking. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_text_get_word_breaks(shaped: RID, grapheme_flags: TextServer.GraphemeFlag, skip_grapheme_flags: TextServer.GraphemeFlag): PackedInt32Array
        
        /** Returns the position of the overrun trim. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_text_get_trim_pos(shaped: RID): int64
        
        /** Returns position of the ellipsis. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_text_get_ellipsis_pos(shaped: RID): int64
        
        /** Returns number of glyphs in the ellipsis. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_text_get_ellipsis_glyph_count(shaped: RID): int64
        
        /** Returns array of the glyphs in the ellipsis. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_text_get_ellipsis_glyphs(shaped: RID): int64
        
        /** Trims text if it exceeds the given width. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_text_overrun_trim_to_width(shaped: RID, width: float64, trim_flags: TextServer.TextOverrunFlag): void
        
        /** Returns array of inline objects. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_text_get_objects(shaped: RID): GArray
        
        /** Returns bounding rectangle of the inline object. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_text_get_object_rect(shaped: RID, key: any): Rect2
        
        /** Returns the character range of the inline object. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_text_get_object_range(shaped: RID, key: any): Vector2i
        
        /** Returns the glyph index of the inline object. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_text_get_object_glyph(shaped: RID, key: any): int64
        
        /** Returns size of the text. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_text_get_size(shaped: RID): Vector2
        
        /** Returns the text ascent (number of pixels above the baseline for horizontal layout or to the left of baseline for vertical). */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_text_get_ascent(shaped: RID): float64
        
        /** Returns the text descent (number of pixels below the baseline for horizontal layout or to the right of baseline for vertical). */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_text_get_descent(shaped: RID): float64
        
        /** Returns width (for horizontal layout) or height (for vertical) of the text. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_text_get_width(shaped: RID): float64
        
        /** Returns pixel offset of the underline below the baseline. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_text_get_underline_position(shaped: RID): float64
        
        /** Returns thickness of the underline. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_text_get_underline_thickness(shaped: RID): float64
        
        /** Returns dominant direction of in the range of text. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_text_get_dominant_direction_in_range(shaped: RID, start: int64, end: int64): int64
        
        /** Returns shapes of the carets corresponding to the character offset [param position] in the text. Returned caret shape is 1 pixel wide rectangle. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_text_get_carets(shaped: RID, position: int64, caret: int64): void
        
        /** Returns selection rectangles for the specified character range. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_text_get_selection(shaped: RID, start: int64, end: int64): PackedVector2Array
        
        /** Returns grapheme index at the specified pixel offset at the baseline, or `-1` if none is found. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_text_hit_test_grapheme(shaped: RID, coord: float64): int64
        
        /** Returns caret character offset at the specified pixel offset at the baseline. This function always returns a valid position. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_text_hit_test_position(shaped: RID, coord: float64): int64
        
        /** Draw shaped text into a canvas item at a given position, with [param color]. [param pos] specifies the leftmost point of the baseline (for horizontal layout) or topmost point of the baseline (for vertical layout). If [param oversampling] is greater than zero, it is used as font oversampling factor, otherwise viewport oversampling settings are used. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_text_draw(shaped: RID, canvas: RID, pos: Vector2, clip_l: float64, clip_r: float64, color: Color, oversampling: float64): void
        
        /** Draw the outline of the shaped text into a canvas item at a given position, with [param color]. [param pos] specifies the leftmost point of the baseline (for horizontal layout) or topmost point of the baseline (for vertical layout). If [param oversampling] is greater than zero, it is used as font oversampling factor, otherwise viewport oversampling settings are used. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_text_draw_outline(shaped: RID, canvas: RID, pos: Vector2, clip_l: float64, clip_r: float64, outline_size: int64, color: Color, oversampling: float64): void
        
        /** Returns composite character's bounds as offsets from the start of the line. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_text_get_grapheme_bounds(shaped: RID, pos: int64): Vector2
        
        /** Returns grapheme end position closest to the [param pos]. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_text_next_grapheme_pos(shaped: RID, pos: int64): int64
        
        /** Returns grapheme start position closest to the [param pos]. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_text_prev_grapheme_pos(shaped: RID, pos: int64): int64
        
        /** Returns array of the composite character boundaries. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_text_get_character_breaks(shaped: RID): PackedInt32Array
        
        /** Returns composite character end position closest to the [param pos]. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_text_next_character_pos(shaped: RID, pos: int64): int64
        
        /** Returns composite character start position closest to the [param pos]. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_text_prev_character_pos(shaped: RID, pos: int64): int64
        
        /** Returns composite character position closest to the [param pos]. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _shaped_text_closest_character_pos(shaped: RID, pos: int64): int64
        
        /** Converts a number from the Western Arabic (0..9) to the numeral systems used in [param language]. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _format_number(number: string, language: string): string
        
        /** Converts [param number] from the numeral systems used in [param language] to Western Arabic (0..9). */
        /* gdvirtual */ _parse_number(number: string, language: string): string
        
        /** Returns percent sign used in the [param language]. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _percent_sign(language: string): string
        
        /** Strips diacritics from the string. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _strip_diacritics(string_: string): string
        
        /** Returns `true` if [param string] is a valid identifier. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _is_valid_identifier(string_: string): boolean
        /* gdvirtual */ _is_valid_letter(unicode: int64): boolean
        
        /** Returns an array of the word break boundaries. Elements in the returned array are the offsets of the start and end of words. Therefore the length of the array is always even. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _string_get_word_breaks(string_: string, language: string, chars_per_line: int64): PackedInt32Array
        
        /** Returns array of the composite character boundaries. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _string_get_character_breaks(string_: string, language: string): PackedInt32Array
        
        /** Returns index of the first string in [param dict] which is visually confusable with the [param string], or `-1` if none is found. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _is_confusable(string_: string, dict: PackedStringArray | string[]): int64
        
        /** Returns `true` if [param string] is likely to be an attempt at confusing the reader. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _spoof_check(string_: string): boolean
        
        /** Returns the string converted to uppercase. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _string_to_upper(string_: string, language: string): string
        
        /** Returns the string converted to lowercase. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _string_to_lower(string_: string, language: string): string
        
        /** Returns the string converted to title case. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _string_to_title(string_: string, language: string): string
        
        /** Default implementation of the BiDi algorithm override function. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _parse_structured_text(parser_type: TextServer.StructuredTextParser, args: GArray, text: string): GArray<Vector3i>
        
        /** This method is called before text server is unregistered. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _cleanup(): void
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapTextServerExtension;
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapTexture extends __NameMapResource {
    }
    /** Base class for all texture types.  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_texture.html  
     */
    class Texture extends Resource {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapTexture;
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapTexture2D extends __NameMapTexture {
    }
    /** Texture for 2D and 3D.  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_texture2d.html  
     */
    class Texture2D extends Texture {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** Called when the [Texture2D]'s width is queried. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _get_width(): int64
        
        /** Called when the [Texture2D]'s height is queried. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _get_height(): int64
        
        /** Called when a pixel's opaque state in the [Texture2D] is queried at the specified `(x, y)` position. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _is_pixel_opaque(x: int64, y: int64): boolean
        
        /** Called when the presence of an alpha channel in the [Texture2D] is queried. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _has_alpha(): boolean
        
        /** Called when the entire [Texture2D] is requested to be drawn over a [CanvasItem], with the top-left offset specified in [param pos]. [param modulate] specifies a multiplier for the colors being drawn, while [param transpose] specifies whether drawing should be performed in column-major order instead of row-major order (resulting in 90-degree clockwise rotation).  
         *      
         *  **Note:** This is only used in 2D rendering, not 3D.  
         */
        /* gdvirtual */ _draw(to_canvas_item: RID, pos: Vector2, modulate: Color, transpose: boolean): void
        
        /** Called when the [Texture2D] is requested to be drawn onto [CanvasItem]'s specified [param rect]. [param modulate] specifies a multiplier for the colors being drawn, while [param transpose] specifies whether drawing should be performed in column-major order instead of row-major order (resulting in 90-degree clockwise rotation).  
         *      
         *  **Note:** This is only used in 2D rendering, not 3D.  
         */
        /* gdvirtual */ _draw_rect(to_canvas_item: RID, rect: Rect2, tile: boolean, modulate: Color, transpose: boolean): void
        
        /** Called when a part of the [Texture2D] specified by [param src_rect]'s coordinates is requested to be drawn onto [CanvasItem]'s specified [param rect]. [param modulate] specifies a multiplier for the colors being drawn, while [param transpose] specifies whether drawing should be performed in column-major order instead of row-major order (resulting in 90-degree clockwise rotation).  
         *      
         *  **Note:** This is only used in 2D rendering, not 3D.  
         */
        /* gdvirtual */ _draw_rect_region(to_canvas_item: RID, rect: Rect2, src_rect: Rect2, modulate: Color, transpose: boolean, clip_uv: boolean): void
        
        /** Returns the texture width in pixels. */
        get_width(): int64
        
        /** Returns the texture height in pixels. */
        get_height(): int64
        
        /** Returns the texture size in pixels. */
        get_size(): Vector2
        
        /** Returns `true` if this [Texture2D] has an alpha channel. */
        has_alpha(): boolean
        
        /** Draws the texture using a [CanvasItem] with the [RenderingServer] API at the specified [param position]. */
        draw(canvas_item: RID, position: Vector2, modulate?: Color /* = new Color(1, 1, 1, 1) */, transpose?: boolean /* = false */): void
        
        /** Draws the texture using a [CanvasItem] with the [RenderingServer] API. */
        draw_rect(canvas_item: RID, rect: Rect2, tile: boolean, modulate?: Color /* = new Color(1, 1, 1, 1) */, transpose?: boolean /* = false */): void
        
        /** Draws a part of the texture using a [CanvasItem] with the [RenderingServer] API. */
        draw_rect_region(canvas_item: RID, rect: Rect2, src_rect: Rect2, modulate?: Color /* = new Color(1, 1, 1, 1) */, transpose?: boolean /* = false */, clip_uv?: boolean /* = true */): void
        
        /** Returns an [Image] that is a copy of data from this [Texture2D] (a new [Image] is created each time). [Image]s can be accessed and manipulated directly.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** This will return `null` if this [Texture2D] is invalid.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** This will fetch the texture data from the GPU, which might cause performance problems when overused. Avoid calling [method get_image] every frame, especially on large textures.  
         */
        get_image(): null | Image
        
        /** Creates a placeholder version of this resource ([PlaceholderTexture2D]). */
        create_placeholder(): Resource
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapTexture2D;
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapTexture2DArray extends __NameMapImageTextureLayered {
    }
    /** A single texture resource which consists of multiple, separate images. Each image has the same dimensions and number of mipmap levels.  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_texture2darray.html  
     */
    class Texture2DArray extends ImageTextureLayered {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** Creates a placeholder version of this resource ([PlaceholderTexture2DArray]). */
        create_placeholder(): Resource
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapTexture2DArray;
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapTexture2DArrayRD extends __NameMapTextureLayeredRD {
    }
    /** Texture Array for 2D that is bound to a texture created on the [RenderingDevice].  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_texture2darrayrd.html  
     */
    class Texture2DArrayRD extends TextureLayeredRD {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapTexture2DArrayRD;
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapTexture2DRD extends __NameMapTexture2D {
    }
    /** Texture for 2D that is bound to a texture created on the [RenderingDevice].  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_texture2drd.html  
     */
    class Texture2DRD extends Texture2D {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** The RID of the texture object created on the [RenderingDevice]. */
        get texture_rd_rid(): RID
        set texture_rd_rid(value: RID)
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapTexture2DRD;
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapTexture3D extends __NameMapTexture {
    }
    /** Base class for 3-dimensional textures.  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_texture3d.html  
     */
    class Texture3D extends Texture {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** Called when the [Texture3D]'s format is queried. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _get_format(): Image.Format
        
        /** Called when the [Texture3D]'s width is queried. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _get_width(): int64
        
        /** Called when the [Texture3D]'s height is queried. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _get_height(): int64
        
        /** Called when the [Texture3D]'s depth is queried. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _get_depth(): int64
        
        /** Called when the presence of mipmaps in the [Texture3D] is queried. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _has_mipmaps(): boolean
        
        /** Called when the [Texture3D]'s data is queried. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _get_data(): GArray<Image>
        
        /** Returns the current format being used by this texture. */
        get_format(): Image.Format
        
        /** Returns the [Texture3D]'s width in pixels. Width is typically represented by the X axis. */
        get_width(): int64
        
        /** Returns the [Texture3D]'s height in pixels. Width is typically represented by the Y axis. */
        get_height(): int64
        
        /** Returns the [Texture3D]'s depth in pixels. Depth is typically represented by the Z axis (a dimension not present in [Texture2D]). */
        get_depth(): int64
        
        /** Returns `true` if the [Texture3D] has generated mipmaps. */
        has_mipmaps(): boolean
        
        /** Returns the [Texture3D]'s data as an array of [Image]s. Each [Image] represents a  *slice*  of the [Texture3D], with different slices mapping to different depth (Z axis) levels. */
        get_data(): GArray<Image>
        
        /** Creates a placeholder version of this resource ([PlaceholderTexture3D]). */
        create_placeholder(): Resource
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapTexture3D;
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapTexture3DRD extends __NameMapTexture3D {
    }
    /** Texture for 3D that is bound to a texture created on the [RenderingDevice].  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_texture3drd.html  
     */
    class Texture3DRD extends Texture3D {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** The RID of the texture object created on the [RenderingDevice]. */
        get texture_rd_rid(): RID
        set texture_rd_rid(value: RID)
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapTexture3DRD;
    }
    namespace TextureButton {
        enum StretchMode {
            /** Scale to fit the node's bounding rectangle. */
            STRETCH_SCALE = 0,
            
            /** Tile inside the node's bounding rectangle. */
            STRETCH_TILE = 1,
            
            /** The texture keeps its original size and stays in the bounding rectangle's top-left corner. */
            STRETCH_KEEP = 2,
            
            /** The texture keeps its original size and stays centered in the node's bounding rectangle. */
            STRETCH_KEEP_CENTERED = 3,
            
            /** Scale the texture to fit the node's bounding rectangle, but maintain the texture's aspect ratio. */
            STRETCH_KEEP_ASPECT = 4,
            
            /** Scale the texture to fit the node's bounding rectangle, center it, and maintain its aspect ratio. */
            STRETCH_KEEP_ASPECT_CENTERED = 5,
            
            /** Scale the texture so that the shorter side fits the bounding rectangle. The other side clips to the node's limits. */
            STRETCH_KEEP_ASPECT_COVERED = 6,
        }
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapTextureButton extends __NameMapBaseButton {
    }
    /** Texture-based button. Supports Pressed, Hover, Disabled and Focused states.  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_texturebutton.html  
     */
    class TextureButton<Map extends NodePathMap = any> extends BaseButton<Map> {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** Texture to display by default, when the node is **not** in the disabled, hover or pressed state. This texture is still displayed in the focused state, with [member texture_focused] drawn on top. */
        get texture_normal(): null | Texture2D
        set texture_normal(value: null | Texture2D)
        
        /** Texture to display on mouse down over the node, if the node has keyboard focus and the player presses the Enter key or if the player presses the [member BaseButton.shortcut] key. If not assigned, the [TextureButton] displays [member texture_hover] instead when pressed. */
        get texture_pressed(): null | Texture2D
        set texture_pressed(value: null | Texture2D)
        
        /** Texture to display when the mouse hovers over the node. If not assigned, the [TextureButton] displays [member texture_normal] instead when hovered over. */
        get texture_hover(): null | Texture2D
        set texture_hover(value: null | Texture2D)
        
        /** Texture to display when the node is disabled. See [member BaseButton.disabled]. If not assigned, the [TextureButton] displays [member texture_normal] instead. */
        get texture_disabled(): null | Texture2D
        set texture_disabled(value: null | Texture2D)
        
        /** Texture to  *overlay on the base texture*  when the node has mouse or keyboard focus. Because [member texture_focused] is displayed on top of the base texture, a partially transparent texture should be used to ensure the base texture remains visible. A texture that represents an outline or an underline works well for this purpose. To disable the focus visual effect, assign a fully transparent texture of any size. Note that disabling the focus visual effect will harm keyboard/controller navigation usability, so this is not recommended for accessibility reasons. */
        get texture_focused(): null | Texture2D
        set texture_focused(value: null | Texture2D)
        
        /** Pure black and white [BitMap] image to use for click detection. On the mask, white pixels represent the button's clickable area. Use it to create buttons with curved shapes. */
        get texture_click_mask(): null | BitMap
        set texture_click_mask(value: null | BitMap)
        
        /** If `true`, the size of the texture won't be considered for minimum size calculation, so the [TextureButton] can be shrunk down past the texture size. */
        get ignore_texture_size(): boolean
        set ignore_texture_size(value: boolean)
        
        /** Controls the texture's behavior when you resize the node's bounding rectangle. See the [enum StretchMode] constants for available options. */
        get stretch_mode(): int64
        set stretch_mode(value: int64)
        
        /** If `true`, texture is flipped horizontally. */
        get flip_h(): boolean
        set flip_h(value: boolean)
        
        /** If `true`, texture is flipped vertically. */
        get flip_v(): boolean
        set flip_v(value: boolean)
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapTextureButton;
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapTextureCubemapArrayRD extends __NameMapTextureLayeredRD {
    }
    /** Texture Array for Cubemaps that is bound to a texture created on the [RenderingDevice].  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_texturecubemaparrayrd.html  
     */
    class TextureCubemapArrayRD extends TextureLayeredRD {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapTextureCubemapArrayRD;
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapTextureCubemapRD extends __NameMapTextureLayeredRD {
    }
    /** Texture for Cubemap that is bound to a texture created on the [RenderingDevice].  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_texturecubemaprd.html  
     */
    class TextureCubemapRD extends TextureLayeredRD {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapTextureCubemapRD;
    }
    namespace TextureLayered {
        enum LayeredType {
            /** Texture is a generic [Texture2DArray]. */
            LAYERED_TYPE_2D_ARRAY = 0,
            
            /** Texture is a [Cubemap], with each side in its own layer (6 in total). */
            LAYERED_TYPE_CUBEMAP = 1,
            
            /** Texture is a [CubemapArray], with each cubemap being made of 6 layers. */
            LAYERED_TYPE_CUBEMAP_ARRAY = 2,
        }
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapTextureLayered extends __NameMapTexture {
    }
    /** Base class for texture types which contain the data of multiple [Image]s. Each image is of the same size and format.  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_texturelayered.html  
     */
    class TextureLayered extends Texture {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** Called when the [TextureLayered]'s format is queried. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _get_format(): Image.Format
        
        /** Called when the layers' type in the [TextureLayered] is queried. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _get_layered_type(): int64
        
        /** Called when the [TextureLayered]'s width queried. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _get_width(): int64
        
        /** Called when the [TextureLayered]'s height is queried. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _get_height(): int64
        
        /** Called when the number of layers in the [TextureLayered] is queried. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _get_layers(): int64
        
        /** Called when the presence of mipmaps in the [TextureLayered] is queried. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _has_mipmaps(): boolean
        
        /** Called when the data for a layer in the [TextureLayered] is queried. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _get_layer_data(layer_index: int64): null | Image
        
        /** Returns the current format being used by this texture. */
        get_format(): Image.Format
        
        /** Returns the [TextureLayered]'s type. The type determines how the data is accessed, with cubemaps having special types. */
        get_layered_type(): TextureLayered.LayeredType
        
        /** Returns the width of the texture in pixels. Width is typically represented by the X axis. */
        get_width(): int64
        
        /** Returns the height of the texture in pixels. Height is typically represented by the Y axis. */
        get_height(): int64
        
        /** Returns the number of referenced [Image]s. */
        get_layers(): int64
        
        /** Returns `true` if the layers have generated mipmaps. */
        has_mipmaps(): boolean
        
        /** Returns an [Image] resource with the data from specified [param layer]. */
        get_layer_data(layer: int64): null | Image
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapTextureLayered;
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapTextureLayeredRD extends __NameMapTextureLayered {
    }
    /** Abstract base class for layered texture RD types.  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_texturelayeredrd.html  
     */
    class TextureLayeredRD extends TextureLayered {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** The RID of the texture object created on the [RenderingDevice]. */
        get texture_rd_rid(): RID
        set texture_rd_rid(value: RID)
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapTextureLayeredRD;
    }
    namespace TextureProgressBar {
        enum FillMode {
            /** The [member texture_progress] fills from left to right. */
            FILL_LEFT_TO_RIGHT = 0,
            
            /** The [member texture_progress] fills from right to left. */
            FILL_RIGHT_TO_LEFT = 1,
            
            /** The [member texture_progress] fills from top to bottom. */
            FILL_TOP_TO_BOTTOM = 2,
            
            /** The [member texture_progress] fills from bottom to top. */
            FILL_BOTTOM_TO_TOP = 3,
            
            /** Turns the node into a radial bar. The [member texture_progress] fills clockwise. See [member radial_center_offset], [member radial_initial_angle] and [member radial_fill_degrees] to control the way the bar fills up. */
            FILL_CLOCKWISE = 4,
            
            /** Turns the node into a radial bar. The [member texture_progress] fills counterclockwise. See [member radial_center_offset], [member radial_initial_angle] and [member radial_fill_degrees] to control the way the bar fills up. */
            FILL_COUNTER_CLOCKWISE = 5,
            
            /** The [member texture_progress] fills from the center, expanding both towards the left and the right. */
            FILL_BILINEAR_LEFT_AND_RIGHT = 6,
            
            /** The [member texture_progress] fills from the center, expanding both towards the top and the bottom. */
            FILL_BILINEAR_TOP_AND_BOTTOM = 7,
            
            /** Turns the node into a radial bar. The [member texture_progress] fills radially from the center, expanding both clockwise and counterclockwise. See [member radial_center_offset], [member radial_initial_angle] and [member radial_fill_degrees] to control the way the bar fills up. */
            FILL_CLOCKWISE_AND_COUNTER_CLOCKWISE = 8,
        }
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapTextureProgressBar extends __NameMapRange {
    }
    /** Texture-based progress bar. Useful for loading screens and life or stamina bars.  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_textureprogressbar.html  
     */
    class TextureProgressBar<Map extends NodePathMap = any> extends Range<Map> {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** Sets the stretch margin with the specified index. See [member stretch_margin_bottom] and related properties. */
        set_stretch_margin(margin: Side, value: int64): void
        
        /** Returns the stretch margin with the specified index. See [member stretch_margin_bottom] and related properties. */
        get_stretch_margin(margin: Side): int64
        
        /** The fill direction. See [enum FillMode] for possible values. */
        get fill_mode(): int64
        set fill_mode(value: int64)
        
        /** Starting angle for the fill of [member texture_progress] if [member fill_mode] is [constant FILL_CLOCKWISE], [constant FILL_COUNTER_CLOCKWISE], or [constant FILL_CLOCKWISE_AND_COUNTER_CLOCKWISE]. When the node's `value` is equal to its `min_value`, the texture doesn't show up at all. When the `value` increases, the texture fills and tends towards [member radial_fill_degrees].  
         *      
         *  **Note:** [member radial_initial_angle] is wrapped between `0` and `360` degrees (inclusive).  
         */
        get radial_initial_angle(): float64
        set radial_initial_angle(value: float64)
        
        /** Upper limit for the fill of [member texture_progress] if [member fill_mode] is [constant FILL_CLOCKWISE], [constant FILL_COUNTER_CLOCKWISE], or [constant FILL_CLOCKWISE_AND_COUNTER_CLOCKWISE]. When the node's `value` is equal to its `max_value`, the texture fills up to this angle.  
         *  See [member Range.value], [member Range.max_value].  
         */
        get radial_fill_degrees(): float64
        set radial_fill_degrees(value: float64)
        
        /** Offsets [member texture_progress] if [member fill_mode] is [constant FILL_CLOCKWISE], [constant FILL_COUNTER_CLOCKWISE], or [constant FILL_CLOCKWISE_AND_COUNTER_CLOCKWISE].  
         *      
         *  **Note:** The effective radial center always stays within the [member texture_progress] bounds. If you need to move it outside the texture's bounds, modify the [member texture_progress] to contain additional empty space where needed.  
         */
        get radial_center_offset(): Vector2
        set radial_center_offset(value: Vector2)
        
        /** If `true`, Godot treats the bar's textures like in [NinePatchRect]. Use the `stretch_margin_*` properties like [member stretch_margin_bottom] to set up the nine patch's 3×3 grid. When using a radial [member fill_mode], this setting will only enable stretching for [member texture_progress], while [member texture_under] and [member texture_over] will be treated like in [NinePatchRect]. */
        get nine_patch_stretch(): boolean
        set nine_patch_stretch(value: boolean)
        
        /** The width of the 9-patch's left column. Only effective if [member nine_patch_stretch] is `true`. */
        get stretch_margin_left(): int64
        set stretch_margin_left(value: int64)
        
        /** The height of the 9-patch's top row. Only effective if [member nine_patch_stretch] is `true`. */
        get stretch_margin_top(): int64
        set stretch_margin_top(value: int64)
        
        /** The width of the 9-patch's right column. Only effective if [member nine_patch_stretch] is `true`. */
        get stretch_margin_right(): int64
        set stretch_margin_right(value: int64)
        
        /** The height of the 9-patch's bottom row. A margin of 16 means the 9-slice's bottom corners and side will have a height of 16 pixels. You can set all 4 margin values individually to create panels with non-uniform borders. Only effective if [member nine_patch_stretch] is `true`. */
        get stretch_margin_bottom(): int64
        set stretch_margin_bottom(value: int64)
        
        /** [Texture2D] that draws under the progress bar. The bar's background. */
        get texture_under(): null | Texture2D
        set texture_under(value: null | Texture2D)
        
        /** [Texture2D] that draws over the progress bar. Use it to add highlights or an upper-frame that hides part of [member texture_progress]. */
        get texture_over(): null | Texture2D
        set texture_over(value: null | Texture2D)
        
        /** [Texture2D] that clips based on the node's `value` and [member fill_mode]. As `value` increased, the texture fills up. It shows entirely when `value` reaches `max_value`. It doesn't show at all if `value` is equal to `min_value`.  
         *  The `value` property comes from [Range]. See [member Range.value], [member Range.min_value], [member Range.max_value].  
         */
        get texture_progress(): null | Texture2D
        set texture_progress(value: null | Texture2D)
        
        /** The offset of [member texture_progress]. Useful for [member texture_over] and [member texture_under] with fancy borders, to avoid transparent margins in your progress texture. */
        get texture_progress_offset(): Vector2
        set texture_progress_offset(value: Vector2)
        
        /** Multiplies the color of the bar's [member texture_under] texture. */
        get tint_under(): Color
        set tint_under(value: Color)
        
        /** Multiplies the color of the bar's [member texture_over] texture. The effect is similar to [member CanvasItem.modulate], except it only affects this specific texture instead of the entire node. */
        get tint_over(): Color
        set tint_over(value: Color)
        
        /** Multiplies the color of the bar's [member texture_progress] texture. */
        get tint_progress(): Color
        set tint_progress(value: Color)
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapTextureProgressBar;
    }
    namespace TextureRect {
        enum ExpandMode {
            /** The minimum size will be equal to texture size, i.e. [TextureRect] can't be smaller than the texture. */
            EXPAND_KEEP_SIZE = 0,
            
            /** The size of the texture won't be considered for minimum size calculation, so the [TextureRect] can be shrunk down past the texture size. */
            EXPAND_IGNORE_SIZE = 1,
            
            /** The height of the texture will be ignored. Minimum width will be equal to the current height. Useful for horizontal layouts, e.g. inside [HBoxContainer]. */
            EXPAND_FIT_WIDTH = 2,
            
            /** Same as [constant EXPAND_FIT_WIDTH], but keeps texture's aspect ratio. */
            EXPAND_FIT_WIDTH_PROPORTIONAL = 3,
            
            /** The width of the texture will be ignored. Minimum height will be equal to the current width. Useful for vertical layouts, e.g. inside [VBoxContainer]. */
            EXPAND_FIT_HEIGHT = 4,
            
            /** Same as [constant EXPAND_FIT_HEIGHT], but keeps texture's aspect ratio. */
            EXPAND_FIT_HEIGHT_PROPORTIONAL = 5,
        }
        enum StretchMode {
            /** Scale to fit the node's bounding rectangle. */
            STRETCH_SCALE = 0,
            
            /** Tile inside the node's bounding rectangle. */
            STRETCH_TILE = 1,
            
            /** The texture keeps its original size and stays in the bounding rectangle's top-left corner. */
            STRETCH_KEEP = 2,
            
            /** The texture keeps its original size and stays centered in the node's bounding rectangle. */
            STRETCH_KEEP_CENTERED = 3,
            
            /** Scale the texture to fit the node's bounding rectangle, but maintain the texture's aspect ratio. */
            STRETCH_KEEP_ASPECT = 4,
            
            /** Scale the texture to fit the node's bounding rectangle, center it and maintain its aspect ratio. */
            STRETCH_KEEP_ASPECT_CENTERED = 5,
            
            /** Scale the texture so that the shorter side fits the bounding rectangle. The other side clips to the node's limits. */
            STRETCH_KEEP_ASPECT_COVERED = 6,
        }
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapTextureRect extends __NameMapControl {
    }
    /** A control that displays a texture.  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_texturerect.html  
     */
    class TextureRect<Map extends NodePathMap = any> extends Control<Map> {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** The node's [Texture2D] resource. */
        get texture(): null | Texture2D
        set texture(value: null | Texture2D)
        
        /** Defines how minimum size is determined based on the texture's size. */
        get expand_mode(): int64
        set expand_mode(value: int64)
        
        /** Controls the texture's behavior when resizing the node's bounding rectangle. */
        get stretch_mode(): int64
        set stretch_mode(value: int64)
        
        /** If `true`, texture is flipped horizontally. */
        get flip_h(): boolean
        set flip_h(value: boolean)
        
        /** If `true`, texture is flipped vertically. */
        get flip_v(): boolean
        set flip_v(value: boolean)
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapTextureRect;
    }
    namespace Theme {
        enum DataType {
            /** Theme's [Color] item type. */
            DATA_TYPE_COLOR = 0,
            
            /** Theme's constant item type. */
            DATA_TYPE_CONSTANT = 1,
            
            /** Theme's [Font] item type. */
            DATA_TYPE_FONT = 2,
            
            /** Theme's font size item type. */
            DATA_TYPE_FONT_SIZE = 3,
            
            /** Theme's icon [Texture2D] item type. */
            DATA_TYPE_ICON = 4,
            
            /** Theme's [StyleBox] item type. */
            DATA_TYPE_STYLEBOX = 5,
            
            /** Maximum value for the DataType enum. */
            DATA_TYPE_MAX = 6,
        }
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapTheme extends __NameMapResource {
    }
    /** A resource used for styling/skinning [Control]s and [Window]s.  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_theme.html  
     */
    class Theme extends Resource {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** Creates or changes the value of the icon property defined by [param name] and [param theme_type]. Use [method clear_icon] to remove the property. */
        set_icon(name: StringName, theme_type: StringName, texture: Texture2D): void
        
        /** Returns the icon property defined by [param name] and [param theme_type], if it exists.  
         *  Returns the engine fallback icon value if the property doesn't exist (see [member ThemeDB.fallback_icon]). Use [method has_icon] to check for existence.  
         */
        get_icon(name: StringName, theme_type: StringName): null | Texture2D
        
        /** Returns `true` if the icon property defined by [param name] and [param theme_type] exists.  
         *  Returns `false` if it doesn't exist. Use [method set_icon] to define it.  
         */
        has_icon(name: StringName, theme_type: StringName): boolean
        
        /** Renames the icon property defined by [param old_name] and [param theme_type] to [param name], if it exists.  
         *  Fails if it doesn't exist, or if a similar property with the new name already exists. Use [method has_icon] to check for existence, and [method clear_icon] to remove the existing property.  
         */
        rename_icon(old_name: StringName, name: StringName, theme_type: StringName): void
        
        /** Removes the icon property defined by [param name] and [param theme_type], if it exists.  
         *  Fails if it doesn't exist. Use [method has_icon] to check for existence.  
         */
        clear_icon(name: StringName, theme_type: StringName): void
        
        /** Returns a list of names for icon properties defined with [param theme_type]. Use [method get_icon_type_list] to get a list of possible theme type names. */
        get_icon_list(theme_type: string): PackedStringArray
        
        /** Returns a list of all unique theme type names for icon properties. Use [method get_type_list] to get a list of all unique theme types. */
        get_icon_type_list(): PackedStringArray
        
        /** Creates or changes the value of the [StyleBox] property defined by [param name] and [param theme_type]. Use [method clear_stylebox] to remove the property. */
        set_stylebox(name: StringName, theme_type: StringName, texture: StyleBox): void
        
        /** Returns the [StyleBox] property defined by [param name] and [param theme_type], if it exists.  
         *  Returns the engine fallback stylebox value if the property doesn't exist (see [member ThemeDB.fallback_stylebox]). Use [method has_stylebox] to check for existence.  
         */
        get_stylebox(name: StringName, theme_type: StringName): null | StyleBox
        
        /** Returns `true` if the [StyleBox] property defined by [param name] and [param theme_type] exists.  
         *  Returns `false` if it doesn't exist. Use [method set_stylebox] to define it.  
         */
        has_stylebox(name: StringName, theme_type: StringName): boolean
        
        /** Renames the [StyleBox] property defined by [param old_name] and [param theme_type] to [param name], if it exists.  
         *  Fails if it doesn't exist, or if a similar property with the new name already exists. Use [method has_stylebox] to check for existence, and [method clear_stylebox] to remove the existing property.  
         */
        rename_stylebox(old_name: StringName, name: StringName, theme_type: StringName): void
        
        /** Removes the [StyleBox] property defined by [param name] and [param theme_type], if it exists.  
         *  Fails if it doesn't exist. Use [method has_stylebox] to check for existence.  
         */
        clear_stylebox(name: StringName, theme_type: StringName): void
        
        /** Returns a list of names for [StyleBox] properties defined with [param theme_type]. Use [method get_stylebox_type_list] to get a list of possible theme type names. */
        get_stylebox_list(theme_type: string): PackedStringArray
        
        /** Returns a list of all unique theme type names for [StyleBox] properties. Use [method get_type_list] to get a list of all unique theme types. */
        get_stylebox_type_list(): PackedStringArray
        
        /** Creates or changes the value of the [Font] property defined by [param name] and [param theme_type]. Use [method clear_font] to remove the property. */
        set_font(name: StringName, theme_type: StringName, font: Font): void
        
        /** Returns the [Font] property defined by [param name] and [param theme_type], if it exists.  
         *  Returns the default theme font if the property doesn't exist and the default theme font is set up (see [member default_font]). Use [method has_font] to check for existence of the property and [method has_default_font] to check for existence of the default theme font.  
         *  Returns the engine fallback font value, if neither exist (see [member ThemeDB.fallback_font]).  
         */
        get_font(name: StringName, theme_type: StringName): null | Font
        
        /** Returns `true` if the [Font] property defined by [param name] and [param theme_type] exists, or if the default theme font is set up (see [method has_default_font]).  
         *  Returns `false` if neither exist. Use [method set_font] to define the property.  
         */
        has_font(name: StringName, theme_type: StringName): boolean
        
        /** Renames the [Font] property defined by [param old_name] and [param theme_type] to [param name], if it exists.  
         *  Fails if it doesn't exist, or if a similar property with the new name already exists. Use [method has_font] to check for existence, and [method clear_font] to remove the existing property.  
         */
        rename_font(old_name: StringName, name: StringName, theme_type: StringName): void
        
        /** Removes the [Font] property defined by [param name] and [param theme_type], if it exists.  
         *  Fails if it doesn't exist. Use [method has_font] to check for existence.  
         */
        clear_font(name: StringName, theme_type: StringName): void
        
        /** Returns a list of names for [Font] properties defined with [param theme_type]. Use [method get_font_type_list] to get a list of possible theme type names. */
        get_font_list(theme_type: string): PackedStringArray
        
        /** Returns a list of all unique theme type names for [Font] properties. Use [method get_type_list] to get a list of all unique theme types. */
        get_font_type_list(): PackedStringArray
        
        /** Creates or changes the value of the font size property defined by [param name] and [param theme_type]. Use [method clear_font_size] to remove the property. */
        set_font_size(name: StringName, theme_type: StringName, font_size: int64): void
        
        /** Returns the font size property defined by [param name] and [param theme_type], if it exists.  
         *  Returns the default theme font size if the property doesn't exist and the default theme font size is set up (see [member default_font_size]). Use [method has_font_size] to check for existence of the property and [method has_default_font_size] to check for existence of the default theme font.  
         *  Returns the engine fallback font size value, if neither exist (see [member ThemeDB.fallback_font_size]).  
         */
        get_font_size(name: StringName, theme_type: StringName): int64
        
        /** Returns `true` if the font size property defined by [param name] and [param theme_type] exists, or if the default theme font size is set up (see [method has_default_font_size]).  
         *  Returns `false` if neither exist. Use [method set_font_size] to define the property.  
         */
        has_font_size(name: StringName, theme_type: StringName): boolean
        
        /** Renames the font size property defined by [param old_name] and [param theme_type] to [param name], if it exists.  
         *  Fails if it doesn't exist, or if a similar property with the new name already exists. Use [method has_font_size] to check for existence, and [method clear_font_size] to remove the existing property.  
         */
        rename_font_size(old_name: StringName, name: StringName, theme_type: StringName): void
        
        /** Removes the font size property defined by [param name] and [param theme_type], if it exists.  
         *  Fails if it doesn't exist. Use [method has_font_size] to check for existence.  
         */
        clear_font_size(name: StringName, theme_type: StringName): void
        
        /** Returns a list of names for font size properties defined with [param theme_type]. Use [method get_font_size_type_list] to get a list of possible theme type names. */
        get_font_size_list(theme_type: string): PackedStringArray
        
        /** Returns a list of all unique theme type names for font size properties. Use [method get_type_list] to get a list of all unique theme types. */
        get_font_size_type_list(): PackedStringArray
        
        /** Creates or changes the value of the [Color] property defined by [param name] and [param theme_type]. Use [method clear_color] to remove the property. */
        set_color(name: StringName, theme_type: StringName, color: Color): void
        
        /** Returns the [Color] property defined by [param name] and [param theme_type], if it exists.  
         *  Returns the default color value if the property doesn't exist. Use [method has_color] to check for existence.  
         */
        get_color(name: StringName, theme_type: StringName): Color
        
        /** Returns `true` if the [Color] property defined by [param name] and [param theme_type] exists.  
         *  Returns `false` if it doesn't exist. Use [method set_color] to define it.  
         */
        has_color(name: StringName, theme_type: StringName): boolean
        
        /** Renames the [Color] property defined by [param old_name] and [param theme_type] to [param name], if it exists.  
         *  Fails if it doesn't exist, or if a similar property with the new name already exists. Use [method has_color] to check for existence, and [method clear_color] to remove the existing property.  
         */
        rename_color(old_name: StringName, name: StringName, theme_type: StringName): void
        
        /** Removes the [Color] property defined by [param name] and [param theme_type], if it exists.  
         *  Fails if it doesn't exist. Use [method has_color] to check for existence.  
         */
        clear_color(name: StringName, theme_type: StringName): void
        
        /** Returns a list of names for [Color] properties defined with [param theme_type]. Use [method get_color_type_list] to get a list of possible theme type names. */
        get_color_list(theme_type: string): PackedStringArray
        
        /** Returns a list of all unique theme type names for [Color] properties. Use [method get_type_list] to get a list of all unique theme types. */
        get_color_type_list(): PackedStringArray
        
        /** Creates or changes the value of the constant property defined by [param name] and [param theme_type]. Use [method clear_constant] to remove the property. */
        set_constant(name: StringName, theme_type: StringName, constant: int64): void
        
        /** Returns the constant property defined by [param name] and [param theme_type], if it exists.  
         *  Returns `0` if the property doesn't exist. Use [method has_constant] to check for existence.  
         */
        get_constant(name: StringName, theme_type: StringName): int64
        
        /** Returns `true` if the constant property defined by [param name] and [param theme_type] exists.  
         *  Returns `false` if it doesn't exist. Use [method set_constant] to define it.  
         */
        has_constant(name: StringName, theme_type: StringName): boolean
        
        /** Renames the constant property defined by [param old_name] and [param theme_type] to [param name], if it exists.  
         *  Fails if it doesn't exist, or if a similar property with the new name already exists. Use [method has_constant] to check for existence, and [method clear_constant] to remove the existing property.  
         */
        rename_constant(old_name: StringName, name: StringName, theme_type: StringName): void
        
        /** Removes the constant property defined by [param name] and [param theme_type], if it exists.  
         *  Fails if it doesn't exist. Use [method has_constant] to check for existence.  
         */
        clear_constant(name: StringName, theme_type: StringName): void
        
        /** Returns a list of names for constant properties defined with [param theme_type]. Use [method get_constant_type_list] to get a list of possible theme type names. */
        get_constant_list(theme_type: string): PackedStringArray
        
        /** Returns a list of all unique theme type names for constant properties. Use [method get_type_list] to get a list of all unique theme types. */
        get_constant_type_list(): PackedStringArray
        
        /** Returns `true` if [member default_base_scale] has a valid value.  
         *  Returns `false` if it doesn't. The value must be greater than `0.0` to be considered valid.  
         */
        has_default_base_scale(): boolean
        
        /** Returns `true` if [member default_font] has a valid value.  
         *  Returns `false` if it doesn't.  
         */
        has_default_font(): boolean
        
        /** Returns `true` if [member default_font_size] has a valid value.  
         *  Returns `false` if it doesn't. The value must be greater than `0` to be considered valid.  
         */
        has_default_font_size(): boolean
        
        /** Creates or changes the value of the theme property of [param data_type] defined by [param name] and [param theme_type]. Use [method clear_theme_item] to remove the property.  
         *  Fails if the [param value] type is not accepted by [param data_type].  
         *      
         *  **Note:** This method is analogous to calling the corresponding data type specific method, but can be used for more generalized logic.  
         */
        set_theme_item(data_type: Theme.DataType, name: StringName, theme_type: StringName, value: any): void
        
        /** Returns the theme property of [param data_type] defined by [param name] and [param theme_type], if it exists.  
         *  Returns the engine fallback value if the property doesn't exist (see [ThemeDB]). Use [method has_theme_item] to check for existence.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** This method is analogous to calling the corresponding data type specific method, but can be used for more generalized logic.  
         */
        get_theme_item(data_type: Theme.DataType, name: StringName, theme_type: StringName): any
        
        /** Returns `true` if the theme property of [param data_type] defined by [param name] and [param theme_type] exists.  
         *  Returns `false` if it doesn't exist. Use [method set_theme_item] to define it.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** This method is analogous to calling the corresponding data type specific method, but can be used for more generalized logic.  
         */
        has_theme_item(data_type: Theme.DataType, name: StringName, theme_type: StringName): boolean
        
        /** Renames the theme property of [param data_type] defined by [param old_name] and [param theme_type] to [param name], if it exists.  
         *  Fails if it doesn't exist, or if a similar property with the new name already exists. Use [method has_theme_item] to check for existence, and [method clear_theme_item] to remove the existing property.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** This method is analogous to calling the corresponding data type specific method, but can be used for more generalized logic.  
         */
        rename_theme_item(data_type: Theme.DataType, old_name: StringName, name: StringName, theme_type: StringName): void
        
        /** Removes the theme property of [param data_type] defined by [param name] and [param theme_type], if it exists.  
         *  Fails if it doesn't exist. Use [method has_theme_item] to check for existence.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** This method is analogous to calling the corresponding data type specific method, but can be used for more generalized logic.  
         */
        clear_theme_item(data_type: Theme.DataType, name: StringName, theme_type: StringName): void
        
        /** Returns a list of names for properties of [param data_type] defined with [param theme_type]. Use [method get_theme_item_type_list] to get a list of possible theme type names.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** This method is analogous to calling the corresponding data type specific method, but can be used for more generalized logic.  
         */
        get_theme_item_list(data_type: Theme.DataType, theme_type: string): PackedStringArray
        
        /** Returns a list of all unique theme type names for [param data_type] properties. Use [method get_type_list] to get a list of all unique theme types.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** This method is analogous to calling the corresponding data type specific method, but can be used for more generalized logic.  
         */
        get_theme_item_type_list(data_type: Theme.DataType): PackedStringArray
        
        /** Marks [param theme_type] as a variation of [param base_type].  
         *  This adds [param theme_type] as a suggested option for [member Control.theme_type_variation] on a [Control] that is of the [param base_type] class.  
         *  Variations can also be nested, i.e. [param base_type] can be another variation. If a chain of variations ends with a [param base_type] matching the class of the [Control], the whole chain is going to be suggested as options.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** Suggestions only show up if this theme resource is set as the project default theme. See [member ProjectSettings.gui/theme/custom].  
         */
        set_type_variation(theme_type: StringName, base_type: StringName): void
        
        /** Returns `true` if [param theme_type] is marked as a variation of [param base_type]. */
        is_type_variation(theme_type: StringName, base_type: StringName): boolean
        
        /** Unmarks [param theme_type] as being a variation of another theme type. See [method set_type_variation]. */
        clear_type_variation(theme_type: StringName): void
        
        /** Returns the name of the base theme type if [param theme_type] is a valid variation type. Returns an empty string otherwise. */
        get_type_variation_base(theme_type: StringName): StringName
        
        /** Returns a list of all type variations for the given [param base_type]. */
        get_type_variation_list(base_type: StringName): PackedStringArray
        
        /** Adds an empty theme type for every valid data type.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** Empty types are not saved with the theme. This method only exists to perform in-memory changes to the resource. Use available `set_*` methods to add theme items.  
         */
        add_type(theme_type: StringName): void
        
        /** Removes the theme type, gracefully discarding defined theme items. If the type is a variation, this information is also erased. If the type is a base for type variations, those variations lose their base. */
        remove_type(theme_type: StringName): void
        
        /** Renames the theme type [param old_theme_type] to [param theme_type], if the old type exists and the new one doesn't exist.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** Renaming a theme type to an empty name or a variation to a type associated with a built-in class removes type variation connections in a way that cannot be undone by reversing the rename alone.  
         */
        rename_type(old_theme_type: StringName, theme_type: StringName): void
        
        /** Returns a list of all unique theme type names. Use the appropriate `get_*_type_list` method to get a list of unique theme types for a single data type. */
        get_type_list(): PackedStringArray
        
        /** Adds missing and overrides existing definitions with values from the [param other] theme resource.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** This modifies the current theme. If you want to merge two themes together without modifying either one, create a new empty theme and merge the other two into it one after another.  
         */
        merge_with(other: Theme): void
        
        /** Removes all the theme properties defined on the theme resource. */
        clear(): void
        
        /** The default base scale factor of this theme resource. Used by some controls to scale their visual properties based on the global scale factor. If this value is set to `0.0`, the global scale factor is used (see [member ThemeDB.fallback_base_scale]).  
         *  Use [method has_default_base_scale] to check if this value is valid.  
         */
        get default_base_scale(): float64
        set default_base_scale(value: float64)
        
        /** The default font of this theme resource. Used as the default value when trying to fetch a font resource that doesn't exist in this theme or is in invalid state. If the default font is also missing or invalid, the engine fallback value is used (see [member ThemeDB.fallback_font]).  
         *  Use [method has_default_font] to check if this value is valid.  
         */
        get default_font(): null | Font
        set default_font(value: null | Font)
        
        /** The default font size of this theme resource. Used as the default value when trying to fetch a font size value that doesn't exist in this theme or is in invalid state. If the default font size is also missing or invalid, the engine fallback value is used (see [member ThemeDB.fallback_font_size]).  
         *  Values below `1` are invalid and can be used to unset the property. Use [method has_default_font_size] to check if this value is valid.  
         */
        get default_font_size(): int64
        set default_font_size(value: int64)
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapTheme;
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapTileData extends __NameMapObject {
    }
    /** Settings for a single tile in a [TileSet].  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_tiledata.html  
     */
    class TileData extends Object {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** Sets the occluder polygon count in the TileSet occlusion layer with index [param layer_id]. */
        set_occluder_polygons_count(layer_id: int64, polygons_count: int64): void
        
        /** Returns the number of occluder polygons of the tile in the TileSet occlusion layer with index [param layer_id]. */
        get_occluder_polygons_count(layer_id: int64): int64
        
        /** Adds an occlusion polygon to the tile on the TileSet occlusion layer with index [param layer_id]. */
        add_occluder_polygon(layer_id: int64): void
        
        /** Removes the polygon at index [param polygon_index] for TileSet occlusion layer with index [param layer_id]. */
        remove_occluder_polygon(layer_id: int64, polygon_index: int64): void
        
        /** Sets the occluder for polygon with index [param polygon_index] in the TileSet occlusion layer with index [param layer_id]. */
        set_occluder_polygon(layer_id: int64, polygon_index: int64, polygon: OccluderPolygon2D): void
        
        /** Returns the occluder polygon at index [param polygon_index] from the TileSet occlusion layer with index [param layer_id].  
         *  The [param flip_h], [param flip_v], and [param transpose] parameters can be `true` to transform the returned polygon.  
         */
        get_occluder_polygon(layer_id: int64, polygon_index: int64, flip_h?: boolean /* = false */, flip_v?: boolean /* = false */, transpose?: boolean /* = false */): null | OccluderPolygon2D
        
        /** Sets the occluder for the TileSet occlusion layer with index [param layer_id]. */
        set_occluder(layer_id: int64, occluder_polygon: OccluderPolygon2D): void
        
        /** Returns the occluder polygon of the tile for the TileSet occlusion layer with index [param layer_id].  
         *  [param flip_h], [param flip_v], and [param transpose] allow transforming the returned polygon.  
         */
        get_occluder(layer_id: int64, flip_h?: boolean /* = false */, flip_v?: boolean /* = false */, transpose?: boolean /* = false */): null | OccluderPolygon2D
        
        /** Sets the constant linear velocity. This does not move the tile. This linear velocity is applied to objects colliding with this tile. This is useful to create conveyor belts. */
        set_constant_linear_velocity(layer_id: int64, velocity: Vector2): void
        
        /** Returns the constant linear velocity applied to objects colliding with this tile. */
        get_constant_linear_velocity(layer_id: int64): Vector2
        
        /** Sets the constant angular velocity. This does not rotate the tile. This angular velocity is applied to objects colliding with this tile. */
        set_constant_angular_velocity(layer_id: int64, velocity: float64): void
        
        /** Returns the constant angular velocity applied to objects colliding with this tile. */
        get_constant_angular_velocity(layer_id: int64): float64
        
        /** Sets the polygons count for TileSet physics layer with index [param layer_id]. */
        set_collision_polygons_count(layer_id: int64, polygons_count: int64): void
        
        /** Returns how many polygons the tile has for TileSet physics layer with index [param layer_id]. */
        get_collision_polygons_count(layer_id: int64): int64
        
        /** Adds a collision polygon to the tile on the given TileSet physics layer. */
        add_collision_polygon(layer_id: int64): void
        
        /** Removes the polygon at index [param polygon_index] for TileSet physics layer with index [param layer_id]. */
        remove_collision_polygon(layer_id: int64, polygon_index: int64): void
        
        /** Sets the points of the polygon at index [param polygon_index] for TileSet physics layer with index [param layer_id]. */
        set_collision_polygon_points(layer_id: int64, polygon_index: int64, polygon: PackedVector2Array | Vector2[]): void
        
        /** Returns the points of the polygon at index [param polygon_index] for TileSet physics layer with index [param layer_id]. */
        get_collision_polygon_points(layer_id: int64, polygon_index: int64): PackedVector2Array
        
        /** Enables/disables one-way collisions on the polygon at index [param polygon_index] for TileSet physics layer with index [param layer_id]. */
        set_collision_polygon_one_way(layer_id: int64, polygon_index: int64, one_way: boolean): void
        
        /** Returns whether one-way collisions are enabled for the polygon at index [param polygon_index] for TileSet physics layer with index [param layer_id]. */
        is_collision_polygon_one_way(layer_id: int64, polygon_index: int64): boolean
        
        /** Sets the one-way margin (for one-way platforms) of the polygon at index [param polygon_index] for TileSet physics layer with index [param layer_id]. */
        set_collision_polygon_one_way_margin(layer_id: int64, polygon_index: int64, one_way_margin: float64): void
        
        /** Returns the one-way margin (for one-way platforms) of the polygon at index [param polygon_index] for TileSet physics layer with index [param layer_id]. */
        get_collision_polygon_one_way_margin(layer_id: int64, polygon_index: int64): float64
        
        /** Sets the tile's terrain bit for the given [param peering_bit] direction. To check that a direction is valid, use [method is_valid_terrain_peering_bit]. */
        set_terrain_peering_bit(peering_bit: TileSet.CellNeighbor, terrain: int64): void
        
        /** Returns the tile's terrain bit for the given [param peering_bit] direction. To check that a direction is valid, use [method is_valid_terrain_peering_bit]. */
        get_terrain_peering_bit(peering_bit: TileSet.CellNeighbor): int64
        
        /** Returns whether the given [param peering_bit] direction is valid for this tile. */
        is_valid_terrain_peering_bit(peering_bit: TileSet.CellNeighbor): boolean
        
        /** Sets the navigation polygon for the TileSet navigation layer with index [param layer_id]. */
        set_navigation_polygon(layer_id: int64, navigation_polygon: NavigationPolygon): void
        
        /** Returns the navigation polygon of the tile for the TileSet navigation layer with index [param layer_id].  
         *  [param flip_h], [param flip_v], and [param transpose] allow transforming the returned polygon.  
         */
        get_navigation_polygon(layer_id: int64, flip_h?: boolean /* = false */, flip_v?: boolean /* = false */, transpose?: boolean /* = false */): null | NavigationPolygon
        
        /** Sets the tile's custom data value for the TileSet custom data layer with name [param layer_name]. */
        set_custom_data(layer_name: string, value: any): void
        
        /** Returns the custom data value for custom data layer named [param layer_name]. To check if a custom data layer exists, use [method has_custom_data]. */
        get_custom_data(layer_name: string): any
        
        /** Returns whether there exists a custom data layer named [param layer_name]. */
        has_custom_data(layer_name: string): boolean
        
        /** Sets the tile's custom data value for the TileSet custom data layer with index [param layer_id]. */
        set_custom_data_by_layer_id(layer_id: int64, value: any): void
        
        /** Returns the custom data value for custom data layer with index [param layer_id]. */
        get_custom_data_by_layer_id(layer_id: int64): any
        
        /** If `true`, the tile will have its texture flipped horizontally. */
        get flip_h(): boolean
        set flip_h(value: boolean)
        
        /** If `true`, the tile will have its texture flipped vertically. */
        get flip_v(): boolean
        set flip_v(value: boolean)
        
        /** If `true`, the tile will display transposed, i.e. with horizontal and vertical texture UVs swapped. */
        get transpose(): boolean
        set transpose(value: boolean)
        
        /** Offsets the position of where the tile is drawn. */
        get texture_origin(): Vector2i
        set texture_origin(value: Vector2i)
        
        /** Color modulation of the tile. */
        get modulate(): Color
        set modulate(value: Color)
        
        /** The [Material] to use for this [TileData]. This can be a [CanvasItemMaterial] to use the default shader, or a [ShaderMaterial] to use a custom shader. */
        get material(): null | CanvasItemMaterial | ShaderMaterial
        set material(value: null | CanvasItemMaterial | ShaderMaterial)
        
        /** Ordering index of this tile, relative to [TileMapLayer]. */
        get z_index(): int64
        set z_index(value: int64)
        
        /** Vertical point of the tile used for determining y-sorted order. */
        get y_sort_origin(): int64
        set y_sort_origin(value: int64)
        
        /** ID of the terrain set that the tile uses. */
        get terrain_set(): int64
        set terrain_set(value: int64)
        
        /** ID of the terrain from the terrain set that the tile uses. */
        get terrain(): int64
        set terrain(value: int64)
        
        /** Relative probability of this tile being selected when drawing a pattern of random tiles. */
        get probability(): float64
        set probability(value: float64)
        
        /** Emitted when any of the properties are changed. */
        readonly changed: Signal<() => void>
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapTileData;
    }
    namespace TileMap {
        enum VisibilityMode {
            /** Use the debug settings to determine visibility. */
            VISIBILITY_MODE_DEFAULT = 0,
            
            /** Always hide. */
            VISIBILITY_MODE_FORCE_HIDE = 2,
            
            /** Always show. */
            VISIBILITY_MODE_FORCE_SHOW = 1,
        }
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapTileMap extends __NameMapNode2D {
    }
    /** Node for 2D tile-based maps.  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_tilemap.html  
     */
    class TileMap<Map extends NodePathMap = any> extends Node2D<Map> {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** Should return `true` if the tile at coordinates [param coords] on layer [param layer] requires a runtime update.  
         *  **Warning:** Make sure this function only return `true` when needed. Any tile processed at runtime without a need for it will imply a significant performance penalty.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** If the result of this function should changed, use [method notify_runtime_tile_data_update] to notify the TileMap it needs an update.  
         */
        /* gdvirtual */ _use_tile_data_runtime_update(layer: int64, coords: Vector2i): boolean
        
        /** Called with a TileData object about to be used internally by the TileMap, allowing its modification at runtime.  
         *  This method is only called if [method _use_tile_data_runtime_update] is implemented and returns `true` for the given tile [param coords] and [param layer].  
         *  **Warning:** The [param tile_data] object's sub-resources are the same as the one in the TileSet. Modifying them might impact the whole TileSet. Instead, make sure to duplicate those resources.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** If the properties of [param tile_data] object should change over time, use [method notify_runtime_tile_data_update] to notify the TileMap it needs an update.  
         */
        /* gdvirtual */ _tile_data_runtime_update(layer: int64, coords: Vector2i, tile_data: TileData): void
        
        /** Assigns [param map] as a [NavigationServer2D] navigation map for the specified TileMap layer [param layer]. */
        set_navigation_map(layer: int64, map: RID): void
        
        /** Returns the [RID] of the [NavigationServer2D] navigation map assigned to the specified TileMap layer [param layer]. */
        get_navigation_map(layer: int64): RID
        
        /** Forces the TileMap and the layer [param layer] to update. */
        force_update(layer?: int64 /* = -1 */): void
        
        /** Returns the number of layers in the TileMap. */
        get_layers_count(): int64
        
        /** Adds a layer at the given position [param to_position] in the array. If [param to_position] is negative, the position is counted from the end, with `-1` adding the layer at the end of the array. */
        add_layer(to_position: int64): void
        
        /** Moves the layer at index [param layer] to the given position [param to_position] in the array. */
        move_layer(layer: int64, to_position: int64): void
        
        /** Removes the layer at index [param layer]. */
        remove_layer(layer: int64): void
        
        /** Sets a layer's name. This is mostly useful in the editor.  
         *  If [param layer] is negative, the layers are accessed from the last one.  
         */
        set_layer_name(layer: int64, name: string): void
        
        /** Returns a TileMap layer's name.  
         *  If [param layer] is negative, the layers are accessed from the last one.  
         */
        get_layer_name(layer: int64): string
        
        /** Enables or disables the layer [param layer]. A disabled layer is not processed at all (no rendering, no physics, etc.).  
         *  If [param layer] is negative, the layers are accessed from the last one.  
         */
        set_layer_enabled(layer: int64, enabled: boolean): void
        
        /** Returns if a layer is enabled.  
         *  If [param layer] is negative, the layers are accessed from the last one.  
         */
        is_layer_enabled(layer: int64): boolean
        
        /** Sets a layer's color. It will be multiplied by tile's color and TileMap's modulate.  
         *  If [param layer] is negative, the layers are accessed from the last one.  
         */
        set_layer_modulate(layer: int64, modulate: Color): void
        
        /** Returns a TileMap layer's modulate.  
         *  If [param layer] is negative, the layers are accessed from the last one.  
         */
        get_layer_modulate(layer: int64): Color
        
        /** Enables or disables a layer's Y-sorting. If a layer is Y-sorted, the layer will behave as a CanvasItem node where each of its tile gets Y-sorted.  
         *  Y-sorted layers should usually be on different Z-index values than not Y-sorted layers, otherwise, each of those layer will be Y-sorted as whole with the Y-sorted one. This is usually an undesired behavior.  
         *  If [param layer] is negative, the layers are accessed from the last one.  
         */
        set_layer_y_sort_enabled(layer: int64, y_sort_enabled: boolean): void
        
        /** Returns if a layer Y-sorts its tiles.  
         *  If [param layer] is negative, the layers are accessed from the last one.  
         */
        is_layer_y_sort_enabled(layer: int64): boolean
        
        /** Sets a layer's Y-sort origin value. This Y-sort origin value is added to each tile's Y-sort origin value.  
         *  This allows, for example, to fake a different height level on each layer. This can be useful for top-down view games.  
         *  If [param layer] is negative, the layers are accessed from the last one.  
         */
        set_layer_y_sort_origin(layer: int64, y_sort_origin: int64): void
        
        /** Returns a TileMap layer's Y sort origin.  
         *  If [param layer] is negative, the layers are accessed from the last one.  
         */
        get_layer_y_sort_origin(layer: int64): int64
        
        /** Sets a layers Z-index value. This Z-index is added to each tile's Z-index value.  
         *  If [param layer] is negative, the layers are accessed from the last one.  
         */
        set_layer_z_index(layer: int64, z_index: int64): void
        
        /** Returns a TileMap layer's Z-index value.  
         *  If [param layer] is negative, the layers are accessed from the last one.  
         */
        get_layer_z_index(layer: int64): int64
        
        /** Enables or disables a layer's built-in navigation regions generation. Disable this if you need to bake navigation regions from a TileMap using a [NavigationRegion2D] node. */
        set_layer_navigation_enabled(layer: int64, enabled: boolean): void
        
        /** Returns if a layer's built-in navigation regions generation is enabled. */
        is_layer_navigation_enabled(layer: int64): boolean
        
        /** Assigns [param map] as a [NavigationServer2D] navigation map for the specified TileMap layer [param layer].  
         *  By default the TileMap uses the default [World2D] navigation map for the first TileMap layer. For each additional TileMap layer a new navigation map is created for the additional layer.  
         *  In order to make [NavigationAgent2D] switch between TileMap layer navigation maps use [method NavigationAgent2D.set_navigation_map] with the navigation map received from [method get_layer_navigation_map].  
         *  If [param layer] is negative, the layers are accessed from the last one.  
         */
        set_layer_navigation_map(layer: int64, map: RID): void
        
        /** Returns the [RID] of the [NavigationServer2D] navigation map assigned to the specified TileMap layer [param layer].  
         *  By default the TileMap uses the default [World2D] navigation map for the first TileMap layer. For each additional TileMap layer a new navigation map is created for the additional layer.  
         *  In order to make [NavigationAgent2D] switch between TileMap layer navigation maps use [method NavigationAgent2D.set_navigation_map] with the navigation map received from [method get_layer_navigation_map].  
         *  If [param layer] is negative, the layers are accessed from the last one.  
         */
        get_layer_navigation_map(layer: int64): RID
        
        /** Sets the tile identifiers for the cell on layer [param layer] at coordinates [param coords]. Each tile of the [TileSet] is identified using three parts:  
         *  - The source identifier [param source_id] identifies a [TileSetSource] identifier. See [method TileSet.set_source_id],  
         *  - The atlas coordinates identifier [param atlas_coords] identifies a tile coordinates in the atlas (if the source is a [TileSetAtlasSource]). For [TileSetScenesCollectionSource] it should always be `Vector2i(0, 0)`),  
         *  - The alternative tile identifier [param alternative_tile] identifies a tile alternative in the atlas (if the source is a [TileSetAtlasSource]), and the scene for a [TileSetScenesCollectionSource].  
         *  If [param source_id] is set to `-1`, [param atlas_coords] to `Vector2i(-1, -1)` or [param alternative_tile] to `-1`, the cell will be erased. An erased cell gets **all** its identifiers automatically set to their respective invalid values, namely `-1`, `Vector2i(-1, -1)` and `-1`.  
         *  If [param layer] is negative, the layers are accessed from the last one.  
         */
        set_cell(layer: int64, coords: Vector2i, source_id?: int64 /* = -1 */, atlas_coords?: Vector2i /* = new Vector2i(-1, -1) */, alternative_tile?: int64 /* = 0 */): void
        
        /** Erases the cell on layer [param layer] at coordinates [param coords].  
         *  If [param layer] is negative, the layers are accessed from the last one.  
         */
        erase_cell(layer: int64, coords: Vector2i): void
        
        /** Returns the tile source ID of the cell on layer [param layer] at coordinates [param coords]. Returns `-1` if the cell does not exist.  
         *  If [param use_proxies] is `false`, ignores the [TileSet]'s tile proxies, returning the raw source identifier. See [method TileSet.map_tile_proxy].  
         *  If [param layer] is negative, the layers are accessed from the last one.  
         */
        get_cell_source_id(layer: int64, coords: Vector2i, use_proxies?: boolean /* = false */): int64
        
        /** Returns the tile atlas coordinates ID of the cell on layer [param layer] at coordinates [param coords]. Returns `Vector2i(-1, -1)` if the cell does not exist.  
         *  If [param use_proxies] is `false`, ignores the [TileSet]'s tile proxies, returning the raw atlas coordinate identifier. See [method TileSet.map_tile_proxy].  
         *  If [param layer] is negative, the layers are accessed from the last one.  
         */
        get_cell_atlas_coords(layer: int64, coords: Vector2i, use_proxies?: boolean /* = false */): Vector2i
        
        /** Returns the tile alternative ID of the cell on layer [param layer] at [param coords].  
         *  If [param use_proxies] is `false`, ignores the [TileSet]'s tile proxies, returning the raw alternative identifier. See [method TileSet.map_tile_proxy].  
         *  If [param layer] is negative, the layers are accessed from the last one.  
         */
        get_cell_alternative_tile(layer: int64, coords: Vector2i, use_proxies?: boolean /* = false */): int64
        
        /** Returns the [TileData] object associated with the given cell, or `null` if the cell does not exist or is not a [TileSetAtlasSource].  
         *  If [param layer] is negative, the layers are accessed from the last one.  
         *    
         *  If [param use_proxies] is `false`, ignores the [TileSet]'s tile proxies. See [method TileSet.map_tile_proxy].  
         */
        get_cell_tile_data(layer: int64, coords: Vector2i, use_proxies?: boolean /* = false */): null | TileData
        
        /** Returns `true` if the cell on layer [param layer] at coordinates [param coords] is flipped horizontally. The result is valid only for atlas sources. */
        is_cell_flipped_h(layer: int64, coords: Vector2i, use_proxies?: boolean /* = false */): boolean
        
        /** Returns `true` if the cell on layer [param layer] at coordinates [param coords] is flipped vertically. The result is valid only for atlas sources. */
        is_cell_flipped_v(layer: int64, coords: Vector2i, use_proxies?: boolean /* = false */): boolean
        
        /** Returns `true` if the cell on layer [param layer] at coordinates [param coords] is transposed. The result is valid only for atlas sources. */
        is_cell_transposed(layer: int64, coords: Vector2i, use_proxies?: boolean /* = false */): boolean
        
        /** Returns the coordinates of the tile for given physics body RID. Such RID can be retrieved from [method KinematicCollision2D.get_collider_rid], when colliding with a tile. */
        get_coords_for_body_rid(body: RID): Vector2i
        
        /** Returns the tilemap layer of the tile for given physics body RID. Such RID can be retrieved from [method KinematicCollision2D.get_collider_rid], when colliding with a tile. */
        get_layer_for_body_rid(body: RID): int64
        
        /** Creates a new [TileMapPattern] from the given layer and set of cells.  
         *  If [param layer] is negative, the layers are accessed from the last one.  
         */
        get_pattern(layer: int64, coords_array: GArray<Vector2i>): null | TileMapPattern
        
        /** Returns for the given coordinate [param coords_in_pattern] in a [TileMapPattern] the corresponding cell coordinates if the pattern was pasted at the [param position_in_tilemap] coordinates (see [method set_pattern]). This mapping is required as in half-offset tile shapes, the mapping might not work by calculating `position_in_tile_map + coords_in_pattern`. */
        map_pattern(position_in_tilemap: Vector2i, coords_in_pattern: Vector2i, pattern: TileMapPattern): Vector2i
        
        /** Paste the given [TileMapPattern] at the given [param position] and [param layer] in the tile map.  
         *  If [param layer] is negative, the layers are accessed from the last one.  
         */
        set_pattern(layer: int64, position: Vector2i, pattern: TileMapPattern): void
        
        /** Update all the cells in the [param cells] coordinates array so that they use the given [param terrain] for the given [param terrain_set]. If an updated cell has the same terrain as one of its neighboring cells, this function tries to join the two. This function might update neighboring tiles if needed to create correct terrain transitions.  
         *  If [param ignore_empty_terrains] is `true`, empty terrains will be ignored when trying to find the best fitting tile for the given terrain constraints.  
         *  If [param layer] is negative, the layers are accessed from the last one.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** To work correctly, this method requires the TileMap's TileSet to have terrains set up with all required terrain combinations. Otherwise, it may produce unexpected results.  
         */
        set_cells_terrain_connect(layer: int64, cells: GArray<Vector2i>, terrain_set: int64, terrain: int64, ignore_empty_terrains?: boolean /* = true */): void
        
        /** Update all the cells in the [param path] coordinates array so that they use the given [param terrain] for the given [param terrain_set]. The function will also connect two successive cell in the path with the same terrain. This function might update neighboring tiles if needed to create correct terrain transitions.  
         *  If [param ignore_empty_terrains] is `true`, empty terrains will be ignored when trying to find the best fitting tile for the given terrain constraints.  
         *  If [param layer] is negative, the layers are accessed from the last one.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** To work correctly, this method requires the TileMap's TileSet to have terrains set up with all required terrain combinations. Otherwise, it may produce unexpected results.  
         */
        set_cells_terrain_path(layer: int64, path: GArray<Vector2i>, terrain_set: int64, terrain: int64, ignore_empty_terrains?: boolean /* = true */): void
        
        /** Clears cells that do not exist in the tileset. */
        fix_invalid_tiles(): void
        
        /** Clears all cells on the given layer.  
         *  If [param layer] is negative, the layers are accessed from the last one.  
         */
        clear_layer(layer: int64): void
        
        /** Clears all cells. */
        clear(): void
        
        /** Triggers a direct update of the TileMap. Usually, calling this function is not needed, as TileMap node updates automatically when one of its properties or cells is modified.  
         *  However, for performance reasons, those updates are batched and delayed to the end of the frame. Calling this function will force the TileMap to update right away instead.  
         *  **Warning:** Updating the TileMap is computationally expensive and may impact performance. Try to limit the number of updates and how many tiles they impact.  
         */
        update_internals(): void
        
        /** Notifies the TileMap node that calls to [method _use_tile_data_runtime_update] or [method _tile_data_runtime_update] will lead to different results. This will thus trigger a TileMap update.  
         *  If [param layer] is provided, only notifies changes for the given layer. Providing the [param layer] argument (when applicable) is usually preferred for performance reasons.  
         *  **Warning:** Updating the TileMap is computationally expensive and may impact performance. Try to limit the number of calls to this function to avoid unnecessary update.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** This does not trigger a direct update of the TileMap, the update will be done at the end of the frame as usual (unless you call [method update_internals]).  
         */
        notify_runtime_tile_data_update(layer?: int64 /* = -1 */): void
        
        /** Returns the list of all neighbourings cells to the one at [param coords]. */
        get_surrounding_cells(coords: Vector2i): GArray<Vector2i>
        
        /** Returns a [Vector2i] array with the positions of all cells containing a tile in the given layer. A cell is considered empty if its source identifier equals -1, its atlas coordinates identifiers is `Vector2(-1, -1)` and its alternative identifier is -1.  
         *  If [param layer] is negative, the layers are accessed from the last one.  
         */
        get_used_cells(layer: int64): GArray<Vector2i>
        
        /** Returns a [Vector2i] array with the positions of all cells containing a tile in the given layer. Tiles may be filtered according to their source ([param source_id]), their atlas coordinates ([param atlas_coords]) or alternative id ([param alternative_tile]).  
         *  If a parameter has its value set to the default one, this parameter is not used to filter a cell. Thus, if all parameters have their respective default value, this method returns the same result as [method get_used_cells].  
         *  A cell is considered empty if its source identifier equals -1, its atlas coordinates identifiers is `Vector2(-1, -1)` and its alternative identifier is -1.  
         *  If [param layer] is negative, the layers are accessed from the last one.  
         */
        get_used_cells_by_id(layer: int64, source_id?: int64 /* = -1 */, atlas_coords?: Vector2i /* = new Vector2i(-1, -1) */, alternative_tile?: int64 /* = -1 */): GArray<Vector2i>
        
        /** Returns a rectangle enclosing the used (non-empty) tiles of the map, including all layers. */
        get_used_rect(): Rect2i
        
        /** Returns the centered position of a cell in the TileMap's local coordinate space. To convert the returned value into global coordinates, use [method Node2D.to_global]. See also [method local_to_map].  
         *      
         *  **Note:** This may not correspond to the visual position of the tile, i.e. it ignores the [member TileData.texture_origin] property of individual tiles.  
         */
        map_to_local(map_position: Vector2i): Vector2
        
        /** Returns the map coordinates of the cell containing the given [param local_position]. If [param local_position] is in global coordinates, consider using [method Node2D.to_local] before passing it to this method. See also [method map_to_local]. */
        local_to_map(local_position: Vector2): Vector2i
        
        /** Returns the neighboring cell to the one at coordinates [param coords], identified by the [param neighbor] direction. This method takes into account the different layouts a TileMap can take. */
        get_neighbor_cell(coords: Vector2i, neighbor: TileSet.CellNeighbor): Vector2i
        
        /** The [TileSet] used by this [TileMap]. The textures, collisions, and additional behavior of all available tiles are stored here. */
        get tile_set(): null | TileSet
        set tile_set(value: null | TileSet)
        
        /** The TileMap's quadrant size. A quadrant is a group of tiles to be drawn together on a single canvas item, for optimization purposes. [member rendering_quadrant_size] defines the length of a square's side, in the map's coordinate system, that forms the quadrant. Thus, the default quadrant size groups together `16 * 16 = 256` tiles.  
         *  The quadrant size does not apply on Y-sorted layers, as tiles are grouped by Y position instead in that case.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** As quadrants are created according to the map's coordinate system, the quadrant's "square shape" might not look like square in the TileMap's local coordinate system.  
         */
        get rendering_quadrant_size(): int64
        set rendering_quadrant_size(value: int64)
        
        /** If enabled, the TileMap will see its collisions synced to the physics tick and change its collision type from static to kinematic. This is required to create TileMap-based moving platform.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** Enabling [member collision_animatable] may have a small performance impact, only do it if the TileMap is moving and has colliding tiles.  
         */
        get collision_animatable(): boolean
        set collision_animatable(value: boolean)
        
        /** Show or hide the TileMap's collision shapes. If set to [constant VISIBILITY_MODE_DEFAULT], this depends on the show collision debug settings. */
        get collision_visibility_mode(): int64
        set collision_visibility_mode(value: int64)
        
        /** Show or hide the TileMap's navigation meshes. If set to [constant VISIBILITY_MODE_DEFAULT], this depends on the show navigation debug settings. */
        get navigation_visibility_mode(): int64
        set navigation_visibility_mode(value: int64)
        
        /** Emitted when the [TileSet] of this TileMap changes. */
        readonly changed: Signal<() => void>
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapTileMap;
    }
    namespace TileMapLayer {
        enum DebugVisibilityMode {
            /** Hide the collisions or navigation debug shapes in the editor, and use the debug settings to determine their visibility in game (i.e. [member SceneTree.debug_collisions_hint] or [member SceneTree.debug_navigation_hint]). */
            DEBUG_VISIBILITY_MODE_DEFAULT = 0,
            
            /** Always hide the collisions or navigation debug shapes. */
            DEBUG_VISIBILITY_MODE_FORCE_HIDE = 2,
            
            /** Always show the collisions or navigation debug shapes. */
            DEBUG_VISIBILITY_MODE_FORCE_SHOW = 1,
        }
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapTileMapLayer extends __NameMapNode2D {
    }
    /** Node for 2D tile-based maps.  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_tilemaplayer.html  
     */
    class TileMapLayer<Map extends NodePathMap = any> extends Node2D<Map> {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** Should return `true` if the tile at coordinates [param coords] requires a runtime update.  
         *  **Warning:** Make sure this function only returns `true` when needed. Any tile processed at runtime without a need for it will imply a significant performance penalty.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** If the result of this function should change, use [method notify_runtime_tile_data_update] to notify the [TileMapLayer] it needs an update.  
         */
        /* gdvirtual */ _use_tile_data_runtime_update(coords: Vector2i): boolean
        
        /** Called with a [TileData] object about to be used internally by the [TileMapLayer], allowing its modification at runtime.  
         *  This method is only called if [method _use_tile_data_runtime_update] is implemented and returns `true` for the given tile [param coords].  
         *  **Warning:** The [param tile_data] object's sub-resources are the same as the one in the TileSet. Modifying them might impact the whole TileSet. Instead, make sure to duplicate those resources.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** If the properties of [param tile_data] object should change over time, use [method notify_runtime_tile_data_update] to notify the [TileMapLayer] it needs an update.  
         */
        /* gdvirtual */ _tile_data_runtime_update(coords: Vector2i, tile_data: TileData): void
        
        /** Called when this [TileMapLayer]'s cells need an internal update. This update may be caused from individual cells being modified or by a change in the [member tile_set] (causing all cells to be queued for an update). The first call to this function is always for initializing all the [TileMapLayer]'s cells. [param coords] contains the coordinates of all modified cells, roughly in the order they were modified. [param forced_cleanup] is `true` when the [TileMapLayer]'s internals should be fully cleaned up. This is the case when:  
         *  - The layer is disabled;  
         *  - The layer is not visible;  
         *  - [member tile_set] is set to `null`;  
         *  - The node is removed from the tree;  
         *  - The node is freed.  
         *  Note that any internal update happening while one of these conditions is verified is considered to be a "cleanup". See also [method update_internals].  
         *  **Warning:** Implementing this method may degrade the [TileMapLayer]'s performance.  
         */
        /* gdvirtual */ _update_cells(coords: GArray<Vector2i>, forced_cleanup: boolean): void
        
        /** Sets the tile identifiers for the cell at coordinates [param coords]. Each tile of the [TileSet] is identified using three parts:  
         *  - The source identifier [param source_id] identifies a [TileSetSource] identifier. See [method TileSet.set_source_id],  
         *  - The atlas coordinate identifier [param atlas_coords] identifies a tile coordinates in the atlas (if the source is a [TileSetAtlasSource]). For [TileSetScenesCollectionSource] it should always be `Vector2i(0, 0)`,  
         *  - The alternative tile identifier [param alternative_tile] identifies a tile alternative in the atlas (if the source is a [TileSetAtlasSource]), and the scene for a [TileSetScenesCollectionSource].  
         *  If [param source_id] is set to `-1`, [param atlas_coords] to `Vector2i(-1, -1)`, or [param alternative_tile] to `-1`, the cell will be erased. An erased cell gets **all** its identifiers automatically set to their respective invalid values, namely `-1`, `Vector2i(-1, -1)` and `-1`.  
         */
        set_cell(coords: Vector2i, source_id?: int64 /* = -1 */, atlas_coords?: Vector2i /* = new Vector2i(-1, -1) */, alternative_tile?: int64 /* = 0 */): void
        
        /** Erases the cell at coordinates [param coords]. */
        erase_cell(coords: Vector2i): void
        
        /** Clears cells containing tiles that do not exist in the [member tile_set]. */
        fix_invalid_tiles(): void
        
        /** Clears all cells. */
        clear(): void
        
        /** Returns the tile source ID of the cell at coordinates [param coords]. Returns `-1` if the cell does not exist. */
        get_cell_source_id(coords: Vector2i): int64
        
        /** Returns the tile atlas coordinates ID of the cell at coordinates [param coords]. Returns `Vector2i(-1, -1)` if the cell does not exist. */
        get_cell_atlas_coords(coords: Vector2i): Vector2i
        
        /** Returns the tile alternative ID of the cell at coordinates [param coords]. */
        get_cell_alternative_tile(coords: Vector2i): int64
        
        /** Returns the [TileData] object associated with the given cell, or `null` if the cell does not exist or is not a [TileSetAtlasSource].  
         *    
         */
        get_cell_tile_data(coords: Vector2i): null | TileData
        
        /** Returns `true` if the cell at coordinates [param coords] is flipped horizontally. The result is valid only for atlas sources. */
        is_cell_flipped_h(coords: Vector2i): boolean
        
        /** Returns `true` if the cell at coordinates [param coords] is flipped vertically. The result is valid only for atlas sources. */
        is_cell_flipped_v(coords: Vector2i): boolean
        
        /** Returns `true` if the cell at coordinates [param coords] is transposed. The result is valid only for atlas sources. */
        is_cell_transposed(coords: Vector2i): boolean
        
        /** Returns a [Vector2i] array with the positions of all cells containing a tile. A cell is considered empty if its source identifier equals `-1`, its atlas coordinate identifier is `Vector2(-1, -1)` and its alternative identifier is `-1`. */
        get_used_cells(): GArray<Vector2i>
        
        /** Returns a [Vector2i] array with the positions of all cells containing a tile. Tiles may be filtered according to their source ([param source_id]), their atlas coordinates ([param atlas_coords]), or alternative id ([param alternative_tile]).  
         *  If a parameter has its value set to the default one, this parameter is not used to filter a cell. Thus, if all parameters have their respective default values, this method returns the same result as [method get_used_cells].  
         *  A cell is considered empty if its source identifier equals `-1`, its atlas coordinate identifier is `Vector2(-1, -1)` and its alternative identifier is `-1`.  
         */
        get_used_cells_by_id(source_id?: int64 /* = -1 */, atlas_coords?: Vector2i /* = new Vector2i(-1, -1) */, alternative_tile?: int64 /* = -1 */): GArray<Vector2i>
        
        /** Returns a rectangle enclosing the used (non-empty) tiles of the map. */
        get_used_rect(): Rect2i
        
        /** Creates and returns a new [TileMapPattern] from the given array of cells. See also [method set_pattern]. */
        get_pattern(coords_array: GArray<Vector2i>): null | TileMapPattern
        
        /** Pastes the [TileMapPattern] at the given [param position] in the tile map. See also [method get_pattern]. */
        set_pattern(position: Vector2i, pattern: TileMapPattern): void
        
        /** Update all the cells in the [param cells] coordinates array so that they use the given [param terrain] for the given [param terrain_set]. If an updated cell has the same terrain as one of its neighboring cells, this function tries to join the two. This function might update neighboring tiles if needed to create correct terrain transitions.  
         *  If [param ignore_empty_terrains] is `true`, empty terrains will be ignored when trying to find the best fitting tile for the given terrain constraints.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** To work correctly, this method requires the [TileMapLayer]'s TileSet to have terrains set up with all required terrain combinations. Otherwise, it may produce unexpected results.  
         */
        set_cells_terrain_connect(cells: GArray<Vector2i>, terrain_set: int64, terrain: int64, ignore_empty_terrains?: boolean /* = true */): void
        
        /** Update all the cells in the [param path] coordinates array so that they use the given [param terrain] for the given [param terrain_set]. The function will also connect two successive cell in the path with the same terrain. This function might update neighboring tiles if needed to create correct terrain transitions.  
         *  If [param ignore_empty_terrains] is `true`, empty terrains will be ignored when trying to find the best fitting tile for the given terrain constraints.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** To work correctly, this method requires the [TileMapLayer]'s TileSet to have terrains set up with all required terrain combinations. Otherwise, it may produce unexpected results.  
         */
        set_cells_terrain_path(path: GArray<Vector2i>, terrain_set: int64, terrain: int64, ignore_empty_terrains?: boolean /* = true */): void
        
        /** Returns whether the provided [param body] [RID] belongs to one of this [TileMapLayer]'s cells. */
        has_body_rid(body: RID): boolean
        
        /** Returns the coordinates of the physics quadrant (see [member physics_quadrant_size]) for given physics body [RID]. Such an [RID] can be retrieved from [method KinematicCollision2D.get_collider_rid], when colliding with a tile. */
        get_coords_for_body_rid(body: RID): Vector2i
        
        /** Triggers a direct update of the [TileMapLayer]. Usually, calling this function is not needed, as [TileMapLayer] node updates automatically when one of its properties or cells is modified.  
         *  However, for performance reasons, those updates are batched and delayed to the end of the frame. Calling this function will force the [TileMapLayer] to update right away instead.  
         *  **Warning:** Updating the [TileMapLayer] is computationally expensive and may impact performance. Try to limit the number of updates and how many tiles they impact.  
         */
        update_internals(): void
        
        /** Notifies the [TileMapLayer] node that calls to [method _use_tile_data_runtime_update] or [method _tile_data_runtime_update] will lead to different results. This will thus trigger a [TileMapLayer] update.  
         *  **Warning:** Updating the [TileMapLayer] is computationally expensive and may impact performance. Try to limit the number of calls to this function to avoid unnecessary update.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** This does not trigger a direct update of the [TileMapLayer], the update will be done at the end of the frame as usual (unless you call [method update_internals]).  
         */
        notify_runtime_tile_data_update(): void
        
        /** Returns for the given coordinates [param coords_in_pattern] in a [TileMapPattern] the corresponding cell coordinates if the pattern was pasted at the [param position_in_tilemap] coordinates (see [method set_pattern]). This mapping is required as in half-offset tile shapes, the mapping might not work by calculating `position_in_tile_map + coords_in_pattern`. */
        map_pattern(position_in_tilemap: Vector2i, coords_in_pattern: Vector2i, pattern: TileMapPattern): Vector2i
        
        /** Returns the list of all neighboring cells to the one at [param coords]. Any neighboring cell is one that is touching edges, so for a square cell 4 cells would be returned, for a hexagon 6 cells are returned. */
        get_surrounding_cells(coords: Vector2i): GArray<Vector2i>
        
        /** Returns the neighboring cell to the one at coordinates [param coords], identified by the [param neighbor] direction. This method takes into account the different layouts a TileMap can take. */
        get_neighbor_cell(coords: Vector2i, neighbor: TileSet.CellNeighbor): Vector2i
        
        /** Returns the centered position of a cell in the [TileMapLayer]'s local coordinate space. To convert the returned value into global coordinates, use [method Node2D.to_global]. See also [method local_to_map].  
         *      
         *  **Note:** This may not correspond to the visual position of the tile, i.e. it ignores the [member TileData.texture_origin] property of individual tiles.  
         */
        map_to_local(map_position: Vector2i): Vector2
        
        /** Returns the map coordinates of the cell containing the given [param local_position]. If [param local_position] is in global coordinates, consider using [method Node2D.to_local] before passing it to this method. See also [method map_to_local]. */
        local_to_map(local_position: Vector2): Vector2i
        
        /** Sets a custom [param map] as a [NavigationServer2D] navigation map. If not set, uses the default [World2D] navigation map instead. */
        set_navigation_map(map: RID): void
        
        /** Returns the [RID] of the [NavigationServer2D] navigation used by this [TileMapLayer].  
         *  By default this returns the default [World2D] navigation map, unless a custom map was provided using [method set_navigation_map].  
         */
        get_navigation_map(): RID
        
        /** The raw tile map data as a byte array. */
        get tile_map_data(): PackedByteArray
        set tile_map_data(value: PackedByteArray | byte[] | ArrayBuffer)
        
        /** If `false`, disables this [TileMapLayer] completely (rendering, collision, navigation, scene tiles, etc.) */
        get enabled(): boolean
        set enabled(value: boolean)
        
        /** The [TileSet] used by this layer. The textures, collisions, and additional behavior of all available tiles are stored here. */
        get tile_set(): null | TileSet
        set tile_set(value: null | TileSet)
        
        /** Enable or disable light occlusion. */
        get occlusion_enabled(): boolean
        set occlusion_enabled(value: boolean)
        
        /** This Y-sort origin value is added to each tile's Y-sort origin value. This allows, for example, to fake a different height level. This can be useful for top-down view games. */
        get y_sort_origin(): int64
        set y_sort_origin(value: int64)
        
        /** If [member CanvasItem.y_sort_enabled] is enabled, setting this to `true` will reverse the order the tiles are drawn on the X-axis. */
        get x_draw_order_reversed(): boolean
        set x_draw_order_reversed(value: boolean)
        
        /** The [TileMapLayer]'s rendering quadrant size. A quadrant is a group of tiles to be drawn together on a single canvas item, for optimization purposes. [member rendering_quadrant_size] defines the length of a square's side, in the map's coordinate system, that forms the quadrant. Thus, the default quadrant size groups together `16 * 16 = 256` tiles.  
         *  The quadrant size does not apply on a Y-sorted [TileMapLayer], as tiles are grouped by Y position instead in that case.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** As quadrants are created according to the map's coordinate system, the quadrant's "square shape" might not look like square in the [TileMapLayer]'s local coordinate system.  
         */
        get rendering_quadrant_size(): int64
        set rendering_quadrant_size(value: int64)
        
        /** Enable or disable collisions. */
        get collision_enabled(): boolean
        set collision_enabled(value: boolean)
        
        /** If `true`, this [TileMapLayer] collision shapes will be instantiated as kinematic bodies. This can be needed for moving [TileMapLayer] nodes (i.e. moving platforms). */
        get use_kinematic_bodies(): boolean
        set use_kinematic_bodies(value: boolean)
        
        /** Show or hide the [TileMapLayer]'s collision shapes. If set to [constant DEBUG_VISIBILITY_MODE_DEFAULT], this depends on the show collision debug settings. */
        get collision_visibility_mode(): int64
        set collision_visibility_mode(value: int64)
        
        /** The [TileMapLayer]'s physics quadrant size. Within a physics quadrant, cells with similar physics properties are grouped together and their collision shapes get merged. [member physics_quadrant_size] defines the length of a square's side, in the map's coordinate system, that forms the quadrant. Thus, the default quadrant size groups together `16 * 16 = 256` tiles.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** As quadrants are created according to the map's coordinate system, the quadrant's "square shape" might not look like square in the [TileMapLayer]'s local coordinate system.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** This impacts the value returned by [method get_coords_for_body_rid].  
         */
        get physics_quadrant_size(): int64
        set physics_quadrant_size(value: int64)
        
        /** If `true`, navigation regions are enabled. */
        get navigation_enabled(): boolean
        set navigation_enabled(value: boolean)
        
        /** Show or hide the [TileMapLayer]'s navigation meshes. If set to [constant DEBUG_VISIBILITY_MODE_DEFAULT], this depends on the show navigation debug settings. */
        get navigation_visibility_mode(): int64
        set navigation_visibility_mode(value: int64)
        
        /** Emitted when this [TileMapLayer]'s properties changes. This includes modified cells, properties, or changes made to its assigned [TileSet].  
         *      
         *  **Note:** This signal may be emitted very often when batch-modifying a [TileMapLayer]. Avoid executing complex processing in a connected function, and consider delaying it to the end of the frame instead (i.e. calling [method Object.call_deferred]).  
         */
        readonly changed: Signal<() => void>
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapTileMapLayer;
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapTileMapPattern extends __NameMapResource {
    }
    /** Holds a pattern to be copied from or pasted into [TileMap]s.  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_tilemappattern.html  
     */
    class TileMapPattern extends Resource {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** Sets the tile identifiers for the cell at coordinates [param coords]. See [method TileMap.set_cell]. */
        set_cell(coords: Vector2i, source_id?: int64 /* = -1 */, atlas_coords?: Vector2i /* = new Vector2i(-1, -1) */, alternative_tile?: int64 /* = -1 */): void
        
        /** Returns whether the pattern has a tile at the given coordinates. */
        has_cell(coords: Vector2i): boolean
        
        /** Remove the cell at the given coordinates. */
        remove_cell(coords: Vector2i, update_size: boolean): void
        
        /** Returns the tile source ID of the cell at [param coords]. */
        get_cell_source_id(coords: Vector2i): int64
        
        /** Returns the tile atlas coordinates ID of the cell at [param coords]. */
        get_cell_atlas_coords(coords: Vector2i): Vector2i
        
        /** Returns the tile alternative ID of the cell at [param coords]. */
        get_cell_alternative_tile(coords: Vector2i): int64
        
        /** Returns the list of used cell coordinates in the pattern. */
        get_used_cells(): GArray<Vector2i>
        
        /** Returns the size, in cells, of the pattern. */
        get_size(): Vector2i
        
        /** Sets the size of the pattern. */
        set_size(size: Vector2i): void
        
        /** Returns whether the pattern is empty or not. */
        is_empty(): boolean
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapTileMapPattern;
    }
    namespace TileSet {
        enum TileShape {
            /** Rectangular tile shape. */
            TILE_SHAPE_SQUARE = 0,
            
            /** Diamond tile shape (for isometric look).  
             *      
             *  **Note:** Isometric [TileSet] works best if all sibling [TileMapLayer]s and their parent inheriting from [Node2D] have Y-sort enabled.  
             */
            TILE_SHAPE_ISOMETRIC = 1,
            
            /** Rectangular tile shape with one row/column out of two offset by half a tile. */
            TILE_SHAPE_HALF_OFFSET_SQUARE = 2,
            
            /** Hexagonal tile shape. */
            TILE_SHAPE_HEXAGON = 3,
        }
        enum TileLayout {
            /** Tile coordinates layout where both axis stay consistent with their respective local horizontal and vertical axis. */
            TILE_LAYOUT_STACKED = 0,
            
            /** Same as [constant TILE_LAYOUT_STACKED], but the first half-offset is negative instead of positive. */
            TILE_LAYOUT_STACKED_OFFSET = 1,
            
            /** Tile coordinates layout where the horizontal axis stay horizontal, and the vertical one goes down-right. */
            TILE_LAYOUT_STAIRS_RIGHT = 2,
            
            /** Tile coordinates layout where the vertical axis stay vertical, and the horizontal one goes down-right. */
            TILE_LAYOUT_STAIRS_DOWN = 3,
            
            /** Tile coordinates layout where the horizontal axis goes up-right, and the vertical one goes down-right. */
            TILE_LAYOUT_DIAMOND_RIGHT = 4,
            
            /** Tile coordinates layout where the horizontal axis goes down-right, and the vertical one goes down-left. */
            TILE_LAYOUT_DIAMOND_DOWN = 5,
        }
        enum TileOffsetAxis {
            /** Horizontal half-offset. */
            TILE_OFFSET_AXIS_HORIZONTAL = 0,
            
            /** Vertical half-offset. */
            TILE_OFFSET_AXIS_VERTICAL = 1,
        }
        enum CellNeighbor {
            /** Neighbor on the right side. */
            CELL_NEIGHBOR_RIGHT_SIDE = 0,
            
            /** Neighbor in the right corner. */
            CELL_NEIGHBOR_RIGHT_CORNER = 1,
            
            /** Neighbor on the bottom right side. */
            CELL_NEIGHBOR_BOTTOM_RIGHT_SIDE = 2,
            
            /** Neighbor in the bottom right corner. */
            CELL_NEIGHBOR_BOTTOM_RIGHT_CORNER = 3,
            
            /** Neighbor on the bottom side. */
            CELL_NEIGHBOR_BOTTOM_SIDE = 4,
            
            /** Neighbor in the bottom corner. */
            CELL_NEIGHBOR_BOTTOM_CORNER = 5,
            
            /** Neighbor on the bottom left side. */
            CELL_NEIGHBOR_BOTTOM_LEFT_SIDE = 6,
            
            /** Neighbor in the bottom left corner. */
            CELL_NEIGHBOR_BOTTOM_LEFT_CORNER = 7,
            
            /** Neighbor on the left side. */
            CELL_NEIGHBOR_LEFT_SIDE = 8,
            
            /** Neighbor in the left corner. */
            CELL_NEIGHBOR_LEFT_CORNER = 9,
            
            /** Neighbor on the top left side. */
            CELL_NEIGHBOR_TOP_LEFT_SIDE = 10,
            
            /** Neighbor in the top left corner. */
            CELL_NEIGHBOR_TOP_LEFT_CORNER = 11,
            
            /** Neighbor on the top side. */
            CELL_NEIGHBOR_TOP_SIDE = 12,
            
            /** Neighbor in the top corner. */
            CELL_NEIGHBOR_TOP_CORNER = 13,
            
            /** Neighbor on the top right side. */
            CELL_NEIGHBOR_TOP_RIGHT_SIDE = 14,
            
            /** Neighbor in the top right corner. */
            CELL_NEIGHBOR_TOP_RIGHT_CORNER = 15,
        }
        enum TerrainMode {
            /** Requires both corners and side to match with neighboring tiles' terrains. */
            TERRAIN_MODE_MATCH_CORNERS_AND_SIDES = 0,
            
            /** Requires corners to match with neighboring tiles' terrains. */
            TERRAIN_MODE_MATCH_CORNERS = 1,
            
            /** Requires sides to match with neighboring tiles' terrains. */
            TERRAIN_MODE_MATCH_SIDES = 2,
        }
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapTileSet extends __NameMapResource {
    }
    /** Tile library for tilemaps.  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_tileset.html  
     */
    class TileSet extends Resource {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** Returns a new unused source ID. This generated ID is the same that a call to [method add_source] would return. */
        get_next_source_id(): int64
        
        /** Adds a [TileSetSource] to the TileSet. If [param atlas_source_id_override] is not -1, also set its source ID. Otherwise, a unique identifier is automatically generated.  
         *  The function returns the added source ID or -1 if the source could not be added.  
         *  **Warning:** A source cannot belong to two TileSets at the same time. If the added source was attached to another [TileSet], it will be removed from that one.  
         */
        add_source(source: TileSetSource, atlas_source_id_override?: int64 /* = -1 */): int64
        
        /** Removes the source with the given source ID. */
        remove_source(source_id: int64): void
        
        /** Changes a source's ID. */
        set_source_id(source_id: int64, new_source_id: int64): void
        
        /** Returns the number of [TileSetSource] in this TileSet. */
        get_source_count(): int64
        
        /** Returns the source ID for source with index [param index]. */
        get_source_id(index: int64): int64
        
        /** Returns if this TileSet has a source for the given source ID. */
        has_source(source_id: int64): boolean
        
        /** Returns the [TileSetSource] with ID [param source_id]. */
        get_source(source_id: int64): null | TileSetSource
        
        /** Returns the occlusion layers count. */
        get_occlusion_layers_count(): int64
        
        /** Adds an occlusion layer to the TileSet at the given position [param to_position] in the array. If [param to_position] is -1, adds it at the end of the array.  
         *  Occlusion layers allow assigning occlusion polygons to atlas tiles.  
         */
        add_occlusion_layer(to_position?: int64 /* = -1 */): void
        
        /** Moves the occlusion layer at index [param layer_index] to the given position [param to_position] in the array. Also updates the atlas tiles accordingly. */
        move_occlusion_layer(layer_index: int64, to_position: int64): void
        
        /** Removes the occlusion layer at index [param layer_index]. Also updates the atlas tiles accordingly. */
        remove_occlusion_layer(layer_index: int64): void
        
        /** Sets the occlusion layer (as in the rendering server) for occluders in the given TileSet occlusion layer. */
        set_occlusion_layer_light_mask(layer_index: int64, light_mask: int64): void
        
        /** Returns the light mask of the occlusion layer. */
        get_occlusion_layer_light_mask(layer_index: int64): int64
        
        /** Enables or disables SDF collision for occluders in the given TileSet occlusion layer. */
        set_occlusion_layer_sdf_collision(layer_index: int64, sdf_collision: boolean): void
        
        /** Returns if the occluders from this layer use `sdf_collision`. */
        get_occlusion_layer_sdf_collision(layer_index: int64): boolean
        
        /** Returns the physics layers count. */
        get_physics_layers_count(): int64
        
        /** Adds a physics layer to the TileSet at the given position [param to_position] in the array. If [param to_position] is -1, adds it at the end of the array.  
         *  Physics layers allow assigning collision polygons to atlas tiles.  
         */
        add_physics_layer(to_position?: int64 /* = -1 */): void
        
        /** Moves the physics layer at index [param layer_index] to the given position [param to_position] in the array. Also updates the atlas tiles accordingly. */
        move_physics_layer(layer_index: int64, to_position: int64): void
        
        /** Removes the physics layer at index [param layer_index]. Also updates the atlas tiles accordingly. */
        remove_physics_layer(layer_index: int64): void
        
        /** Sets the collision layer (as in the physics server) for bodies in the given TileSet physics layer. */
        set_physics_layer_collision_layer(layer_index: int64, layer: int64): void
        
        /** Returns the collision layer (as in the physics server) bodies on the given TileSet's physics layer are in. */
        get_physics_layer_collision_layer(layer_index: int64): int64
        
        /** Sets the collision mask for bodies in the given TileSet physics layer. */
        set_physics_layer_collision_mask(layer_index: int64, mask: int64): void
        
        /** Returns the collision mask of bodies on the given TileSet's physics layer. */
        get_physics_layer_collision_mask(layer_index: int64): int64
        
        /** Sets the collision priority for bodies in the given TileSet physics layer. */
        set_physics_layer_collision_priority(layer_index: int64, priority: float64): void
        
        /** Returns the collision priority of bodies on the given TileSet's physics layer. */
        get_physics_layer_collision_priority(layer_index: int64): float64
        
        /** Sets the physics material for bodies in the given TileSet physics layer. */
        set_physics_layer_physics_material(layer_index: int64, physics_material: PhysicsMaterial): void
        
        /** Returns the physics material of bodies on the given TileSet's physics layer. */
        get_physics_layer_physics_material(layer_index: int64): null | PhysicsMaterial
        
        /** Returns the terrain sets count. */
        get_terrain_sets_count(): int64
        
        /** Adds a new terrain set at the given position [param to_position] in the array. If [param to_position] is -1, adds it at the end of the array. */
        add_terrain_set(to_position?: int64 /* = -1 */): void
        
        /** Moves the terrain set at index [param terrain_set] to the given position [param to_position] in the array. Also updates the atlas tiles accordingly. */
        move_terrain_set(terrain_set: int64, to_position: int64): void
        
        /** Removes the terrain set at index [param terrain_set]. Also updates the atlas tiles accordingly. */
        remove_terrain_set(terrain_set: int64): void
        
        /** Sets a terrain mode. Each mode determines which bits of a tile shape is used to match the neighboring tiles' terrains. */
        set_terrain_set_mode(terrain_set: int64, mode: TileSet.TerrainMode): void
        
        /** Returns a terrain set mode. */
        get_terrain_set_mode(terrain_set: int64): TileSet.TerrainMode
        
        /** Returns the number of terrains in the given terrain set. */
        get_terrains_count(terrain_set: int64): int64
        
        /** Adds a new terrain to the given terrain set [param terrain_set] at the given position [param to_position] in the array. If [param to_position] is -1, adds it at the end of the array. */
        add_terrain(terrain_set: int64, to_position?: int64 /* = -1 */): void
        
        /** Moves the terrain at index [param terrain_index] for terrain set [param terrain_set] to the given position [param to_position] in the array. Also updates the atlas tiles accordingly. */
        move_terrain(terrain_set: int64, terrain_index: int64, to_position: int64): void
        
        /** Removes the terrain at index [param terrain_index] in the given terrain set [param terrain_set]. Also updates the atlas tiles accordingly. */
        remove_terrain(terrain_set: int64, terrain_index: int64): void
        
        /** Sets a terrain's name. */
        set_terrain_name(terrain_set: int64, terrain_index: int64, name: string): void
        
        /** Returns a terrain's name. */
        get_terrain_name(terrain_set: int64, terrain_index: int64): string
        
        /** Sets a terrain's color. This color is used for identifying the different terrains in the TileSet editor. */
        set_terrain_color(terrain_set: int64, terrain_index: int64, color: Color): void
        
        /** Returns a terrain's color. */
        get_terrain_color(terrain_set: int64, terrain_index: int64): Color
        
        /** Returns the navigation layers count. */
        get_navigation_layers_count(): int64
        
        /** Adds a navigation layer to the TileSet at the given position [param to_position] in the array. If [param to_position] is -1, adds it at the end of the array.  
         *  Navigation layers allow assigning a navigable area to atlas tiles.  
         */
        add_navigation_layer(to_position?: int64 /* = -1 */): void
        
        /** Moves the navigation layer at index [param layer_index] to the given position [param to_position] in the array. Also updates the atlas tiles accordingly. */
        move_navigation_layer(layer_index: int64, to_position: int64): void
        
        /** Removes the navigation layer at index [param layer_index]. Also updates the atlas tiles accordingly. */
        remove_navigation_layer(layer_index: int64): void
        
        /** Sets the navigation layers (as in the navigation server) for navigation regions in the given TileSet navigation layer. */
        set_navigation_layer_layers(layer_index: int64, layers: int64): void
        
        /** Returns the navigation layers (as in the Navigation server) of the given TileSet navigation layer. */
        get_navigation_layer_layers(layer_index: int64): int64
        
        /** Based on [param value], enables or disables the specified navigation layer of the TileSet navigation data layer identified by the given [param layer_index], given a navigation_layers [param layer_number] between 1 and 32. */
        set_navigation_layer_layer_value(layer_index: int64, layer_number: int64, value: boolean): void
        
        /** Returns whether or not the specified navigation layer of the TileSet navigation data layer identified by the given [param layer_index] is enabled, given a navigation_layers [param layer_number] between 1 and 32. */
        get_navigation_layer_layer_value(layer_index: int64, layer_number: int64): boolean
        
        /** Returns the custom data layers count. */
        get_custom_data_layers_count(): int64
        
        /** Adds a custom data layer to the TileSet at the given position [param to_position] in the array. If [param to_position] is -1, adds it at the end of the array.  
         *  Custom data layers allow assigning custom properties to atlas tiles.  
         */
        add_custom_data_layer(to_position?: int64 /* = -1 */): void
        
        /** Moves the custom data layer at index [param layer_index] to the given position [param to_position] in the array. Also updates the atlas tiles accordingly. */
        move_custom_data_layer(layer_index: int64, to_position: int64): void
        
        /** Removes the custom data layer at index [param layer_index]. Also updates the atlas tiles accordingly. */
        remove_custom_data_layer(layer_index: int64): void
        
        /** Returns the index of the custom data layer identified by the given name. */
        get_custom_data_layer_by_name(layer_name: string): int64
        
        /** Sets the name of the custom data layer identified by the given index. Names are identifiers of the layer therefore if the name is already taken it will fail and raise an error. */
        set_custom_data_layer_name(layer_index: int64, layer_name: string): void
        
        /** Returns if there is a custom data layer named [param layer_name]. */
        has_custom_data_layer_by_name(layer_name: string): boolean
        
        /** Returns the name of the custom data layer identified by the given index. */
        get_custom_data_layer_name(layer_index: int64): string
        
        /** Sets the type of the custom data layer identified by the given index. */
        set_custom_data_layer_type(layer_index: int64, layer_type: Variant.Type): void
        
        /** Returns the type of the custom data layer identified by the given index. */
        get_custom_data_layer_type(layer_index: int64): Variant.Type
        
        /** Creates a source-level proxy for the given source ID. A proxy will map set of tile identifiers to another set of identifiers. Both the atlas coordinates ID and the alternative tile ID are kept the same when using source-level proxies.  
         *  Proxied tiles can be automatically replaced in TileMapLayer nodes using the editor.  
         */
        set_source_level_tile_proxy(source_from: int64, source_to: int64): void
        
        /** Returns the source-level proxy for the given source identifier.  
         *  If the TileSet has no proxy for the given identifier, returns -1.  
         */
        get_source_level_tile_proxy(source_from: int64): int64
        
        /** Returns if there is a source-level proxy for the given source ID. */
        has_source_level_tile_proxy(source_from: int64): boolean
        
        /** Removes a source-level tile proxy. */
        remove_source_level_tile_proxy(source_from: int64): void
        
        /** Creates a coordinates-level proxy for the given identifiers. A proxy will map set of tile identifiers to another set of identifiers. The alternative tile ID is kept the same when using coordinates-level proxies.  
         *  Proxied tiles can be automatically replaced in TileMapLayer nodes using the editor.  
         */
        set_coords_level_tile_proxy(p_source_from: int64, coords_from: Vector2i, source_to: int64, coords_to: Vector2i): void
        
        /** Returns the coordinate-level proxy for the given identifiers. The returned array contains the two target identifiers of the proxy (source ID and atlas coordinates ID).  
         *  If the TileSet has no proxy for the given identifiers, returns an empty Array.  
         */
        get_coords_level_tile_proxy(source_from: int64, coords_from: Vector2i): GArray
        
        /** Returns if there is a coodinates-level proxy for the given identifiers. */
        has_coords_level_tile_proxy(source_from: int64, coords_from: Vector2i): boolean
        
        /** Removes a coordinates-level proxy for the given identifiers. */
        remove_coords_level_tile_proxy(source_from: int64, coords_from: Vector2i): void
        
        /** Create an alternative-level proxy for the given identifiers. A proxy will map set of tile identifiers to another set of identifiers.  
         *  Proxied tiles can be automatically replaced in TileMapLayer nodes using the editor.  
         */
        set_alternative_level_tile_proxy(source_from: int64, coords_from: Vector2i, alternative_from: int64, source_to: int64, coords_to: Vector2i, alternative_to: int64): void
        
        /** Returns the alternative-level proxy for the given identifiers. The returned array contains the three proxie's target identifiers (source ID, atlas coords ID and alternative tile ID).  
         *  If the TileSet has no proxy for the given identifiers, returns an empty Array.  
         */
        get_alternative_level_tile_proxy(source_from: int64, coords_from: Vector2i, alternative_from: int64): GArray
        
        /** Returns if there is an alternative-level proxy for the given identifiers. */
        has_alternative_level_tile_proxy(source_from: int64, coords_from: Vector2i, alternative_from: int64): boolean
        
        /** Removes an alternative-level proxy for the given identifiers. */
        remove_alternative_level_tile_proxy(source_from: int64, coords_from: Vector2i, alternative_from: int64): void
        
        /** According to the configured proxies, maps the provided identifiers to a new set of identifiers. The source ID, atlas coordinates ID and alternative tile ID are returned as a 3 elements Array.  
         *  This function first look for matching alternative-level proxies, then coordinates-level proxies, then source-level proxies.  
         *  If no proxy corresponding to provided identifiers are found, returns the same values the ones used as arguments.  
         */
        map_tile_proxy(source_from: int64, coords_from: Vector2i, alternative_from: int64): GArray
        
        /** Clears tile proxies pointing to invalid tiles. */
        cleanup_invalid_tile_proxies(): void
        
        /** Clears all tile proxies. */
        clear_tile_proxies(): void
        
        /** Adds a [TileMapPattern] to be stored in the TileSet resource. If provided, insert it at the given [param index]. */
        add_pattern(pattern: TileMapPattern, index?: int64 /* = -1 */): int64
        
        /** Returns the [TileMapPattern] at the given [param index]. */
        get_pattern(index?: int64 /* = -1 */): null | TileMapPattern
        
        /** Remove the [TileMapPattern] at the given index. */
        remove_pattern(index: int64): void
        
        /** Returns the number of [TileMapPattern] this tile set handles. */
        get_patterns_count(): int64
        
        /** The tile shape. */
        get tile_shape(): int64
        set tile_shape(value: int64)
        
        /** For all half-offset shapes (Isometric, Hexagonal and Half-Offset square), changes the way tiles are indexed in the [TileMapLayer] grid. */
        get tile_layout(): int64
        set tile_layout(value: int64)
        
        /** For all half-offset shapes (Isometric, Hexagonal and Half-Offset square), determines the offset axis. */
        get tile_offset_axis(): int64
        set tile_offset_axis(value: int64)
        
        /** The tile size, in pixels. For all tile shapes, this size corresponds to the encompassing rectangle of the tile shape. This is thus the minimal cell size required in an atlas. */
        get tile_size(): Vector2i
        set tile_size(value: Vector2i)
        
        /** Enables/Disable uv clipping when rendering the tiles. */
        get uv_clipping(): boolean
        set uv_clipping(value: boolean)
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapTileSet;
    }
    namespace TileSetAtlasSource {
        enum TileAnimationMode {
            /** Tile animations start at same time, looking identical. */
            TILE_ANIMATION_MODE_DEFAULT = 0,
            
            /** Tile animations start at random times, looking varied. */
            TILE_ANIMATION_MODE_RANDOM_START_TIMES = 1,
            
            /** Represents the size of the [enum TileAnimationMode] enum. */
            TILE_ANIMATION_MODE_MAX = 2,
        }
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapTileSetAtlasSource extends __NameMapTileSetSource {
    }
    /** Exposes a 2D atlas texture as a set of tiles for a [TileSet] resource.  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_tilesetatlassource.html  
     */
    class TileSetAtlasSource extends TileSetSource {
        /** Represents cell's horizontal flip flag. Should be used directly with [TileMapLayer] to flip placed tiles by altering their alternative IDs.  
         *    
         *      
         *  **Note:** These transformations can be combined to do the equivalent of 0, 90, 180, and 270 degree rotations, as shown below:  
         *    
         */
        static readonly TRANSFORM_FLIP_H = 4096
        
        /** Represents cell's vertical flip flag. See [constant TRANSFORM_FLIP_H] for usage. */
        static readonly TRANSFORM_FLIP_V = 8192
        
        /** Represents cell's transposed flag. See [constant TRANSFORM_FLIP_H] for usage. */
        static readonly TRANSFORM_TRANSPOSE = 16384
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        
        /** Creates a new tile at coordinates [param atlas_coords] with the given [param size]. */
        create_tile(atlas_coords: Vector2i, size?: Vector2i /* = Vector2i.ONE */): void
        
        /** Remove a tile and its alternative at coordinates [param atlas_coords]. */
        remove_tile(atlas_coords: Vector2i): void
        
        /** Move the tile and its alternatives at the [param atlas_coords] coordinates to the [param new_atlas_coords] coordinates with the [param new_size] size. This functions will fail if a tile is already present in the given area.  
         *  If [param new_atlas_coords] is `Vector2i(-1, -1)`, keeps the tile's coordinates. If [param new_size] is `Vector2i(-1, -1)`, keeps the tile's size.  
         *  To avoid an error, first check if a move is possible using [method has_room_for_tile].  
         */
        move_tile_in_atlas(atlas_coords: Vector2i, new_atlas_coords?: Vector2i /* = new Vector2i(-1, -1) */, new_size?: Vector2i /* = new Vector2i(-1, -1) */): void
        
        /** Returns the size of the tile (in the grid coordinates system) at coordinates [param atlas_coords]. */
        get_tile_size_in_atlas(atlas_coords: Vector2i): Vector2i
        
        /** Returns whether there is enough room in an atlas to create/modify a tile with the given properties. If [param ignored_tile] is provided, act as is the given tile was not present in the atlas. This may be used when you want to modify a tile's properties. */
        has_room_for_tile(atlas_coords: Vector2i, size: Vector2i, animation_columns: int64, animation_separation: Vector2i, frames_count: int64, ignored_tile?: Vector2i /* = new Vector2i(-1, -1) */): boolean
        
        /** Returns an array of tiles coordinates ID that will be automatically removed when modifying one or several of those properties: [param texture], [param margins], [param separation] or [param texture_region_size]. This can be used to undo changes that would have caused tiles data loss. */
        get_tiles_to_be_removed_on_change(texture: Texture2D, margins: Vector2i, separation: Vector2i, texture_region_size: Vector2i): PackedVector2Array
        
        /** If there is a tile covering the [param atlas_coords] coordinates, returns the top-left coordinates of the tile (thus its coordinate ID). Returns `Vector2i(-1, -1)` otherwise. */
        get_tile_at_coords(atlas_coords: Vector2i): Vector2i
        
        /** Checks if the source has any tiles that don't fit the texture area (either partially or completely). */
        has_tiles_outside_texture(): boolean
        
        /** Removes all tiles that don't fit the available texture area. This method iterates over all the source's tiles, so it's advised to use [method has_tiles_outside_texture] beforehand. */
        clear_tiles_outside_texture(): void
        
        /** Sets the number of columns in the animation layout of the tile at coordinates [param atlas_coords]. If set to 0, then the different frames of the animation are laid out as a single horizontal line in the atlas. */
        set_tile_animation_columns(atlas_coords: Vector2i, frame_columns: int64): void
        
        /** Returns how many columns the tile at [param atlas_coords] has in its animation layout. */
        get_tile_animation_columns(atlas_coords: Vector2i): int64
        
        /** Sets the margin (in grid tiles) between each tile in the animation layout of the tile at coordinates [param atlas_coords] has. */
        set_tile_animation_separation(atlas_coords: Vector2i, separation: Vector2i): void
        
        /** Returns the separation (as in the atlas grid) between each frame of an animated tile at coordinates [param atlas_coords]. */
        get_tile_animation_separation(atlas_coords: Vector2i): Vector2i
        
        /** Sets the animation speed of the tile at coordinates [param atlas_coords] has. */
        set_tile_animation_speed(atlas_coords: Vector2i, speed: float64): void
        
        /** Returns the animation speed of the tile at coordinates [param atlas_coords]. */
        get_tile_animation_speed(atlas_coords: Vector2i): float64
        
        /** Sets the tile animation mode of the tile at [param atlas_coords] to [param mode]. See also [method get_tile_animation_mode]. */
        set_tile_animation_mode(atlas_coords: Vector2i, mode: TileSetAtlasSource.TileAnimationMode): void
        
        /** Returns the tile animation mode of the tile at [param atlas_coords]. See also [method set_tile_animation_mode]. */
        get_tile_animation_mode(atlas_coords: Vector2i): TileSetAtlasSource.TileAnimationMode
        
        /** Sets how many animation frames the tile at coordinates [param atlas_coords] has. */
        set_tile_animation_frames_count(atlas_coords: Vector2i, frames_count: int64): void
        
        /** Returns how many animation frames has the tile at coordinates [param atlas_coords]. */
        get_tile_animation_frames_count(atlas_coords: Vector2i): int64
        
        /** Sets the animation frame [param duration] of frame [param frame_index] for the tile at coordinates [param atlas_coords]. */
        set_tile_animation_frame_duration(atlas_coords: Vector2i, frame_index: int64, duration: float64): void
        
        /** Returns the animation frame duration of frame [param frame_index] for the tile at coordinates [param atlas_coords]. */
        get_tile_animation_frame_duration(atlas_coords: Vector2i, frame_index: int64): float64
        
        /** Returns the sum of the sum of the frame durations of the tile at coordinates [param atlas_coords]. This value needs to be divided by the animation speed to get the actual animation loop duration. */
        get_tile_animation_total_duration(atlas_coords: Vector2i): float64
        
        /** Creates an alternative tile for the tile at coordinates [param atlas_coords]. If [param alternative_id_override] is -1, give it an automatically generated unique ID, or assigns it the given ID otherwise.  
         *  Returns the new alternative identifier, or -1 if the alternative could not be created with a provided [param alternative_id_override].  
         */
        create_alternative_tile(atlas_coords: Vector2i, alternative_id_override?: int64 /* = -1 */): int64
        
        /** Remove a tile's alternative with alternative ID [param alternative_tile].  
         *  Calling this function with [param alternative_tile] equals to 0 will fail, as the base tile alternative cannot be removed.  
         */
        remove_alternative_tile(atlas_coords: Vector2i, alternative_tile: int64): void
        
        /** Change a tile's alternative ID from [param alternative_tile] to [param new_id].  
         *  Calling this function with [param new_id] of 0 will fail, as the base tile alternative cannot be moved.  
         */
        set_alternative_tile_id(atlas_coords: Vector2i, alternative_tile: int64, new_id: int64): void
        
        /** Returns the alternative ID a following call to [method create_alternative_tile] would return. */
        get_next_alternative_tile_id(atlas_coords: Vector2i): int64
        
        /** Returns the [TileData] object for the given atlas coordinates and alternative ID. */
        get_tile_data(atlas_coords: Vector2i, alternative_tile: int64): null | TileData
        
        /** Returns the atlas grid size, which depends on how many tiles can fit in the texture. It thus depends on the [member texture]'s size, the atlas [member margins], and the tiles' [member texture_region_size]. */
        get_atlas_grid_size(): Vector2i
        
        /** Returns a tile's texture region in the atlas texture. For animated tiles, a [param frame] argument might be provided for the different frames of the animation. */
        get_tile_texture_region(atlas_coords: Vector2i, frame?: int64 /* = 0 */): Rect2i
        
        /** If [member use_texture_padding] is `false`, returns [member texture]. Otherwise, returns and internal [ImageTexture] created that includes the padding. */
        get_runtime_texture(): null | Texture2D
        
        /** Returns the region of the tile at coordinates [param atlas_coords] for the given [param frame] inside the texture returned by [method get_runtime_texture].  
         *      
         *  **Note:** If [member use_texture_padding] is `false`, returns the same as [method get_tile_texture_region].  
         */
        get_runtime_tile_texture_region(atlas_coords: Vector2i, frame: int64): Rect2i
        
        /** The atlas texture. */
        get texture(): null | Texture2D
        set texture(value: null | Texture2D)
        
        /** Margins, in pixels, to offset the origin of the grid in the texture. */
        get margins(): Vector2i
        set margins(value: Vector2i)
        
        /** Separation, in pixels, between each tile texture region of the grid. */
        get separation(): Vector2i
        set separation(value: Vector2i)
        
        /** The base tile size in the texture (in pixel). This size must be bigger than or equal to the TileSet's `tile_size` value. */
        get texture_region_size(): Vector2i
        set texture_region_size(value: Vector2i)
        
        /** If `true`, generates an internal texture with an additional one pixel padding around each tile. Texture padding avoids a common artifact where lines appear between tiles.  
         *  Disabling this setting might lead a small performance improvement, as generating the internal texture requires both memory and processing time when the TileSetAtlasSource resource is modified.  
         */
        get use_texture_padding(): boolean
        set use_texture_padding(value: boolean)
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapTileSetAtlasSource;
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapTileSetScenesCollectionSource extends __NameMapTileSetSource {
    }
    /** Exposes a set of scenes as tiles for a [TileSet] resource.  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_tilesetscenescollectionsource.html  
     */
    class TileSetScenesCollectionSource extends TileSetSource {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** Returns the number or scene tiles this TileSet source has. */
        get_scene_tiles_count(): int64
        
        /** Returns the scene tile ID of the scene tile at [param index]. */
        get_scene_tile_id(index: int64): int64
        
        /** Returns whether this TileSet source has a scene tile with [param id]. */
        has_scene_tile_id(id: int64): boolean
        
        /** Creates a scene-based tile out of the given scene.  
         *  Returns a newly generated unique ID.  
         */
        create_scene_tile(packed_scene: PackedScene, id_override?: int64 /* = -1 */): int64
        
        /** Changes a scene tile's ID from [param id] to [param new_id]. This will fail if there is already a tile with an ID equal to [param new_id]. */
        set_scene_tile_id(id: int64, new_id: int64): void
        
        /** Assigns a [PackedScene] resource to the scene tile with [param id]. This will fail if the scene does not extend [CanvasItem], as positioning properties are needed to place the scene on the [TileMapLayer]. */
        set_scene_tile_scene(id: int64, packed_scene: PackedScene): void
        
        /** Returns the [PackedScene] resource of scene tile with [param id]. */
        get_scene_tile_scene(id: int64): null | PackedScene
        
        /** Sets whether or not the scene tile with [param id] should display a placeholder in the editor. This might be useful for scenes that are not visible. */
        set_scene_tile_display_placeholder(id: int64, display_placeholder: boolean): void
        
        /** Returns whether the scene tile with [param id] displays a placeholder in the editor. */
        get_scene_tile_display_placeholder(id: int64): boolean
        
        /** Remove the scene tile with [param id]. */
        remove_scene_tile(id: int64): void
        
        /** Returns the scene ID a following call to [method create_scene_tile] would return. */
        get_next_scene_tile_id(): int64
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapTileSetScenesCollectionSource;
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapTileSetSource extends __NameMapResource {
    }
    /** Exposes a set of tiles for a [TileSet] resource.  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_tilesetsource.html  
     */
    class TileSetSource extends Resource {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** Returns how many tiles this atlas source defines (not including alternative tiles). */
        get_tiles_count(): int64
        
        /** Returns the tile coordinates ID of the tile with index [param index]. */
        get_tile_id(index: int64): Vector2i
        
        /** Returns if this atlas has a tile with coordinates ID [param atlas_coords]. */
        has_tile(atlas_coords: Vector2i): boolean
        
        /** Returns the number of alternatives tiles for the coordinates ID [param atlas_coords].  
         *  For [TileSetAtlasSource], this always return at least 1, as the base tile with ID 0 is always part of the alternatives list.  
         *  Returns -1 if there is not tile at the given coords.  
         */
        get_alternative_tiles_count(atlas_coords: Vector2i): int64
        
        /** Returns the alternative ID for the tile with coordinates ID [param atlas_coords] at index [param index]. */
        get_alternative_tile_id(atlas_coords: Vector2i, index: int64): int64
        
        /** Returns if the base tile at coordinates [param atlas_coords] has an alternative with ID [param alternative_tile]. */
        has_alternative_tile(atlas_coords: Vector2i, alternative_tile: int64): boolean
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapTileSetSource;
    }
    namespace Timer {
        enum TimerProcessCallback {
            /** Update the timer every physics process frame (see [constant Node.NOTIFICATION_INTERNAL_PHYSICS_PROCESS]). */
            TIMER_PROCESS_PHYSICS = 0,
            
            /** Update the timer every process (rendered) frame (see [constant Node.NOTIFICATION_INTERNAL_PROCESS]). */
            TIMER_PROCESS_IDLE = 1,
        }
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapTimer extends __NameMapNode {
    }
    /** A countdown timer.  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_timer.html  
     */
    class Timer<Map extends NodePathMap = any> extends Node<Map> {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** Starts the timer, or resets the timer if it was started already. Fails if the timer is not inside the scene tree. If [param time_sec] is greater than `0`, this value is used for the [member wait_time].  
         *      
         *  **Note:** This method does not resume a paused timer. See [member paused].  
         */
        start(time_sec?: float64 /* = -1 */): void
        
        /** Stops the timer. See also [member paused]. Unlike [method start], this can safely be called if the timer is not inside the scene tree.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** Calling [method stop] does not emit the [signal timeout] signal, as the timer is not considered to have timed out. If this is desired, use `$Timer.timeout.emit()` after calling [method stop] to manually emit the signal.  
         */
        stop(): void
        
        /** Returns `true` if the timer is stopped or has not started. */
        is_stopped(): boolean
        
        /** Specifies when the timer is updated during the main loop. */
        get process_callback(): int64
        set process_callback(value: int64)
        
        /** The time required for the timer to end, in seconds. This property can also be set every time [method start] is called.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** Timers can only process once per physics or process frame (depending on the [member process_callback]). An unstable framerate may cause the timer to end inconsistently, which is especially noticeable if the wait time is lower than roughly `0.05` seconds. For very short timers, it is recommended to write your own code instead of using a [Timer] node. Timers are also affected by [member Engine.time_scale].  
         */
        get wait_time(): float64
        set wait_time(value: float64)
        
        /** If `true`, the timer will stop after reaching the end. Otherwise, as by default, the timer will automatically restart. */
        get one_shot(): boolean
        set one_shot(value: boolean)
        
        /** If `true`, the timer will start immediately when it enters the scene tree.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** After the timer enters the tree, this property is automatically set to `false`.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** This property does nothing when the timer is running in the editor.  
         */
        get autostart(): boolean
        set autostart(value: boolean)
        
        /** If `true`, the timer is paused. A paused timer does not process until this property is set back to `false`, even when [method start] is called. See also [method stop]. */
        get paused(): boolean
        set paused(value: boolean)
        
        /** If `true`, the timer will ignore [member Engine.time_scale] and update with the real, elapsed time. */
        get ignore_time_scale(): boolean
        set ignore_time_scale(value: boolean)
        
        /** The timer's remaining time in seconds. This is always `0` if the timer is stopped.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** This property is read-only and cannot be modified. It is based on [member wait_time].  
         */
        get time_left(): float64
        
        /** Emitted when the timer reaches the end. */
        readonly timeout: Signal<() => void>
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapTimer;
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapTorusMesh extends __NameMapPrimitiveMesh {
    }
    /** Class representing a torus [PrimitiveMesh].  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_torusmesh.html  
     */
    class TorusMesh extends PrimitiveMesh {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** The inner radius of the torus. */
        get inner_radius(): float64
        set inner_radius(value: float64)
        
        /** The outer radius of the torus. */
        get outer_radius(): float64
        set outer_radius(value: float64)
        
        /** The number of slices the torus is constructed of. */
        get rings(): int64
        set rings(value: int64)
        
        /** The number of edges each ring of the torus is constructed of. */
        get ring_segments(): int64
        set ring_segments(value: int64)
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapTorusMesh;
    }
    namespace TouchScreenButton {
        enum VisibilityMode {
            /** Always visible. */
            VISIBILITY_ALWAYS = 0,
            
            /** Visible on touch screens only. */
            VISIBILITY_TOUCHSCREEN_ONLY = 1,
        }
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapTouchScreenButton extends __NameMapNode2D {
    }
    /** Button for touch screen devices for gameplay use.  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_touchscreenbutton.html  
     */
    class TouchScreenButton<Map extends NodePathMap = any> extends Node2D<Map> {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** Returns `true` if this button is currently pressed. */
        is_pressed(): boolean
        
        /** The button's texture for the normal state. */
        get texture_normal(): null | Texture2D
        set texture_normal(value: null | Texture2D)
        
        /** The button's texture for the pressed state. */
        get texture_pressed(): null | Texture2D
        set texture_pressed(value: null | Texture2D)
        
        /** The button's bitmask. */
        get bitmask(): null | BitMap
        set bitmask(value: null | BitMap)
        
        /** The button's shape. */
        get shape(): null | Shape2D
        set shape(value: null | Shape2D)
        
        /** If `true`, the button's shape is centered in the provided texture. If no texture is used, this property has no effect. */
        get shape_centered(): boolean
        set shape_centered(value: boolean)
        
        /** If `true`, the button's shape is visible in the editor. */
        get shape_visible(): boolean
        set shape_visible(value: boolean)
        
        /** If `true`, the [signal pressed] and [signal released] signals are emitted whenever a pressed finger goes in and out of the button, even if the pressure started outside the active area of the button.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** This is a "pass-by" (not "bypass") press mode.  
         */
        get passby_press(): boolean
        set passby_press(value: boolean)
        
        /** The button's action. Actions can be handled with [InputEventAction]. */
        get action(): StringName
        set action(value: StringName)
        
        /** The button's visibility mode. */
        get visibility_mode(): int64
        set visibility_mode(value: int64)
        
        /** Emitted when the button is pressed (down). */
        readonly pressed: Signal<() => void>
        
        /** Emitted when the button is released (up). */
        readonly released: Signal<() => void>
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapTouchScreenButton;
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapTranslation extends __NameMapResource {
    }
    /** A language translation that maps a collection of strings to their individual translations.  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_translation.html  
     */
    class Translation extends Resource {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** Virtual method to override [method get_plural_message]. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _get_plural_message(src_message: StringName, src_plural_message: StringName, n: int64, context: StringName): StringName
        
        /** Virtual method to override [method get_message]. */
        /* gdvirtual */ _get_message(src_message: StringName, context: StringName): StringName
        
        /** Adds a message if nonexistent, followed by its translation.  
         *  An additional context could be used to specify the translation context or differentiate polysemic words.  
         */
        add_message(src_message: StringName, xlated_message: StringName, context?: StringName /* = '' */): void
        
        /** Adds a message involving plural translation if nonexistent, followed by its translation.  
         *  An additional context could be used to specify the translation context or differentiate polysemic words.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** Plurals are only supported in [url=https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/tutorials/i18n/localization_using_gettext.html]gettext-based translations (PO)[/url], not CSV.  
         */
        add_plural_message(src_message: StringName, xlated_messages: PackedStringArray | string[], context?: StringName /* = '' */): void
        
        /** Returns a message's translation. */
        get_message(src_message: StringName, context?: StringName /* = '' */): StringName
        
        /** Returns a message's translation involving plurals.  
         *  The number [param n] is the number or quantity of the plural object. It will be used to guide the translation system to fetch the correct plural form for the selected language.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** Plurals are only supported in [url=https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/tutorials/i18n/localization_using_gettext.html]gettext-based translations (PO)[/url], not CSV.  
         */
        get_plural_message(src_message: StringName, src_plural_message: StringName, n: int64, context?: StringName /* = '' */): StringName
        
        /** Erases a message. */
        erase_message(src_message: StringName, context?: StringName /* = '' */): void
        
        /** Returns all the messages (keys). */
        get_message_list(): PackedStringArray
        
        /** Returns all the messages (translated text). */
        get_translated_message_list(): PackedStringArray
        
        /** Returns the number of existing messages. */
        get_message_count(): int64
        get messages(): GDictionary
        set messages(value: GDictionary)
        
        /** The locale of the translation. */
        get locale(): string
        set locale(value: string)
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapTranslation;
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapTranslationDomain extends __NameMapRefCounted {
    }
    /** A self-contained collection of [Translation] resources.  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_translationdomain.html  
     */
    class TranslationDomain extends RefCounted {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** Returns the [Translation] instance that best matches [param locale]. Returns `null` if there are no matches. */
        get_translation_object(locale: string): null | Translation
        
        /** Adds a translation. */
        add_translation(translation: Translation): void
        
        /** Removes the given translation. */
        remove_translation(translation: Translation): void
        
        /** Removes all translations. */
        clear(): void
        
        /** Returns the current locale's translation for the given message and context. */
        translate(message: StringName, context?: StringName /* = '' */): StringName
        
        /** Returns the current locale's translation for the given message, plural message and context.  
         *  The number [param n] is the number or quantity of the plural object. It will be used to guide the translation system to fetch the correct plural form for the selected language.  
         */
        translate_plural(message: StringName, message_plural: StringName, n: int64, context?: StringName /* = '' */): StringName
        
        /** Returns the locale override of the domain. Returns an empty string if locale override is disabled. */
        get_locale_override(): string
        
        /** Sets the locale override of the domain.  
         *  If [param locale] is an empty string, locale override is disabled. Otherwise, [param locale] will be standardized to match known locales (e.g. `en-US` would be matched to `en_US`).  
         *      
         *  **Note:** Calling this method does not automatically update texts in the scene tree. Please propagate the [constant MainLoop.NOTIFICATION_TRANSLATION_CHANGED] signal manually.  
         */
        set_locale_override(locale: string): void
        
        /** Returns the pseudolocalized string based on the [param message] passed in. */
        pseudolocalize(message: StringName): StringName
        
        /** If `true`, translation is enabled. Otherwise, [method translate] and [method translate_plural] will return the input message unchanged regardless of the current locale. */
        get enabled(): boolean
        set enabled(value: boolean)
        
        /** If `true`, enables pseudolocalization for the project. This can be used to spot untranslatable strings or layout issues that may occur once the project is localized to languages that have longer strings than the source language.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** Updating this property does not automatically update texts in the scene tree. Please propagate the [constant MainLoop.NOTIFICATION_TRANSLATION_CHANGED] notification manually after you have finished modifying pseudolocalization related options.  
         */
        get pseudolocalization_enabled(): boolean
        set pseudolocalization_enabled(value: boolean)
        
        /** Replace all characters with their accented variants during pseudolocalization.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** Updating this property does not automatically update texts in the scene tree. Please propagate the [constant MainLoop.NOTIFICATION_TRANSLATION_CHANGED] notification manually after you have finished modifying pseudolocalization related options.  
         */
        get pseudolocalization_accents_enabled(): boolean
        set pseudolocalization_accents_enabled(value: boolean)
        
        /** Double vowels in strings during pseudolocalization to simulate the lengthening of text due to localization.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** Updating this property does not automatically update texts in the scene tree. Please propagate the [constant MainLoop.NOTIFICATION_TRANSLATION_CHANGED] notification manually after you have finished modifying pseudolocalization related options.  
         */
        get pseudolocalization_double_vowels_enabled(): boolean
        set pseudolocalization_double_vowels_enabled(value: boolean)
        
        /** If `true`, emulate bidirectional (right-to-left) text when pseudolocalization is enabled. This can be used to spot issues with RTL layout and UI mirroring that will crop up if the project is localized to RTL languages such as Arabic or Hebrew.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** Updating this property does not automatically update texts in the scene tree. Please propagate the [constant MainLoop.NOTIFICATION_TRANSLATION_CHANGED] notification manually after you have finished modifying pseudolocalization related options.  
         */
        get pseudolocalization_fake_bidi_enabled(): boolean
        set pseudolocalization_fake_bidi_enabled(value: boolean)
        
        /** Replace all characters in the string with `*`. Useful for finding non-localizable strings.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** Updating this property does not automatically update texts in the scene tree. Please propagate the [constant MainLoop.NOTIFICATION_TRANSLATION_CHANGED] notification manually after you have finished modifying pseudolocalization related options.  
         */
        get pseudolocalization_override_enabled(): boolean
        set pseudolocalization_override_enabled(value: boolean)
        
        /** Skip placeholders for string formatting like `%s` or `%f` during pseudolocalization. Useful to identify strings which need additional control characters to display correctly.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** Updating this property does not automatically update texts in the scene tree. Please propagate the [constant MainLoop.NOTIFICATION_TRANSLATION_CHANGED] notification manually after you have finished modifying pseudolocalization related options.  
         */
        get pseudolocalization_skip_placeholders_enabled(): boolean
        set pseudolocalization_skip_placeholders_enabled(value: boolean)
        
        /** The expansion ratio to use during pseudolocalization. A value of `0.3` is sufficient for most practical purposes, and will increase the length of each string by 30%.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** Updating this property does not automatically update texts in the scene tree. Please propagate the [constant MainLoop.NOTIFICATION_TRANSLATION_CHANGED] notification manually after you have finished modifying pseudolocalization related options.  
         */
        get pseudolocalization_expansion_ratio(): float64
        set pseudolocalization_expansion_ratio(value: float64)
        
        /** Prefix that will be prepended to the pseudolocalized string.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** Updating this property does not automatically update texts in the scene tree. Please propagate the [constant MainLoop.NOTIFICATION_TRANSLATION_CHANGED] notification manually after you have finished modifying pseudolocalization related options.  
         */
        get pseudolocalization_prefix(): string
        set pseudolocalization_prefix(value: string)
        
        /** Suffix that will be appended to the pseudolocalized string.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** Updating this property does not automatically update texts in the scene tree. Please propagate the [constant MainLoop.NOTIFICATION_TRANSLATION_CHANGED] notification manually after you have finished modifying pseudolocalization related options.  
         */
        get pseudolocalization_suffix(): string
        set pseudolocalization_suffix(value: string)
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapTranslationDomain;
    }
    namespace Tree {
        enum SelectMode {
            /** Allows selection of a single cell at a time. From the perspective of items, only a single item is allowed to be selected. And there is only one column selected in the selected item.  
             *  The focus cursor is always hidden in this mode, but it is positioned at the current selection, making the currently selected item the currently focused item.  
             */
            SELECT_SINGLE = 0,
            
            /** Allows selection of a single row at a time. From the perspective of items, only a single items is allowed to be selected. And all the columns are selected in the selected item.  
             *  The focus cursor is always hidden in this mode, but it is positioned at the first column of the current selection, making the currently selected item the currently focused item.  
             */
            SELECT_ROW = 1,
            
            /** Allows selection of multiple cells at the same time. From the perspective of items, multiple items are allowed to be selected. And there can be multiple columns selected in each selected item.  
             *  The focus cursor is visible in this mode, the item or column under the cursor is not necessarily selected.  
             */
            SELECT_MULTI = 2,
        }
        enum DropModeFlags {
            /** Disables all drop sections, but still allows to detect the "on item" drop section by [method get_drop_section_at_position].  
             *      
             *  **Note:** This is the default flag, it has no effect when combined with other flags.  
             */
            DROP_MODE_DISABLED = 0,
            
            /** Enables the "on item" drop section. This drop section covers the entire item.  
             *  When combined with [constant DROP_MODE_INBETWEEN], this drop section halves the height and stays centered vertically.  
             */
            DROP_MODE_ON_ITEM = 1,
            
            /** Enables "above item" and "below item" drop sections. The "above item" drop section covers the top half of the item, and the "below item" drop section covers the bottom half.  
             *  When combined with [constant DROP_MODE_ON_ITEM], these drop sections halves the height and stays on top / bottom accordingly.  
             */
            DROP_MODE_INBETWEEN = 2,
        }
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapTree extends __NameMapControl {
    }
    /** A control used to show a set of internal [TreeItem]s in a hierarchical structure.  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_tree.html  
     */
    class Tree<Map extends NodePathMap = any> extends Control<Map> {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** Clears the tree. This removes all items. */
        clear(): void
        
        /** Creates an item in the tree and adds it as a child of [param parent], which can be either a valid [TreeItem] or `null`.  
         *  If [param parent] is `null`, the root item will be the parent, or the new item will be the root itself if the tree is empty.  
         *  The new item will be the [param index]-th child of parent, or it will be the last child if there are not enough siblings.  
         */
        create_item(parent?: TreeItem /* = undefined */, index?: int64 /* = -1 */): TreeItem
        
        /** Returns the tree's root item, or `null` if the tree is empty. */
        get_root(): null | TreeItem
        
        /** Overrides the calculated minimum width of a column. It can be set to `0` to restore the default behavior. Columns that have the "Expand" flag will use their "min_width" in a similar fashion to [member Control.size_flags_stretch_ratio]. */
        set_column_custom_minimum_width(column: int64, min_width: int64): void
        
        /** If `true`, the column will have the "Expand" flag of [Control]. Columns that have the "Expand" flag will use their expand ratio in a similar fashion to [member Control.size_flags_stretch_ratio] (see [method set_column_expand_ratio]). */
        set_column_expand(column: int64, expand: boolean): void
        
        /** Sets the relative expand ratio for a column. See [method set_column_expand]. */
        set_column_expand_ratio(column: int64, ratio: int64): void
        
        /** Allows to enable clipping for column's content, making the content size ignored. */
        set_column_clip_content(column: int64, enable: boolean): void
        
        /** Returns `true` if the column has enabled expanding (see [method set_column_expand]). */
        is_column_expanding(column: int64): boolean
        
        /** Returns `true` if the column has enabled clipping (see [method set_column_clip_content]). */
        is_column_clipping_content(column: int64): boolean
        
        /** Returns the expand ratio assigned to the column. */
        get_column_expand_ratio(column: int64): int64
        
        /** Returns the column's width in pixels. */
        get_column_width(column: int64): int64
        
        /** Returns the next selected [TreeItem] after the given one, or `null` if the end is reached.  
         *  If [param from] is `null`, this returns the first selected item.  
         */
        get_next_selected(from: TreeItem): null | TreeItem
        
        /** Returns the currently focused item, or `null` if no item is focused.  
         *  In [constant SELECT_ROW] and [constant SELECT_SINGLE] modes, the focused item is same as the selected item. In [constant SELECT_MULTI] mode, the focused item is the item under the focus cursor, not necessarily selected.  
         *  To get the currently selected item(s), use [method get_next_selected].  
         */
        get_selected(): null | TreeItem
        
        /** Selects the specified [TreeItem] and column. */
        set_selected(item: TreeItem, column: int64): void
        
        /** Returns the currently focused column, or -1 if no column is focused.  
         *  In [constant SELECT_SINGLE] mode, the focused column is the selected column. In [constant SELECT_ROW] mode, the focused column is always 0 if any item is selected. In [constant SELECT_MULTI] mode, the focused column is the column under the focus cursor, and there are not necessarily any column selected.  
         *  To tell whether a column of an item is selected, use [method TreeItem.is_selected].  
         */
        get_selected_column(): int64
        
        /** Returns the last pressed button's index. */
        get_pressed_button(): int64
        
        /** Deselects all tree items (rows and columns). In [constant SELECT_MULTI] mode also removes selection cursor. */
        deselect_all(): void
        
        /** Returns the currently edited item. Can be used with [signal item_edited] to get the item that was modified.  
         *    
         */
        get_edited(): null | TreeItem
        
        /** Returns the column for the currently edited item. */
        get_edited_column(): int64
        
        /** Edits the selected tree item as if it was clicked.  
         *  Either the item must be set editable with [method TreeItem.set_editable] or [param force_edit] must be `true`.  
         *  Returns `true` if the item could be edited. Fails if no item is selected.  
         */
        edit_selected(force_edit?: boolean /* = false */): boolean
        
        /** Returns the rectangle for custom popups. Helper to create custom cell controls that display a popup. See [method TreeItem.set_cell_mode]. */
        get_custom_popup_rect(): Rect2
        
        /** Returns the rectangle area for the specified [TreeItem]. If [param column] is specified, only get the position and size of that column, otherwise get the rectangle containing all columns. If a button index is specified, the rectangle of that button will be returned. */
        get_item_area_rect(item: TreeItem, column?: int64 /* = -1 */, button_index?: int64 /* = -1 */): Rect2
        
        /** Returns the tree item at the specified position (relative to the tree origin position). */
        get_item_at_position(position: Vector2): null | TreeItem
        
        /** Returns the column index at [param position], or -1 if no item is there. */
        get_column_at_position(position: Vector2): int64
        
        /** Returns the drop section at [param position], or -100 if no item is there.  
         *  Values -1, 0, or 1 will be returned for the "above item", "on item", and "below item" drop sections, respectively. See [enum DropModeFlags] for a description of each drop section.  
         *  To get the item which the returned drop section is relative to, use [method get_item_at_position].  
         */
        get_drop_section_at_position(position: Vector2): int64
        
        /** Returns the button ID at [param position], or -1 if no button is there. */
        get_button_id_at_position(position: Vector2): int64
        
        /** Makes the currently focused cell visible.  
         *  This will scroll the tree if necessary. In [constant SELECT_ROW] mode, this will not do horizontal scrolling, as all the cells in the selected row is focused logically.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** Despite the name of this method, the focus cursor itself is only visible in [constant SELECT_MULTI] mode.  
         */
        ensure_cursor_is_visible(): void
        
        /** Sets the title of a column. */
        set_column_title(column: int64, title: string): void
        
        /** Returns the column's title. */
        get_column_title(column: int64): string
        
        /** Sets the column title alignment. Note that [constant @GlobalScope.HORIZONTAL_ALIGNMENT_FILL] is not supported for column titles. */
        set_column_title_alignment(column: int64, title_alignment: HorizontalAlignment): void
        
        /** Returns the column title alignment. */
        get_column_title_alignment(column: int64): HorizontalAlignment
        
        /** Sets column title base writing direction. */
        set_column_title_direction(column: int64, direction: Control.TextDirection): void
        
        /** Returns column title base writing direction. */
        get_column_title_direction(column: int64): Control.TextDirection
        
        /** Sets language code of column title used for line-breaking and text shaping algorithms, if left empty current locale is used instead. */
        set_column_title_language(column: int64, language: string): void
        
        /** Returns column title language code. */
        get_column_title_language(column: int64): string
        
        /** Returns the current scrolling position. */
        get_scroll(): Vector2
        
        /** Causes the [Tree] to jump to the specified [TreeItem]. */
        scroll_to_item(item: TreeItem, center_on_item?: boolean /* = false */): void
        
        /** The number of columns. */
        get columns(): int64
        set columns(value: int64)
        
        /** If `true`, column titles are visible. */
        get column_titles_visible(): boolean
        set column_titles_visible(value: boolean)
        
        /** If `true`, the currently selected cell may be selected again. */
        get allow_reselect(): boolean
        set allow_reselect(value: boolean)
        
        /** If `true`, a right mouse button click can select items. */
        get allow_rmb_select(): boolean
        set allow_rmb_select(value: boolean)
        
        /** If `true`, allows navigating the [Tree] with letter keys through incremental search. */
        get allow_search(): boolean
        set allow_search(value: boolean)
        
        /** If `true`, the folding arrow is hidden. */
        get hide_folding(): boolean
        set hide_folding(value: boolean)
        
        /** If `true`, recursive folding is enabled for this [Tree]. Holding down [kbd]Shift[/kbd] while clicking the fold arrow or using `ui_right`/`ui_left` shortcuts collapses or uncollapses the [TreeItem] and all its descendants. */
        get enable_recursive_folding(): boolean
        set enable_recursive_folding(value: boolean)
        
        /** If `true`, the tree's root is hidden. */
        get hide_root(): boolean
        set hide_root(value: boolean)
        
        /** The drop mode as an OR combination of flags. See [enum DropModeFlags] constants. Once dropping is done, reverts to [constant DROP_MODE_DISABLED]. Setting this during [method Control._can_drop_data] is recommended.  
         *  This controls the drop sections, i.e. the decision and drawing of possible drop locations based on the mouse position.  
         */
        get drop_mode_flags(): int64
        set drop_mode_flags(value: int64)
        
        /** Allows single or multiple selection. See the [enum SelectMode] constants. */
        get select_mode(): int64
        set select_mode(value: int64)
        
        /** If `true`, enables horizontal scrolling. */
        get scroll_horizontal_enabled(): boolean
        set scroll_horizontal_enabled(value: boolean)
        
        /** If `true`, enables vertical scrolling. */
        get scroll_vertical_enabled(): boolean
        set scroll_vertical_enabled(value: boolean)
        
        /** If `true`, tree items with no tooltip assigned display their text as their tooltip. See also [method TreeItem.get_tooltip_text] and [method TreeItem.get_button_tooltip_text]. */
        get auto_tooltip(): boolean
        set auto_tooltip(value: boolean)
        
        /** Emitted when an item is selected. */
        readonly item_selected: Signal<() => void>
        
        /** Emitted when a cell is selected. */
        readonly cell_selected: Signal<() => void>
        
        /** Emitted instead of [signal item_selected] if [member select_mode] is set to [constant SELECT_MULTI]. */
        readonly multi_selected: Signal<(item: TreeItem, column: int64, selected: boolean) => void>
        
        /** Emitted when an item is selected with a mouse button. */
        readonly item_mouse_selected: Signal<(mouse_position: Vector2, mouse_button_index: int64) => void>
        
        /** Emitted when a mouse button is clicked in the empty space of the tree. */
        readonly empty_clicked: Signal<(click_position: Vector2, mouse_button_index: int64) => void>
        
        /** Emitted when an item is edited. */
        readonly item_edited: Signal<() => void>
        
        /** Emitted when an item with [constant TreeItem.CELL_MODE_CUSTOM] is clicked with a mouse button. */
        readonly custom_item_clicked: Signal<(mouse_button_index: int64) => void>
        
        /** Emitted when an item's icon is double-clicked. For a signal that emits when any part of the item is double-clicked, see [signal item_activated]. */
        readonly item_icon_double_clicked: Signal<() => void>
        
        /** Emitted when an item is expanded or collapsed by clicking on the folding arrow or through code.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** Despite its name, this signal is also emitted when an item is expanded.  
         */
        readonly item_collapsed: Signal<(item: TreeItem) => void>
        
        /** Emitted when [method TreeItem.propagate_check] is called. Connect to this signal to process the items that are affected when [method TreeItem.propagate_check] is invoked. The order that the items affected will be processed is as follows: the item that invoked the method, children of that item, and finally parents of that item. */
        readonly check_propagated_to_item: Signal<(item: TreeItem, column: int64) => void>
        
        /** Emitted when a button on the tree was pressed (see [method TreeItem.add_button]). */
        readonly button_clicked: Signal<(item: TreeItem, column: int64, id: int64, mouse_button_index: int64) => void>
        
        /** Emitted when a cell with the [constant TreeItem.CELL_MODE_CUSTOM] is clicked to be edited. */
        readonly custom_popup_edited: Signal<(arrow_clicked: boolean) => void>
        
        /** Emitted when an item is double-clicked, or selected with a `ui_accept` input event (e.g. using [kbd]Enter[/kbd] or [kbd]Space[/kbd] on the keyboard). */
        readonly item_activated: Signal<() => void>
        
        /** Emitted when a column's title is clicked with either [constant MOUSE_BUTTON_LEFT] or [constant MOUSE_BUTTON_RIGHT]. */
        readonly column_title_clicked: Signal<(column: int64, mouse_button_index: int64) => void>
        
        /** Emitted when a left mouse button click does not select any item. */
        readonly nothing_selected: Signal<() => void>
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapTree;
    }
    namespace TreeItem {
        enum TreeCellMode {
            /** Cell shows a string label, optionally with an icon. When editable, the text can be edited using a [LineEdit], or a [TextEdit] popup if [method set_edit_multiline] is used. */
            CELL_MODE_STRING = 0,
            
            /** Cell shows a checkbox, optionally with text and an icon. The checkbox can be pressed, released, or indeterminate (via [method set_indeterminate]). The checkbox can't be clicked unless the cell is editable. */
            CELL_MODE_CHECK = 1,
            
            /** Cell shows a numeric range. When editable, it can be edited using a range slider. Use [method set_range] to set the value and [method set_range_config] to configure the range.  
             *  This cell can also be used in a text dropdown mode when you assign a text with [method set_text]. Separate options with a comma, e.g. `"Option1,Option2,Option3"`.  
             */
            CELL_MODE_RANGE = 2,
            
            /** Cell shows an icon. It can't be edited nor display text. The icon is always centered within the cell. */
            CELL_MODE_ICON = 3,
            
            /** Cell shows as a clickable button. It will display an arrow similar to [OptionButton], but doesn't feature a dropdown (for that you can use [constant CELL_MODE_RANGE]). Clicking the button emits the [signal Tree.item_edited] signal. The button is flat by default, you can use [method set_custom_as_button] to display it with a [StyleBox].  
             *  This mode also supports custom drawing using [method set_custom_draw_callback].  
             */
            CELL_MODE_CUSTOM = 4,
        }
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapTreeItem extends __NameMapObject {
    }
    /** An internal control for a single item inside [Tree].  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_treeitem.html  
     */
    class TreeItem extends Object {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** Sets the given column's cell mode to [param mode]. This determines how the cell is displayed and edited. */
        set_cell_mode(column: int64, mode: TreeItem.TreeCellMode): void
        
        /** Returns the column's cell mode. */
        get_cell_mode(column: int64): TreeItem.TreeCellMode
        
        /** Sets the given column's auto translate mode to [param mode].  
         *  All columns use [constant Node.AUTO_TRANSLATE_MODE_INHERIT] by default, which uses the same auto translate mode as the [Tree] itself.  
         */
        set_auto_translate_mode(column: int64, mode: Node.AutoTranslateMode): void
        
        /** Returns the column's auto translate mode. */
        get_auto_translate_mode(column: int64): Node.AutoTranslateMode
        
        /** If [param multiline] is `true`, the given [param column] is multiline editable.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** This option only affects the type of control ([LineEdit] or [TextEdit]) that appears when editing the column. You can set multiline values with [method set_text] even if the column is not multiline editable.  
         */
        set_edit_multiline(column: int64, multiline: boolean): void
        
        /** Returns `true` if the given [param column] is multiline editable. */
        is_edit_multiline(column: int64): boolean
        
        /** If [param checked] is `true`, the given [param column] is checked. Clears column's indeterminate status. */
        set_checked(column: int64, checked: boolean): void
        
        /** If [param indeterminate] is `true`, the given [param column] is marked indeterminate.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** If set `true` from `false`, then column is cleared of checked status.  
         */
        set_indeterminate(column: int64, indeterminate: boolean): void
        
        /** Returns `true` if the given [param column] is checked. */
        is_checked(column: int64): boolean
        
        /** Returns `true` if the given [param column] is indeterminate. */
        is_indeterminate(column: int64): boolean
        
        /** Propagates this item's checked status to its children and parents for the given [param column]. It is possible to process the items affected by this method call by connecting to [signal Tree.check_propagated_to_item]. The order that the items affected will be processed is as follows: the item invoking this method, children of that item, and finally parents of that item. If [param emit_signal] is `false`, then [signal Tree.check_propagated_to_item] will not be emitted. */
        propagate_check(column: int64, emit_signal?: boolean /* = true */): void
        
        /** Sets the given column's text value. */
        set_text(column: int64, text: string): void
        
        /** Returns the given column's text. */
        get_text(column: int64): string
        
        /** Sets the given column's description for assistive apps. */
        set_description(column: int64, description: string): void
        
        /** Returns the given column's description for assistive apps. */
        get_description(column: int64): string
        
        /** Sets item's text base writing direction. */
        set_text_direction(column: int64, direction: Control.TextDirection): void
        
        /** Returns item's text base writing direction. */
        get_text_direction(column: int64): Control.TextDirection
        
        /** Sets the autowrap mode in the given [param column]. If set to something other than [constant TextServer.AUTOWRAP_OFF], the text gets wrapped inside the cell's bounding rectangle. */
        set_autowrap_mode(column: int64, autowrap_mode: TextServer.AutowrapMode): void
        
        /** Returns the text autowrap mode in the given [param column]. By default it is [constant TextServer.AUTOWRAP_OFF]. */
        get_autowrap_mode(column: int64): TextServer.AutowrapMode
        
        /** Sets the clipping behavior when the text exceeds the item's bounding rectangle in the given [param column]. */
        set_text_overrun_behavior(column: int64, overrun_behavior: TextServer.OverrunBehavior): void
        
        /** Returns the clipping behavior when the text exceeds the item's bounding rectangle in the given [param column]. By default it is [constant TextServer.OVERRUN_TRIM_ELLIPSIS]. */
        get_text_overrun_behavior(column: int64): TextServer.OverrunBehavior
        
        /** Set BiDi algorithm override for the structured text. Has effect for cells that display text. */
        set_structured_text_bidi_override(column: int64, parser: TextServer.StructuredTextParser): void
        
        /** Returns the BiDi algorithm override set for this cell. */
        get_structured_text_bidi_override(column: int64): TextServer.StructuredTextParser
        
        /** Set additional options for BiDi override. Has effect for cells that display text. */
        set_structured_text_bidi_override_options(column: int64, args: GArray): void
        
        /** Returns the additional BiDi options set for this cell. */
        get_structured_text_bidi_override_options(column: int64): GArray
        
        /** Sets language code of item's text used for line-breaking and text shaping algorithms, if left empty current locale is used instead. */
        set_language(column: int64, language: string): void
        
        /** Returns item's text language code. */
        get_language(column: int64): string
        
        /** Sets a string to be shown after a column's value (for example, a unit abbreviation). */
        set_suffix(column: int64, text: string): void
        
        /** Gets the suffix string shown after the column value. */
        get_suffix(column: int64): string
        
        /** Sets the given cell's icon [Texture2D]. If the cell is in [constant CELL_MODE_ICON] mode, the icon is displayed in the center of the cell. Otherwise, the icon is displayed before the cell's text. [constant CELL_MODE_RANGE] does not display an icon. */
        set_icon(column: int64, texture: Texture2D): void
        
        /** Returns the given column's icon [Texture2D]. Error if no icon is set. */
        get_icon(column: int64): null | Texture2D
        
        /** Sets the given cell's icon overlay [Texture2D]. The cell has to be in [constant CELL_MODE_ICON] mode, and icon has to be set. Overlay is drawn on top of icon, in the bottom left corner. */
        set_icon_overlay(column: int64, texture: Texture2D): void
        
        /** Returns the given column's icon overlay [Texture2D]. */
        get_icon_overlay(column: int64): null | Texture2D
        
        /** Sets the given column's icon's texture region. */
        set_icon_region(column: int64, region: Rect2): void
        
        /** Returns the icon [Texture2D] region as [Rect2]. */
        get_icon_region(column: int64): Rect2
        
        /** Sets the maximum allowed width of the icon in the given [param column]. This limit is applied on top of the default size of the icon and on top of [theme_item Tree.icon_max_width]. The height is adjusted according to the icon's ratio. */
        set_icon_max_width(column: int64, width: int64): void
        
        /** Returns the maximum allowed width of the icon in the given [param column]. */
        get_icon_max_width(column: int64): int64
        
        /** Modulates the given column's icon with [param modulate]. */
        set_icon_modulate(column: int64, modulate: Color): void
        
        /** Returns the [Color] modulating the column's icon. */
        get_icon_modulate(column: int64): Color
        
        /** Sets the value of a [constant CELL_MODE_RANGE] column. */
        set_range(column: int64, value: float64): void
        
        /** Returns the value of a [constant CELL_MODE_RANGE] column. */
        get_range(column: int64): float64
        
        /** Sets the range of accepted values for a column. The column must be in the [constant CELL_MODE_RANGE] mode.  
         *  If [param expr] is `true`, the edit mode slider will use an exponential scale as with [member Range.exp_edit].  
         */
        set_range_config(column: int64, min: float64, max: float64, step: float64, expr?: boolean /* = false */): void
        
        /** Returns a dictionary containing the range parameters for a given column. The keys are "min", "max", "step", and "expr". */
        get_range_config(column: int64): GDictionary
        
        /** Sets the metadata value for the given column, which can be retrieved later using [method get_metadata]. This can be used, for example, to store a reference to the original data. */
        set_metadata(column: int64, meta: any): void
        
        /** Returns the metadata value that was set for the given column using [method set_metadata]. */
        get_metadata(column: int64): any
        
        /** Sets the given column's custom draw callback to the [param callback] method on [param object].  
         *  The method named [param callback] should accept two arguments: the [TreeItem] that is drawn and its position and size as a [Rect2].  
         */
        set_custom_draw(column: int64, object: Object, callback: StringName): void
        
        /** Sets the given column's custom draw callback. Use an empty [Callable] ([code skip-lint]Callable()`) to clear the custom callback. The cell has to be in [constant CELL_MODE_CUSTOM] to use this feature.  
         *  The [param callback] should accept two arguments: the [TreeItem] that is drawn and its position and size as a [Rect2].  
         */
        set_custom_draw_callback(column: int64, callback: Callable): void
        
        /** Returns the custom callback of column [param column]. */
        get_custom_draw_callback(column: int64): Callable
        
        /** Collapses or uncollapses this [TreeItem] and all the descendants of this item. */
        set_collapsed_recursive(enable: boolean): void
        
        /** Returns `true` if this [TreeItem], or any of its descendants, is collapsed.  
         *  If [param only_visible] is `true` it ignores non-visible [TreeItem]s.  
         */
        is_any_collapsed(only_visible?: boolean /* = false */): boolean
        
        /** Returns `true` if [member visible] is `true` and all its ancestors are also visible. */
        is_visible_in_tree(): boolean
        
        /** Uncollapses all [TreeItem]s necessary to reveal this [TreeItem], i.e. all ancestor [TreeItem]s. */
        uncollapse_tree(): void
        
        /** If [param selectable] is `true`, the given [param column] is selectable. */
        set_selectable(column: int64, selectable: boolean): void
        
        /** Returns `true` if the given [param column] is selectable. */
        is_selectable(column: int64): boolean
        
        /** Returns `true` if the given [param column] is selected. */
        is_selected(column: int64): boolean
        
        /** Selects the given [param column]. */
        select(column: int64): void
        
        /** Deselects the given column. */
        deselect(column: int64): void
        
        /** If [param enabled] is `true`, the given [param column] is editable. */
        set_editable(column: int64, enabled: boolean): void
        
        /** Returns `true` if the given [param column] is editable. */
        is_editable(column: int64): boolean
        
        /** Sets the given column's custom color. */
        set_custom_color(column: int64, color: Color): void
        
        /** Returns the custom color of column [param column]. */
        get_custom_color(column: int64): Color
        
        /** Resets the color for the given column to default. */
        clear_custom_color(column: int64): void
        
        /** Sets custom font used to draw text in the given [param column]. */
        set_custom_font(column: int64, font: Font): void
        
        /** Returns custom font used to draw text in the column [param column]. */
        get_custom_font(column: int64): null | Font
        
        /** Sets custom font size used to draw text in the given [param column]. */
        set_custom_font_size(column: int64, font_size: int64): void
        
        /** Returns custom font size used to draw text in the column [param column]. */
        get_custom_font_size(column: int64): int64
        
        /** Sets the given column's custom background color and whether to just use it as an outline. */
        set_custom_bg_color(column: int64, color: Color, just_outline?: boolean /* = false */): void
        
        /** Resets the background color for the given column to default. */
        clear_custom_bg_color(column: int64): void
        
        /** Returns the custom background color of column [param column]. */
        get_custom_bg_color(column: int64): Color
        
        /** Makes a cell with [constant CELL_MODE_CUSTOM] display as a non-flat button with a [StyleBox]. */
        set_custom_as_button(column: int64, enable: boolean): void
        
        /** Returns `true` if the cell was made into a button with [method set_custom_as_button]. */
        is_custom_set_as_button(column: int64): boolean
        
        /** Removes all buttons from all columns of this item. */
        clear_buttons(): void
        
        /** Adds a button with [Texture2D] [param button] to the end of the cell at column [param column]. The [param id] is used to identify the button in the according [signal Tree.button_clicked] signal and can be different from the buttons index. If not specified, the next available index is used, which may be retrieved by calling [method get_button_count] immediately before this method. Optionally, the button can be [param disabled] and have a [param tooltip_text]. [param description] is used as the button description for assistive apps. */
        add_button(column: int64, button: Texture2D, id?: int64 /* = -1 */, disabled?: boolean /* = false */, tooltip_text?: string /* = '' */, description?: string /* = '' */): void
        
        /** Returns the number of buttons in column [param column]. */
        get_button_count(column: int64): int64
        
        /** Returns the tooltip text for the button at index [param button_index] in column [param column]. */
        get_button_tooltip_text(column: int64, button_index: int64): string
        
        /** Returns the ID for the button at index [param button_index] in column [param column]. */
        get_button_id(column: int64, button_index: int64): int64
        
        /** Returns the button index if there is a button with ID [param id] in column [param column], otherwise returns -1. */
        get_button_by_id(column: int64, id: int64): int64
        
        /** Returns the color of the button with ID [param id] in column [param column]. If the specified button does not exist, returns [constant Color.BLACK]. */
        get_button_color(column: int64, id: int64): Color
        
        /** Returns the [Texture2D] of the button at index [param button_index] in column [param column]. */
        get_button(column: int64, button_index: int64): null | Texture2D
        
        /** Sets the tooltip text for the button at index [param button_index] in the given [param column]. */
        set_button_tooltip_text(column: int64, button_index: int64, tooltip: string): void
        
        /** Sets the given column's button [Texture2D] at index [param button_index] to [param button]. */
        set_button(column: int64, button_index: int64, button: Texture2D): void
        
        /** Removes the button at index [param button_index] in column [param column]. */
        erase_button(column: int64, button_index: int64): void
        
        /** Sets the given column's button description at index [param button_index] for assistive apps. */
        set_button_description(column: int64, button_index: int64, description: string): void
        
        /** If `true`, disables the button at index [param button_index] in the given [param column]. */
        set_button_disabled(column: int64, button_index: int64, disabled: boolean): void
        
        /** Sets the given column's button color at index [param button_index] to [param color]. */
        set_button_color(column: int64, button_index: int64, color: Color): void
        
        /** Returns `true` if the button at index [param button_index] for the given [param column] is disabled. */
        is_button_disabled(column: int64, button_index: int64): boolean
        
        /** Sets the given column's tooltip text. */
        set_tooltip_text(column: int64, tooltip: string): void
        
        /** Returns the given column's tooltip text. */
        get_tooltip_text(column: int64): string
        
        /** Sets the given column's text alignment to [param text_alignment]. */
        set_text_alignment(column: int64, text_alignment: HorizontalAlignment): void
        
        /** Returns the given column's text alignment. */
        get_text_alignment(column: int64): HorizontalAlignment
        
        /** If [param enable] is `true`, the given [param column] is expanded to the right. */
        set_expand_right(column: int64, enable: boolean): void
        
        /** Returns `true` if `expand_right` is set. */
        get_expand_right(column: int64): boolean
        
        /** Creates an item and adds it as a child.  
         *  The new item will be inserted as position [param index] (the default value `-1` means the last position), or it will be the last child if [param index] is higher than the child count.  
         */
        create_child(index?: int64 /* = -1 */): TreeItem
        
        /** Adds a previously unparented [TreeItem] as a direct child of this one. The [param child] item must not be a part of any [Tree] or parented to any [TreeItem]. See also [method remove_child]. */
        add_child(child: TreeItem): void
        
        /** Removes the given child [TreeItem] and all its children from the [Tree]. Note that it doesn't free the item from memory, so it can be reused later (see [method add_child]). To completely remove a [TreeItem] use [method Object.free].  
         *      
         *  **Note:** If you want to move a child from one [Tree] to another, then instead of removing and adding it manually you can use [method move_before] or [method move_after].  
         */
        remove_child(child: TreeItem): void
        
        /** Returns the [Tree] that owns this TreeItem. */
        get_tree(): null | Tree
        
        /** Returns the next sibling TreeItem in the tree or a `null` object if there is none. */
        get_next(): null | TreeItem
        
        /** Returns the previous sibling TreeItem in the tree or a `null` object if there is none. */
        get_prev(): null | TreeItem
        
        /** Returns the parent TreeItem or a `null` object if there is none. */
        get_parent(): null | TreeItem
        
        /** Returns the TreeItem's first child. */
        get_first_child(): null | TreeItem
        
        /** Returns the next TreeItem in the tree (in the context of a depth-first search) or a `null` object if there is none.  
         *  If [param wrap] is enabled, the method will wrap around to the first element in the tree when called on the last element, otherwise it returns `null`.  
         */
        get_next_in_tree(wrap?: boolean /* = false */): null | TreeItem
        
        /** Returns the previous TreeItem in the tree (in the context of a depth-first search) or a `null` object if there is none.  
         *  If [param wrap] is enabled, the method will wrap around to the last element in the tree when called on the first visible element, otherwise it returns `null`.  
         */
        get_prev_in_tree(wrap?: boolean /* = false */): null | TreeItem
        
        /** Returns the next visible TreeItem in the tree (in the context of a depth-first search) or a `null` object if there is none.  
         *  If [param wrap] is enabled, the method will wrap around to the first visible element in the tree when called on the last visible element, otherwise it returns `null`.  
         */
        get_next_visible(wrap?: boolean /* = false */): null | TreeItem
        
        /** Returns the previous visible sibling TreeItem in the tree (in the context of a depth-first search) or a `null` object if there is none.  
         *  If [param wrap] is enabled, the method will wrap around to the last visible element in the tree when called on the first visible element, otherwise it returns `null`.  
         */
        get_prev_visible(wrap?: boolean /* = false */): null | TreeItem
        
        /** Returns a child item by its [param index] (see [method get_child_count]). This method is often used for iterating all children of an item.  
         *  Negative indices access the children from the last one.  
         */
        get_child(index: int64): null | TreeItem
        
        /** Returns the number of child items. */
        get_child_count(): int64
        
        /** Returns an array of references to the item's children. */
        get_children(): GArray<TreeItem>
        
        /** Returns the node's order in the tree. For example, if called on the first child item the position is `0`. */
        get_index(): int64
        
        /** Moves this TreeItem right before the given [param item].  
         *      
         *  **Note:** You can't move to the root or move the root.  
         */
        move_before(item: TreeItem): void
        
        /** Moves this TreeItem right after the given [param item].  
         *      
         *  **Note:** You can't move to the root or move the root.  
         */
        move_after(item: TreeItem): void
        
        /** Calls the [param method] on the actual TreeItem and its children recursively. Pass parameters as a comma separated list. */
        call_recursive(method: StringName, ...varargs: any[]): void
        
        /** If `true`, the TreeItem is collapsed. */
        get collapsed(): boolean
        set collapsed(value: boolean)
        
        /** If `true`, the [TreeItem] is visible (default).  
         *  Note that if a [TreeItem] is set to not be visible, none of its children will be visible either.  
         */
        get visible(): boolean
        set visible(value: boolean)
        
        /** If `true`, folding is disabled for this TreeItem. */
        get disable_folding(): boolean
        set disable_folding(value: boolean)
        
        /** The custom minimum height. */
        get custom_minimum_height(): int64
        set custom_minimum_height(value: int64)
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapTreeItem;
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapTriangleMesh extends __NameMapRefCounted {
    }
    /** Triangle geometry for efficient, physicsless intersection queries.  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_trianglemesh.html  
     */
    class TriangleMesh extends RefCounted {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** Creates the BVH tree from an array of faces. Each 3 vertices of the input [param faces] array represent one triangle (face).  
         *  Returns `true` if the tree is successfully built, `false` otherwise.  
         */
        create_from_faces(faces: PackedVector3Array | Vector3[]): boolean
        
        /** Returns a copy of the geometry faces. Each 3 vertices of the array represent one triangle (face). */
        get_faces(): PackedVector3Array
        
        /** Tests for intersection with a segment going from [param begin] to [param end].  
         *  If an intersection with a triangle happens returns a [Dictionary] with the following fields:  
         *  `position`: The position on the intersected triangle.  
         *  `normal`: The normal of the intersected triangle.  
         *  `face_index`: The index of the intersected triangle.  
         *  Returns an empty [Dictionary] if no intersection happens.  
         *  See also [method intersect_ray], which is similar but uses an infinite-length ray.  
         */
        intersect_segment(begin: Vector3, end: Vector3): GDictionary
        
        /** Tests for intersection with a ray starting at [param begin] and facing [param dir] and extending toward infinity.  
         *  If an intersection with a triangle happens, returns a [Dictionary] with the following fields:  
         *  `position`: The position on the intersected triangle.  
         *  `normal`: The normal of the intersected triangle.  
         *  `face_index`: The index of the intersected triangle.  
         *  Returns an empty [Dictionary] if no intersection happens.  
         *  See also [method intersect_segment], which is similar but uses a finite-length segment.  
         */
        intersect_ray(begin: Vector3, dir: Vector3): GDictionary
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapTriangleMesh;
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapTubeTrailMesh extends __NameMapPrimitiveMesh {
    }
    /** Represents a straight tube-shaped [PrimitiveMesh] with variable width.  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_tubetrailmesh.html  
     */
    class TubeTrailMesh extends PrimitiveMesh {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** The baseline radius of the tube. The radius of a particular section ring is obtained by multiplying this radius by the value of the [member curve] at the given distance. */
        get radius(): float64
        set radius(value: float64)
        
        /** The number of sides on the tube. For example, a value of `5` means the tube will be pentagonal. Higher values result in a more detailed tube at the cost of performance. */
        get radial_steps(): int64
        set radial_steps(value: int64)
        
        /** The total number of sections on the tube. */
        get sections(): int64
        set sections(value: int64)
        
        /** The length of a section of the tube. */
        get section_length(): float64
        set section_length(value: float64)
        
        /** The number of rings in a section. The [member curve] is sampled on each ring to determine its radius. Higher values result in a more detailed tube at the cost of performance. */
        get section_rings(): int64
        set section_rings(value: int64)
        
        /** If `true`, generates a cap at the top of the tube. This can be set to `false` to speed up generation and rendering when the cap is never seen by the camera. */
        get cap_top(): boolean
        set cap_top(value: boolean)
        
        /** If `true`, generates a cap at the bottom of the tube. This can be set to `false` to speed up generation and rendering when the cap is never seen by the camera. */
        get cap_bottom(): boolean
        set cap_bottom(value: boolean)
        
        /** Determines the radius of the tube along its length. The radius of a particular section ring is obtained by multiplying the baseline [member radius] by the value of this curve at the given distance. For values smaller than `0`, the faces will be inverted. Should be a unit [Curve]. */
        get curve(): null | Curve
        set curve(value: null | Curve)
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapTubeTrailMesh;
    }
    namespace Tween {
        enum TweenProcessMode {
            /** The [Tween] updates after each physics frame (see [method Node._physics_process]). */
            TWEEN_PROCESS_PHYSICS = 0,
            
            /** The [Tween] updates after each process frame (see [method Node._process]). */
            TWEEN_PROCESS_IDLE = 1,
        }
        enum TweenPauseMode {
            /** If the [Tween] has a bound node, it will process when that node can process (see [member Node.process_mode]). Otherwise it's the same as [constant TWEEN_PAUSE_STOP]. */
            TWEEN_PAUSE_BOUND = 0,
            
            /** If [SceneTree] is paused, the [Tween] will also pause. */
            TWEEN_PAUSE_STOP = 1,
            
            /** The [Tween] will process regardless of whether [SceneTree] is paused. */
            TWEEN_PAUSE_PROCESS = 2,
        }
        enum TransitionType {
            /** The animation is interpolated linearly. */
            TRANS_LINEAR = 0,
            
            /** The animation is interpolated using a sine function. */
            TRANS_SINE = 1,
            
            /** The animation is interpolated with a quintic (to the power of 5) function. */
            TRANS_QUINT = 2,
            
            /** The animation is interpolated with a quartic (to the power of 4) function. */
            TRANS_QUART = 3,
            
            /** The animation is interpolated with a quadratic (to the power of 2) function. */
            TRANS_QUAD = 4,
            
            /** The animation is interpolated with an exponential (to the power of x) function. */
            TRANS_EXPO = 5,
            
            /** The animation is interpolated with elasticity, wiggling around the edges. */
            TRANS_ELASTIC = 6,
            
            /** The animation is interpolated with a cubic (to the power of 3) function. */
            TRANS_CUBIC = 7,
            
            /** The animation is interpolated with a function using square roots. */
            TRANS_CIRC = 8,
            
            /** The animation is interpolated by bouncing at the end. */
            TRANS_BOUNCE = 9,
            
            /** The animation is interpolated backing out at ends. */
            TRANS_BACK = 10,
            
            /** The animation is interpolated like a spring towards the end. */
            TRANS_SPRING = 11,
        }
        enum EaseType {
            /** The interpolation starts slowly and speeds up towards the end. */
            EASE_IN = 0,
            
            /** The interpolation starts quickly and slows down towards the end. */
            EASE_OUT = 1,
            
            /** A combination of [constant EASE_IN] and [constant EASE_OUT]. The interpolation is slowest at both ends. */
            EASE_IN_OUT = 2,
            
            /** A combination of [constant EASE_IN] and [constant EASE_OUT]. The interpolation is fastest at both ends. */
            EASE_OUT_IN = 3,
        }
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapTween extends __NameMapRefCounted {
    }
    /** Lightweight object used for general-purpose animation via script, using [Tweener]s.  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_tween.html  
     */
    class Tween extends RefCounted {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** Creates and appends a [PropertyTweener]. This method tweens a [param property] of an [param object] between an initial value and [param final_val] in a span of time equal to [param duration], in seconds. The initial value by default is the property's value at the time the tweening of the [PropertyTweener] starts.  
         *    
         *  will move the sprite to position (100, 200) and then to (200, 300). If you use [method PropertyTweener.from] or [method PropertyTweener.from_current], the starting position will be overwritten by the given value instead. See other methods in [PropertyTweener] to see how the tweening can be tweaked further.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** You can find the correct property name by hovering over the property in the Inspector. You can also provide the components of a property directly by using `"property:component"` (eg. `position:x`), where it would only apply to that particular component.  
         *  **Example:** Moving an object twice from the same position, with different transition types:  
         *    
         */
        tween_property(object: Object, property: NodePath | string, final_val: any, duration: float64): null | PropertyTweener
        
        /** Creates and appends an [IntervalTweener]. This method can be used to create delays in the tween animation, as an alternative to using the delay in other [Tweener]s, or when there's no animation (in which case the [Tween] acts as a timer). [param time] is the length of the interval, in seconds.  
         *  **Example:** Creating an interval in code execution:  
         *    
         *  **Example:** Creating an object that moves back and forth and jumps every few seconds:  
         *    
         */
        tween_interval(time: float64): null | IntervalTweener
        
        /** Creates and appends a [CallbackTweener]. This method can be used to call an arbitrary method in any object. Use [method Callable.bind] to bind additional arguments for the call.  
         *  **Example:** Object that keeps shooting every 1 second:  
         *    
         *  **Example:** Turning a sprite red and then blue, with 2 second delay:  
         *    
         */
        tween_callback(callback: Callable): null | CallbackTweener
        
        /** Creates and appends a [MethodTweener]. This method is similar to a combination of [method tween_callback] and [method tween_property]. It calls a method over time with a tweened value provided as an argument. The value is tweened between [param from] and [param to] over the time specified by [param duration], in seconds. Use [method Callable.bind] to bind additional arguments for the call. You can use [method MethodTweener.set_ease] and [method MethodTweener.set_trans] to tweak the easing and transition of the value or [method MethodTweener.set_delay] to delay the tweening.  
         *  **Example:** Making a 3D object look from one point to another point:  
         *    
         *  **Example:** Setting the text of a [Label], using an intermediate method and after a delay:  
         *    
         */
        tween_method(method: Callable, from: any, to: any, duration: float64): null | MethodTweener
        
        /** Creates and appends a [SubtweenTweener]. This method can be used to nest [param subtween] within this [Tween], allowing for the creation of more complex and composable sequences.  
         *    
         *      
         *  **Note:** The methods [method pause], [method stop], and [method set_loops] can cause the parent [Tween] to get stuck on the subtween step; see the documentation for those methods for more information.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** The pause and process modes set by [method set_pause_mode] and [method set_process_mode] on [param subtween] will be overridden by the parent [Tween]'s settings.  
         */
        tween_subtween(subtween: Tween): null | SubtweenTweener
        
        /** Processes the [Tween] by the given [param delta] value, in seconds. This is mostly useful for manual control when the [Tween] is paused. It can also be used to end the [Tween] animation immediately, by setting [param delta] longer than the whole duration of the [Tween] animation.  
         *  Returns `true` if the [Tween] still has [Tweener]s that haven't finished.  
         */
        custom_step(delta: float64): boolean
        
        /** Stops the tweening and resets the [Tween] to its initial state. This will not remove any appended [Tweener]s.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** This does  *not*  reset targets of [PropertyTweener]s to their values when the [Tween] first started.  
         *    
         *      
         *  **Note:** If a Tween is stopped and not bound to any node, it will exist indefinitely until manually started or invalidated. If you lose a reference to such Tween, you can retrieve it using [method SceneTree.get_processed_tweens].  
         */
        stop(): void
        
        /** Pauses the tweening. The animation can be resumed by using [method play].  
         *      
         *  **Note:** If a Tween is paused and not bound to any node, it will exist indefinitely until manually started or invalidated. If you lose a reference to such Tween, you can retrieve it using [method SceneTree.get_processed_tweens].  
         */
        pause(): void
        
        /** Resumes a paused or stopped [Tween]. */
        play(): void
        
        /** Aborts all tweening operations and invalidates the [Tween]. */
        kill(): void
        
        /** Returns the total time in seconds the [Tween] has been animating (i.e. the time since it started, not counting pauses etc.). The time is affected by [method set_speed_scale], and [method stop] will reset it to `0`.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** As it results from accumulating frame deltas, the time returned after the [Tween] has finished animating will be slightly greater than the actual [Tween] duration.  
         */
        get_total_elapsed_time(): float64
        
        /** Returns whether the [Tween] is currently running, i.e. it wasn't paused and it's not finished. */
        is_running(): boolean
        
        /** Returns whether the [Tween] is valid. A valid [Tween] is a [Tween] contained by the scene tree (i.e. the array from [method SceneTree.get_processed_tweens] will contain this [Tween]). A [Tween] might become invalid when it has finished tweening, is killed, or when created with `Tween.new()`. Invalid [Tween]s can't have [Tweener]s appended. */
        is_valid(): boolean
        
        /** Binds this [Tween] with the given [param node]. [Tween]s are processed directly by the [SceneTree], so they run independently of the animated nodes. When you bind a [Node] with the [Tween], the [Tween] will halt the animation when the object is not inside tree and the [Tween] will be automatically killed when the bound object is freed. Also [constant TWEEN_PAUSE_BOUND] will make the pausing behavior dependent on the bound node.  
         *  For a shorter way to create and bind a [Tween], you can use [method Node.create_tween].  
         */
        bind_node(node: Node): null | Tween
        
        /** Determines whether the [Tween] should run after process frames (see [method Node._process]) or physics frames (see [method Node._physics_process]).  
         *  Default value is [constant TWEEN_PROCESS_IDLE].  
         */
        set_process_mode(mode: Tween.TweenProcessMode): null | Tween
        
        /** Determines the behavior of the [Tween] when the [SceneTree] is paused.  
         *  Default value is [constant TWEEN_PAUSE_BOUND].  
         */
        set_pause_mode(mode: Tween.TweenPauseMode): null | Tween
        
        /** If [param ignore] is `true`, the tween will ignore [member Engine.time_scale] and update with the real, elapsed time. This affects all [Tweener]s and their delays. Default value is `false`. */
        set_ignore_time_scale(ignore?: boolean /* = true */): null | Tween
        
        /** If [param parallel] is `true`, the [Tweener]s appended after this method will by default run simultaneously, as opposed to sequentially.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** Just like with [method parallel], the tweener added right before this method will also be part of the parallel step.  
         *    
         */
        set_parallel(parallel?: boolean /* = true */): null | Tween
        
        /** Sets the number of times the tweening sequence will be repeated, i.e. `set_loops(2)` will run the animation twice.  
         *  Calling this method without arguments will make the [Tween] run infinitely, until either it is killed with [method kill], the [Tween]'s bound node is freed, or all the animated objects have been freed (which makes further animation impossible).  
         *  **Warning:** Make sure to always add some duration/delay when using infinite loops. To prevent the game freezing, 0-duration looped animations (e.g. a single [CallbackTweener] with no delay) are stopped after a small number of loops, which may produce unexpected results. If a [Tween]'s lifetime depends on some node, always use [method bind_node].  
         */
        set_loops(loops?: int64 /* = 0 */): null | Tween
        
        /** Returns the number of remaining loops for this [Tween] (see [method set_loops]). A return value of `-1` indicates an infinitely looping [Tween], and a return value of `0` indicates that the [Tween] has already finished. */
        get_loops_left(): int64
        
        /** Scales the speed of tweening. This affects all [Tweener]s and their delays. */
        set_speed_scale(speed: float64): null | Tween
        
        /** Sets the default transition type for [PropertyTweener]s and [MethodTweener]s appended after this method.  
         *  Before this method is called, the default transition type is [constant TRANS_LINEAR].  
         *    
         */
        set_trans(trans: Tween.TransitionType): null | Tween
        
        /** Sets the default ease type for [PropertyTweener]s and [MethodTweener]s appended after this method.  
         *  Before this method is called, the default ease type is [constant EASE_IN_OUT].  
         *    
         */
        set_ease(ease: Tween.EaseType): null | Tween
        
        /** Makes the next [Tweener] run parallelly to the previous one.  
         *    
         *  All [Tweener]s in the example will run at the same time.  
         *  You can make the [Tween] parallel by default by using [method set_parallel].  
         */
        parallel(): null | Tween
        
        /** Used to chain two [Tweener]s after [method set_parallel] is called with `true`.  
         *    
         */
        chain(): null | Tween
        
        /** This method can be used for manual interpolation of a value, when you don't want [Tween] to do animating for you. It's similar to [method @GlobalScope.lerp], but with support for custom transition and easing.  
         *  [param initial_value] is the starting value of the interpolation.  
         *  [param delta_value] is the change of the value in the interpolation, i.e. it's equal to `final_value - initial_value`.  
         *  [param elapsed_time] is the time in seconds that passed after the interpolation started and it's used to control the position of the interpolation. E.g. when it's equal to half of the [param duration], the interpolated value will be halfway between initial and final values. This value can also be greater than [param duration] or lower than 0, which will extrapolate the value.  
         *  [param duration] is the total time of the interpolation.  
         *      
         *  **Note:** If [param duration] is equal to `0`, the method will always return the final value, regardless of [param elapsed_time] provided.  
         */
        static interpolate_value(initial_value: any, delta_value: any, elapsed_time: float64, duration: float64, trans_type: Tween.TransitionType, ease_type: Tween.EaseType): any
        
        /** Emitted when one step of the [Tween] is complete, providing the step index. One step is either a single [Tweener] or a group of [Tweener]s running in parallel. */
        readonly step_finished: Signal<(idx: int64) => void>
        
        /** Emitted when a full loop is complete (see [method set_loops]), providing the loop index. This signal is not emitted after the final loop, use [signal finished] instead for this case. */
        readonly loop_finished: Signal<(loop_count: int64) => void>
        
        /** Emitted when the [Tween] has finished all tweening. Never emitted when the [Tween] is set to infinite looping (see [method set_loops]). */
        readonly finished: Signal<() => void>
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapTween;
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapTweener extends __NameMapRefCounted {
    }
    /** Abstract class for all Tweeners used by [Tween].  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_tweener.html  
     */
    class Tweener extends RefCounted {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** Emitted when the [Tweener] has just finished its job or became invalid (e.g. due to a freed object). */
        readonly finished: Signal<() => void>
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapTweener;
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapUDPServer extends __NameMapRefCounted {
    }
    /** Helper class to implement a UDP server.  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_udpserver.html  
     */
    class UDPServer extends RefCounted {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** Starts the server by opening a UDP socket listening on the given [param port]. You can optionally specify a [param bind_address] to only listen for packets sent to that address. See also [method PacketPeerUDP.bind]. */
        listen(port: int64, bind_address?: string /* = '*' */): Error
        
        /** Call this method at regular intervals (e.g. inside [method Node._process]) to process new packets. Any packet from a known address/port pair will be delivered to the appropriate [PacketPeerUDP], while any packet received from an unknown address/port pair will be added as a pending connection (see [method is_connection_available] and [method take_connection]). The maximum number of pending connections is defined via [member max_pending_connections]. */
        poll(): Error
        
        /** Returns `true` if a packet with a new address/port combination was received on the socket. */
        is_connection_available(): boolean
        
        /** Returns the local port this server is listening to. */
        get_local_port(): int64
        
        /** Returns `true` if the socket is open and listening on a port. */
        is_listening(): boolean
        
        /** Returns the first pending connection (connected to the appropriate address/port). Will return `null` if no new connection is available. See also [method is_connection_available], [method PacketPeerUDP.connect_to_host]. */
        take_connection(): null | PacketPeerUDP
        
        /** Stops the server, closing the UDP socket if open. Will close all connected [PacketPeerUDP] accepted via [method take_connection] (remote peers will not be notified). */
        stop(): void
        
        /** Define the maximum number of pending connections, during [method poll], any new pending connection exceeding that value will be automatically dropped. Setting this value to `0` effectively prevents any new pending connection to be accepted (e.g. when all your players have connected). */
        get max_pending_connections(): int64
        set max_pending_connections(value: int64)
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapUDPServer;
    }
    namespace UPNP {
        enum UPNPResult {
            /** UPNP command or discovery was successful. */
            UPNP_RESULT_SUCCESS = 0,
            
            /** Not authorized to use the command on the [UPNPDevice]. May be returned when the user disabled UPNP on their router. */
            UPNP_RESULT_NOT_AUTHORIZED = 1,
            
            /** No port mapping was found for the given port, protocol combination on the given [UPNPDevice]. */
            UPNP_RESULT_PORT_MAPPING_NOT_FOUND = 2,
            
            /** Inconsistent parameters. */
            UPNP_RESULT_INCONSISTENT_PARAMETERS = 3,
            
            /** No such entry in array. May be returned if a given port, protocol combination is not found on a [UPNPDevice]. */
            UPNP_RESULT_NO_SUCH_ENTRY_IN_ARRAY = 4,
            
            /** The action failed. */
            UPNP_RESULT_ACTION_FAILED = 5,
            
            /** The [UPNPDevice] does not allow wildcard values for the source IP address. */
            UPNP_RESULT_SRC_IP_WILDCARD_NOT_PERMITTED = 6,
            
            /** The [UPNPDevice] does not allow wildcard values for the external port. */
            UPNP_RESULT_EXT_PORT_WILDCARD_NOT_PERMITTED = 7,
            
            /** The [UPNPDevice] does not allow wildcard values for the internal port. */
            UPNP_RESULT_INT_PORT_WILDCARD_NOT_PERMITTED = 8,
            
            /** The remote host value must be a wildcard. */
            UPNP_RESULT_REMOTE_HOST_MUST_BE_WILDCARD = 9,
            
            /** The external port value must be a wildcard. */
            UPNP_RESULT_EXT_PORT_MUST_BE_WILDCARD = 10,
            
            /** No port maps are available. May also be returned if port mapping functionality is not available. */
            UPNP_RESULT_NO_PORT_MAPS_AVAILABLE = 11,
            
            /** Conflict with other mechanism. May be returned instead of [constant UPNP_RESULT_CONFLICT_WITH_OTHER_MAPPING] if a port mapping conflicts with an existing one. */
            UPNP_RESULT_CONFLICT_WITH_OTHER_MECHANISM = 12,
            
            /** Conflict with an existing port mapping. */
            UPNP_RESULT_CONFLICT_WITH_OTHER_MAPPING = 13,
            
            /** External and internal port values must be the same. */
            UPNP_RESULT_SAME_PORT_VALUES_REQUIRED = 14,
            
            /** Only permanent leases are supported. Do not use the `duration` parameter when adding port mappings. */
            UPNP_RESULT_ONLY_PERMANENT_LEASE_SUPPORTED = 15,
            
            /** Invalid gateway. */
            UPNP_RESULT_INVALID_GATEWAY = 16,
            
            /** Invalid port. */
            UPNP_RESULT_INVALID_PORT = 17,
            
            /** Invalid protocol. */
            UPNP_RESULT_INVALID_PROTOCOL = 18,
            
            /** Invalid duration. */
            UPNP_RESULT_INVALID_DURATION = 19,
            
            /** Invalid arguments. */
            UPNP_RESULT_INVALID_ARGS = 20,
            
            /** Invalid response. */
            UPNP_RESULT_INVALID_RESPONSE = 21,
            
            /** Invalid parameter. */
            UPNP_RESULT_INVALID_PARAM = 22,
            
            /** HTTP error. */
            UPNP_RESULT_HTTP_ERROR = 23,
            
            /** Socket error. */
            UPNP_RESULT_SOCKET_ERROR = 24,
            
            /** Error allocating memory. */
            UPNP_RESULT_MEM_ALLOC_ERROR = 25,
            
            /** No gateway available. You may need to call [method discover] first, or discovery didn't detect any valid IGDs (InternetGatewayDevices). */
            UPNP_RESULT_NO_GATEWAY = 26,
            
            /** No devices available. You may need to call [method discover] first, or discovery didn't detect any valid [UPNPDevice]s. */
            UPNP_RESULT_NO_DEVICES = 27,
            
            /** Unknown error. */
            UPNP_RESULT_UNKNOWN_ERROR = 28,
        }
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapUPNP extends __NameMapRefCounted {
    }
    /** Universal Plug and Play (UPnP) functions for network device discovery, querying and port forwarding.  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_upnp.html  
     */
    class UPNP extends RefCounted {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** Returns the number of discovered [UPNPDevice]s. */
        get_device_count(): int64
        
        /** Returns the [UPNPDevice] at the given [param index]. */
        get_device(index: int64): null | UPNPDevice
        
        /** Adds the given [UPNPDevice] to the list of discovered devices. */
        add_device(device: UPNPDevice): void
        
        /** Sets the device at [param index] from the list of discovered devices to [param device]. */
        set_device(index: int64, device: UPNPDevice): void
        
        /** Removes the device at [param index] from the list of discovered devices. */
        remove_device(index: int64): void
        
        /** Clears the list of discovered devices. */
        clear_devices(): void
        
        /** Returns the default gateway. That is the first discovered [UPNPDevice] that is also a valid IGD (InternetGatewayDevice). */
        get_gateway(): null | UPNPDevice
        
        /** Discovers local [UPNPDevice]s. Clears the list of previously discovered devices.  
         *  Filters for IGD (InternetGatewayDevice) type devices by default, as those manage port forwarding. [param timeout] is the time to wait for responses in milliseconds. [param ttl] is the time-to-live; only touch this if you know what you're doing.  
         *  See [enum UPNPResult] for possible return values.  
         */
        discover(timeout?: int64 /* = 2000 */, ttl?: int64 /* = 2 */, device_filter?: string /* = 'InternetGatewayDevice' */): int64
        
        /** Returns the external [IP] address of the default gateway (see [method get_gateway]) as string. Returns an empty string on error. */
        query_external_address(): string
        
        /** Adds a mapping to forward the external [param port] (between 1 and 65535, although recommended to use port 1024 or above) on the default gateway (see [method get_gateway]) to the [param port_internal] on the local machine for the given protocol [param proto] (either `"TCP"` or `"UDP"`, with UDP being the default). If a port mapping for the given port and protocol combination already exists on that gateway device, this method tries to overwrite it. If that is not desired, you can retrieve the gateway manually with [method get_gateway] and call [method add_port_mapping] on it, if any. Note that forwarding a well-known port (below 1024) with UPnP may fail depending on the device.  
         *  Depending on the gateway device, if a mapping for that port already exists, it will either be updated or it will refuse this command due to that conflict, especially if the existing mapping for that port wasn't created via UPnP or points to a different network address (or device) than this one.  
         *  If [param port_internal] is `0` (the default), the same port number is used for both the external and the internal port (the [param port] value).  
         *  The description ([param desc]) is shown in some routers management UIs and can be used to point out which application added the mapping.  
         *  The mapping's lease [param duration] can be limited by specifying a duration in seconds. The default of `0` means no duration, i.e. a permanent lease and notably some devices only support these permanent leases. Note that whether permanent or not, this is only a request and the gateway may still decide at any point to remove the mapping (which usually happens on a reboot of the gateway, when its external IP address changes, or on some models when it detects a port mapping has become inactive, i.e. had no traffic for multiple minutes). If not `0` (permanent), the allowed range according to spec is between `120` (2 minutes) and `86400` seconds (24 hours).  
         *  See [enum UPNPResult] for possible return values.  
         */
        add_port_mapping(port: int64, port_internal?: int64 /* = 0 */, desc?: string /* = '' */, proto?: string /* = 'UDP' */, duration?: int64 /* = 0 */): int64
        
        /** Deletes the port mapping for the given port and protocol combination on the default gateway (see [method get_gateway]) if one exists. [param port] must be a valid port between 1 and 65535, [param proto] can be either `"TCP"` or `"UDP"`. May be refused for mappings pointing to addresses other than this one, for well-known ports (below 1024), or for mappings not added via UPnP. See [enum UPNPResult] for possible return values. */
        delete_port_mapping(port: int64, proto?: string /* = 'UDP' */): int64
        
        /** Multicast interface to use for discovery. Uses the default multicast interface if empty. */
        get discover_multicast_if(): string
        set discover_multicast_if(value: string)
        
        /** If `0`, the local port to use for discovery is chosen automatically by the system. If `1`, discovery will be done from the source port 1900 (same as destination port). Otherwise, the value will be used as the port. */
        get discover_local_port(): int64
        set discover_local_port(value: int64)
        
        /** If `true`, IPv6 is used for [UPNPDevice] discovery. */
        get discover_ipv6(): boolean
        set discover_ipv6(value: boolean)
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapUPNP;
    }
    namespace UPNPDevice {
        enum IGDStatus {
            /** OK. */
            IGD_STATUS_OK = 0,
            
            /** HTTP error. */
            IGD_STATUS_HTTP_ERROR = 1,
            
            /** Empty HTTP response. */
            IGD_STATUS_HTTP_EMPTY = 2,
            
            /** Returned response contained no URLs. */
            IGD_STATUS_NO_URLS = 3,
            
            /** Not a valid IGD. */
            IGD_STATUS_NO_IGD = 4,
            
            /** Disconnected. */
            IGD_STATUS_DISCONNECTED = 5,
            
            /** Unknown device. */
            IGD_STATUS_UNKNOWN_DEVICE = 6,
            
            /** Invalid control. */
            IGD_STATUS_INVALID_CONTROL = 7,
            
            /** Memory allocation error. */
            IGD_STATUS_MALLOC_ERROR = 8,
            
            /** Unknown error. */
            IGD_STATUS_UNKNOWN_ERROR = 9,
        }
    }
    /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
    interface __NameMapUPNPDevice extends __NameMapRefCounted {
    }
    /** Universal Plug and Play (UPnP) device.  
     *  	  
     *  @link https://docs.godotengine.org/en/4.5/classes/class_upnpdevice.html  
     */
    class UPNPDevice extends RefCounted {
        constructor(identifier?: any)
        /** Returns `true` if this is a valid IGD (InternetGatewayDevice) which potentially supports port forwarding. */
        is_valid_gateway(): boolean
        
        /** Returns the external IP address of this [UPNPDevice] or an empty string. */
        query_external_address(): string
        
        /** Adds a port mapping to forward the given external port on this [UPNPDevice] for the given protocol to the local machine. See [method UPNP.add_port_mapping]. */
        add_port_mapping(port: int64, port_internal?: int64 /* = 0 */, desc?: string /* = '' */, proto?: string /* = 'UDP' */, duration?: int64 /* = 0 */): int64
        
        /** Deletes the port mapping identified by the given port and protocol combination on this device. See [method UPNP.delete_port_mapping]. */
        delete_port_mapping(port: int64, proto?: string /* = 'UDP' */): int64
        
        /** URL to the device description. */
        get description_url(): string
        set description_url(value: string)
        
        /** Service type. */
        get service_type(): string
        set service_type(value: string)
        
        /** IDG control URL. */
        get igd_control_url(): string
        set igd_control_url(value: string)
        
        /** IGD service type. */
        get igd_service_type(): string
        set igd_service_type(value: string)
        
        /** Address of the local machine in the network connecting it to this [UPNPDevice]. */
        get igd_our_addr(): string
        set igd_our_addr(value: string)
        
        /** IGD status. */
        get igd_status(): int64
        set igd_status(value: int64)
        /** @deprecated Internal use. Does not exist at runtime. */
        __godotNameMap: __NameMapUPNPDevice;
    }
}